Home

QNAP TS-870U-RP-EU storage server

1. 659 60PR 3 Idle 659 ProP 84PR Idle 4 The USB network printer will be listed via Bonjour Select the default printer driver or you may download and install the latest one from the printer manufacturer s website Click Add to add this printer Brother MFC 7440N HP Laserjet M1120n MFP Bonjour Name NASPR3 Location HewLett Packard HP LaserJet 2200 Print Using Generic PostScript Printer The selected printer software isn t from the manufacturer and may not let you use all the features of your printer 603 5 Additional options may be available for your printer Click Continue Installable Options NASPR3 Make sure your printer s options are accurately shown here so you can take full advantage of them For information on your printer and its optional hardware check the documentation that came with it O Duplex Printing Unit 6 The new network printer is now available for printing Hans 239 Pro2P5 1P R L idie 659 60 ae 6 idle NASPR3 P m 659 60PR i fhe cz 659 ProPS 84PR Location Hewlett Packard HP Laserjet 2200 Kind Generic PostScript Printer Status idle _ Share this printer on the network 604 9 2 4 MacOS 10 5 If you are using Mac OS X 10 5 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1
2. Manufacturer HF mictec KONICA MINOLTA After installing the correct printer driver the wizard shows the address and driver of the new network printer You ve successfully added NASPR3 on http 10 8 13 59 631 Printer name MASPRS on http 10 8 13 59 631 This printer has been installed with the HP LaserJet 2300 series PS driver 596 8 You may also set the network printer as the default printer or print a test page Click Finish to exit the wizard i You ve successfully added NASPR3 on http 10 8 13 59 631 f test page To check if your printer is working properly orto see troubleshooting information for the printer print a 9 The new network printer is now available for printing 597 The following description applies to Windows 7 and Vista OS Follow the steps below to set up your printer connection 1 On the Run menu enter NAS IP Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you i This task will be created with administrative privileges 2 Find the network printer icon and double click it gt t Network 192 168 0169 ae Ir CC wy Organize f Views mm Network and Sharing Center Favorite Links Name Type Comments Documents Network Recycle Bin 1 Public E Pictures lt Dua J Fy Music 4 Recently Changed J Qdownload J Qmultimedia E Searches gee List i
3. QNAP Synchronization Job Wizard TURBO NAS This wizard helps you create a sync job through the following steps 1 Gonnectto an external storage device 2 Create folder pairs for sync operations 3 Configure real time or scheduled syne options Click Mext to start Step 1 of 4 CANCEL 563 4 Select the backup locations a Select an external disk volume from the drop down menu The NAS supports EXT3 EXT4 FAT NTFS and HFS file systems The general information of the storage device will be shown b Select Map this backup job to the volume ID only to map the backup job to this particular external storage device The NAS will recognize the device and execute the backup job according to the settings automatically every time it is connected to the NAS via any USB eSATA interface c Select to back up the data from local disk volume to the external storage or vice versa Click Next Multiple partitions on the external storage device will be recognized as individual disk volumes Quick Configuration Wizard NAP Select sync locations TURBO NAS Select the target folder for synchronization Selecta disk volume USBDiskt v Manufacturer USE 2 0 Model Flash Disk File System ExXT4 S ZE 1 84 GB 1 91 GB volume ID 26101 59 1c04 47Sb bat Osbcaaabe hs Wap this backup job to the volume ID only From local disk to external storage From external storage to local disk Step 2 of
4. 248 The network share name and its first level subfolders are shown on the left The users with configured access rights are shown in the panel with special permission below Double click the first level subfolders to view the second level subfolders Share Folders E r GHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS E o o Dept Admin HR Production al Sales test we Owner admin Only the owner can delete the contents see online help Only admin can create files and folders see online help Apply changes to files and sub folders Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders For detailed instructions please click here Select the root folder Dept Click Add to specify read only read write or deny access for the users and user groups Share Folders E SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Production Sales test Ea Owner admin Only the owner can delete the contents see online help Only admin can create files and folders see online help Apply changes to files and sub folders Apply and replace all existing permissions ofthis folder files and subfolders For detailed instructions please click here 249 Note e If you have specified deny access for a user on the root folder the user will not be allowed to access the folder and subfolders even i
5. 511 PPTP on iOS 5 1 Go to Settings gt General gt Network select VPN Network 3 Select PPTP and enter the Description Server Account and Password for the connection 512 4 Return to Settings gt General gt Network gt VPN and enable VPN 513 OpenVPN on Windows Download OpenVPN from http openvpn net index php open source downloads html Install OpenVPN client on Windows The default installation directory is C Program Files OpenVPN Run OpenVPN GUI as administrator Download OpenVPN configuration file and certificate from the NAS Applications gt VPN Service gt VPN Server Settings gt OpenVPN Settings Edit openvpn ovpn and replace OPENVPN_SERVER_IP with the OpenVPN server IP 6 Put ca crt and openvpn ovpn into the configuration folder under OpenVPN configuration KR W N e Ul subdirectory C Program Files OpenVPN config Note If the OpenVPN client is running on Windows 7 add the firewall rules in the advanced settings of OpenVPN 514 OpenVPN on Linux 1 Download OpenVPN from http openvpn net index php open source downloads html 2 Install OpenVPN client on Linux 3 Download OpenVPN configuration file and certificate from the NAS Applications gt VPN Service gt VPN Server Settings gt OpenVPN Settings 4 Edit openvpn ov
6. 389 Ce pee Ce ea Ce pe Search for the folders photos or videos under the current directory Click the triangle icon for advanced search O e Logout about the Photo Station Select the display language Sort the contents by file name size file created date or photo taken date in ascending or descending alphabetical order 390 1 View an album folder When browsing an album a folder the subfolders and supported images and video files will be shown Sort Slideshow Share Manage Album Winner subfoder 0 q Large Map B o aenn oNew Taipei Taiwan i of gt Sh Hualien la dap Sinan o Map Date Terms of Use pe Navigate to the parent folders Directory Quick link to the directories within an album folder eae Sort the contents by file name size file created date or photo taken date in or ascending or descending alphabetical order View the photos in slideshow Click the triangle icon to select the display mode Slideshow speed and playlist background music The playlists can be created and edited in the Music Station Applications gt Music Station op Share the contents with others by email publishing to social networks or link are code Manage Album Add an album or upload copy files to an existing album Select to view the contents in Thumbnails or Photo Wall The name of the image or video file will only be shown in Thumbnails view Adj
7. If your TV provides an HDMI interface both audio and video signals can be carried by the single cable Simply connect your media player to your TV by an HDMI cable 685 If your TV does not provide an HDMI interface you can connect an S Video cable to your TV for video output and connect Composite left right audio interface for audio output If you look for higher quality of music playing you can use an S PDIF cable to connect the media player to your Hi Fi system Turn on and switch your TV to the correct interface HDMI or S Video Use the remote control of the media player to enter the Server page the media player detects the NAS automatically You can now play the multimedia files or listen to the Internet radio from the NAS E g tee ee 686 16 Host a Forum with phpBB on QNAP NAS This section shows you how to host a forum with the popular open source forum software phpBB on QNAP NAS Activate the web server and MySQL database server Login the administration page of the NAS and go to Network Services gt Web Server Select the m option Enable Web server and click Apply Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Web Serwer CMeelcome admin Logout English Web Server E WEB SERVER VIRTUAL HOST Web Server After enabling this function you can Upload the webpage files to Giaveb network share to publish your website Enable Web Server Port
8. Back up the system periodically to avoid any potential data loss QNAP disclaims any responsibility of all sorts of data loss or recovery Should you return any components of the NAS package for refund or maintenance make sure they are carefully packed for shipping Any form of damages due to improper packaging will not be compensated 1 1 Regulatory Notice FCC STATEMENT This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio television technician for help The c
9. Check update every T2 hours Cancel Add on To download the YouTube videos by the HappyGet add on to the NAS enable the website subscription service For more details please see the application note http www qnap com en index php sn 5319 amp lang en 447 BT Download To download a BT file click kar j Bi Sarp Search Sete Sete Sar toa tos Click Add File Browse and select a torrent file Input URL One entry per line URLs 0 Specify the folder where the downloaded files will be saved to Use credentials Select this option and enter the login information to download the files Show torrent files Select this option to choose the files to download after clicking OK 448 Move the completed downloads to Use credentials Show torrent files Select the file s to download and click OK LinuxActionShow54 LinuxActionShowEP054 HO ogg LinuxActionShow54 LinuxActionShowEPO054 ogqg Click the icons to manage the download tasks 449 pom vesenpnon OOO Start a download task Pause a download task Delete a download task Start all pause all or pause all download tasks for a specified time period remove all completed tasks remove all completed tasks and delete data 450 HTTP FTP RapidShare Magnet Download To add an HTTP FTP RapidShare or Magnet download task click fnas 2 DownloadSiation Enter the URL of
10. Ethernet 6 10 Gbps Ethernet 7 10 Gbps Ethernet 6 10 Gbps Use the settings from Ethernet 1 CH Ethernet 1 Ethernet 3 Ethernet 4 Ethernet 5 Ethernet 6 Ethernet 7 Ethernet amp 44 4 Click the Edit button under IP Address to edit the network settings IP Address Interface VLAN virtual LAN DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit Ethernet 1 2 Yes 10 8 12 72 255 255 254 0 10 8121 O0 08 98 C3 C7 D6 1000Mbps 1500 Note Make sure the Ethernet interfaces are connected to the correct switch and the switch has been configured to support the port trunking mode selected on the NAS 45 The port trunking options available on the NAS Balance rr Round Robin mode is good for general purpose load Supports static Round Robin balancing between two Ethernet interfaces This mode trunking Make sure transmits packets in sequential order from the first static trunking is available slave through the last Balance rr provides load enabled on the switch balancing and fault tolerance Active Backup Active Backup uses only one Ethernet interface It General switches switches to the second Ethernet interface if the first Ethernet interface does not work properly Only one interface in the bond is active The bond s MAC address is only visible externally on one port network adapter to avoid confusing the switch Active Backup mode provides fault tolerance Balance
11. Password ooeeee Login Status On 675 5 Go to Notification gt Alert Notification Enable alert notification by Instant Messaging and enter the authorized contacts up to 10 under Instant Messaging Settings Click Apply Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IM CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Alert Notification When a system event occurs an alert email SMS will be sent automatically Send system error alert by LJemai U SmS Instant Messaging Send system warning alert by Email v Instant Messaging E mail Notification Settings SEND A TEST E MAIL Mote The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Instant Messaging Settings Authorized Contacts 6 Login an authorized Windows Live Messenger account and interact with the NAS via Windows Live Messenger The NAS will send instant error or warning alerts English only to the authorized contacts when events occur 676 The authorized Windows Live Messenger contacts can enter the following command to inquire real time system information from the NAS The information is available in English only ES per Inquire the number of hard disks on the NAS Inquire the current temperature and S M A R T status of a hard disk For example info hd 1 Inquire the information of a disk volume For example info vol 1 677 15 Set up UPnP Media Server for Media Playing This s
12. i Upload amp Organize 341 To copy the files from other location in Media center to the album select File Copy choose the files to copy and click gt Then click File Copy to start copying the files Manage Album Mote The files of the same name as the files in the destination folder will be skipped File Copy File Upload Current Path Homesphotos amp music Song_of Solomon _O01 mp3 amp photos amp video File Copy 342 To upload files to the album click Browse to select the files and click File Upload Manage Album Mote The files of the same name as the files inthe destination tolder will be skipped File Copy File Upload Current Path Homefphotos 2010 05 18 _095043 png 2010 05 20_153954 png 2010 05 18 _095043 png 2010 05 18_111205 jpg Browse Remove File Upload 343 Manage album To manage an album folder by the web based interface of the Multimedia Station locate the directory E in Media Center Click Create Album Home music niir a Ce Select Upload amp Organize and click Next Manage Album ee i Se a a z Caa Create New Album l Upload amp Organize 344 To copy the files from other location in Media center to the album select File Copy choose the files to copy and click gt Then click File Copy to start copying the files To upload files to the album clic
13. IMG_O0024 jp9 y IMi eat i jg F E Ba N SHAYHE WADD om Shayne Ward F Sort Name Mis 6349 Pis IMG _6350 J Pi i gt Shayne Ward Click Add to create a Playlist Enter the playlist name and click Save Playlist Editor Playlist SRA List call G up T Shayne Ward Breathless mp3 ae Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 je Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 E Shayne Ward That s My Goal mp3 Ej Shayne Ward You re Not Alone mp3 Cancel 382 Delete Close Select the playlist from the drop down menu and then choose the music files to add to the playlist and click gt Click Save to save the playlist Playlist Editor Playlist sR geAyList Co Up Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 E Shayne Ward Breathless mp3 Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 a Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 ___ sae a Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 ae Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 a Shayne Ward That s My Goal mp3 a Shayne Ward You re Not Alone mp3 Cancel Close 383 You can play the playlists created on the NAS by My Jukebox on your handheld devices Pod 5 29 CH Pe iPod gt 11 39 Logout My 439 Settings My Jukebox 32 EAYList Someone To Love Shayne Wierd Shanes Wiaed Melt The Snow reed Hii nite Fim Sheba Stand By M r E E a Le La
14. Login style DOMAIN USERNAME instead of DOMAIN USERNAME for FTP AFP and Web File Manager In an Active Directory environment the default login formats for the domain users are Windows shares domain username FTP domain username Web File Manager domain username AFP domain username When you turn on this option the users can use the same login name format domain username to connect to the NAS via AFP FTP and Web File Manager Automatically register in DNS When this option is turned on and the NAS is joined to an Active Directory the NAS will register itself automatically in the domain DNS server This will create a DNS host entry for the NAS in the DNS server If the NAS IP is changed the NAS will automatically update the new IP in the DNS server Enable trusted domains Select this option to load the users from trusted Active Directory domains and specify their access permissions to the NAS in Access Right Management gt Share Folders The domain trusts are set up in Active Directory only not on the NAS 271 6 2 Apple Networking To connect to the NAS from Mac enable Apple Filing Protocol If the AppleTalk network uses extended networks and is assigned with multiple zones assign a zone name to the NAS Enter an asterisk to use the default setting This setting is disabled by default To allow access to the NAS from Mac OS X 10 7 Lion enable DHX2 authentication support Click Apply to sa
15. Mame cs admin amp Guest Owner admin Admin Dent Admin 31 5 KB 201140119 09 16 12 Read W Only the owner can delete the content Apply changes to this Folder Files and subfolders write Execute Ej al Os 4pply and replace all existing permissions of this Folder files and subfolders 328 OK Cancel Share Files Note This feature can only be used by admin To share the files on the NAS by the Web File Manager select the files and click amp or right click the file s and select Share Name Size 8 Photo 2011 12 29 17 09 31 jpg 105 Photo 2011 12 29 17 094 Download 8 Photo 2011 12 29 17 09 a Photo 201 1 12 29 17 38 9 Photo 2011 12 29 17 38 9 Photo 2011 12 29 17 47 gq Move at Photo 2011 12 29 17 57 si q Copy x Delete f Rename Properties Select the IP or domain name of the NAS Select to create the link s in SSL optional and specify the expiration settings and enter a password optional Create Download Links Domain name IP jasontest mycloudnas con E Create the link s in SSL https Expiration Expire in a7 Day s go Hour s Valid until Always valid Password protection optional Random E Share the download links through email Create Cancel 329 To share the links by emails select Share the download links through email and enter the contents Cli
16. ONAF Use QMobile to manage your media center on the NAS 1 Media Center You may view and play the multimedia files saved on Multimedia Station of your NAS Note QMobile can only play the file formats supported by your handheld devices Connect to the NAS and tap the Media Center icon Media Center My Jukebox Upload Photos My Favorites 372 You can browse the multimedia files under Qmultimedia Multimedia default network share or you may choose the specific photo music or video files by tapping the corresponding icon at the bottom iPod TFS 30 Media Center Media IMG_6356 JPG ei PRS IMG_6357 JPG IMG_6358 JPG LASS MEHI P E wh Palau mp4 End Shayne Ward Breathless mp3 Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 E i i WW i d Lil Pre oie ars j fat Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 ee EL i HE Loe a tee Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 a CE OPH Photo view iPod gt lt TF3 E Ea Media Center See All IMG_0027 jpg 373 Music view iPod Ll FF3227 Media Center hile The rece Media Breathless ee kiia ar Eh man bhin ari rei Wi gird Se i ee h Melt The Snow YI Wi arg Chant Wr Pet Someone To Love Shayne Word Shayne Ward Stand By Me Shayne Ward Shayne Vilaed fall arl Ei a Wales Wiel ell tl el rare That s My Goal You re Not Alone x S LEAT Wa Es 6 songs Video view iPod Media Center Medi
17. Users or User Groups then select Domain Users or Domain Groups You can also set the folder permission for the domain users or groups 519 Join a Second NAS to LDAP Domain You can join multiple NAS servers to the same LDAP domain and allow the LDAP users to connect to the NAS servers using the same login credentials To join another NAS to the LDAP domain login the NAS and go to Access Right Management gt Domain Security Select LDAP authentication and then LDAP server of a remote NAS as the server type Enter the DNS name or IP address of the remote NAS the name of the LDAP domain that you created previously and enter the LDAP server password Click Apply Domain Security Domain Security for File Services No domain security local users only Active Directory authentication domain member LDAP authentication Select the type of LDAP server LDAP server of the remote NAS status Online Not Available IP address or NAS name 10 8 13 59 LDAP domain my domain local Password LITTE 520 Back up Restore LDAP Database To back up the LDAP database on the NAS select Back up Database and specify the backup frequency destination folder on the NAS and other options To restore an LDAP database browse to select the exp file and click Import Click Apply to apply the settings LDAP SERVER USERS GROUPS BACKUP RESTORE Ba
18. testAy l 2010 05 video 129870KB M test tly 201005717 viden 40477KB D 353 My Jukebox You can create playlists of music files and play them in My Jukebox The album art and its information will be read from the ID3 tag automatically if applicable To create or edit your own playlist for My Jukebox go to Control Panel gt Playlist Editor Note that only the administrators can edit the playlists The playlists in My Jukebox will be shared with all the users of the Multimedia Station 354 Control Panel User Management You can create multiple user accounts on the Multimedia Station Note that the user accounts created here are different from the system accounts you create on NAS Access Right Management gt Users Click Add User to create a user The maximum number of users the Multimedia Station supports is 128 including admin Media Center User Management My Jukebox Username Description Disabled Is Admin Control Panel Edit User User Management Change Password Playlist Editor Photo Frame Settings Set Folder Public Add User Refresh 355 Enter the user information The user name only supports alphabets A Z and a z numbers 0 9 dash and underscore _ The user name cannot exceed 32 characters Specify whether or not the user is an administrator and the folders that the user can or cannot access Click Save Note that the password must be 1 to 16 charac
19. 01 jpg Click here to edit the description Add Comment admin Comment Comment 404 Geotag photos Geotag this photo A To geotag a photo with Google Maps click Geotag or Search a spot on the map Right click the spot and select Set Coordinates or click Pa at the bottom left corner and click a spot on the Sun yat seo eon hall station BARROS wo l WALERAN m oe 2 Taipei Private Yan a Ping High School eee Taipei Medical University AK gt opr Sth ae i a ERU Liurhangl Map Gate ERDI le Kingway Terms of Use Coordinates 45 0965 121 5617 405 6 View a video Click a video to view it by the web browser To download the file click Download i a ad ET a dil a 406 7 Settings Click O to enter the Settings page ha a Account Set Folder Public Advanced Settings Add Account Edit Account Delete Account Change Password User Name Description Status Is admin Father Enabled Disabled Mother Enabled Disabled Amy Enabled Disabled John Enabled Disabled Tiffany Enabled Enabled Honey Enabled Enabled aaa Enabled Disabled bbb Enabled Enabled test Enabled Disabled 7 1 Account To create a user click Add Account under the Account tab Account Set Folder Public Advanced Settings Add Account Edit Account Delete
20. Add a local printer Use this option only if you don t have a USE printer Windows automatically installs USE printers when you plug them in Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Make sure that your computer is connected to the network or that your Bluetooth or wireless printer is tumed on 594 4 While Windows is searching for available network printers click The printer that I want isn t listed Searching for available printers 5 Click Select a shared printer by name and then enter the address of the network printer The address is in the following format http NAS_IP 631 printers ServernamePR where the NAS_IP can also be a domain name address if you want to print remotely For example http 10 8 13 59 631 printers NASPR3 ee K 2 2929 Se 28 oe 55 3530493030 5000307 rast Sag eeee oes Find a printer by name or TCP IP address O Browse for a printer Select a shared printer by name hittps10 8 13 59 63 1 printers MASPR3 Example computemame printemame or http computemame printers printername printer Add a printer using a TCP IP address or hostname 595 6 J ees The wizard will prompt you for the correct printer driver You may also download the latest printer driver from the manufacturer s website if it is not built into Windows operating system Select the manufacturer and model of your printes If your printer came
21. CNAP Replication Options URBO NAS Realtime Real time synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed trom the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made O Schedule scheduled synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed trom the source folder to the target folder according to the pre configured schedule iv Configure policy and filter 537 8 To configure synchronization policy select Configure policy and filter and click Next Select whether or not to enable the following options Delete extra files Delete extra files in the target folder Deletions made on the source folder will be repeated on the target folder This option is not available for real time synchronization Detect sparse files Select this option to ignore files of null data e Check file contents Specify to examine file contents date size and name to determine if two files are identical This option is not available for real time synchronization e Compress files during transmissions Specify whether or not the files should be compressed for sync operations Note that more CPU resources will be consumed e Ignore symbolic links Select this option to ignore symbolic links in the pair folder Extended attributes Select this option to keep the information in extended attributes e Timeout and retry settings Specify the timeout p
22. ELePHANTDRIVE SVMFORM Amazon 3 This function allows you to upload the data from the NAS to Amazon 3 or vice versa Note Please synchronize the system time with an Internet time server before using this function To configure the system date and time please click here 547 After setting up the Amazon S3 account follow the steps below to back up the data to or retrieve the data from Amazon S3 using the NAS 1 Click Create a Replication Job 2 Enter the remote replication job name 3 Select the usage type Upload or Download and enter other settings A bucket is the root directory on Amazon S3 You can test the connection to the remote host testing by clicking TEST Other settings are optional Remote Replication Amazon 53 Access Key Private Key Remote Path Bucket Directory Remote Host Testing Step 2 of 5 CANCEL 4 Specify the local directory on the NAS for replication 5 Enter the replication schedule 6 Click Finish The replication job will be executed according to your schedule 548 ElephantDrive To use ElephantDrive Service select Enable ElephantDrive Service Enter your email and password for the ElephantDrive service If you do not have an account enter the information and click Create OVERVIEW AMAZON 3 ELEPHANTDRIVE SYMFORM ElephantDrive Account Enable ElephantDrive Service ElephantDrive Service E mail c
23. EXIF to view the detailed information such as file name size date and aperture To add a caption for the file click Edit caption and enter the description The description must not exceed 512 characters You can also submit your comments on the image file and view the comments from other users on All comments Each comment cannot exceed 128 characters EXIF 90 Photo Frame R Edit caption Comment All comments Hame admin Comment l Submit 338 Set background music To set the background music of an image file or a folder of image files make sure you have created a playlist in Control Panel gt Playlist Editor to be introduced later in the Multimedia Station y ia Open an image file in Media Center and click A Photo Frame a 339 Select the playlist and click Save To remove the background music you can select No music Ho music 001 340 Create album To create an album folder by the web based interface of the Multimedia Station locate the directory in Media Center Click o Create Album Home music r P wall View All y Sort Name D A Select Create New Album and enter the album name Click Next The album name must be 1 to 64 characters long and cannot contain lt gt Manage Album mE E eo s eee O a 282k eS SLETE ks A ee oes Se aa re p y rr 4 Create New Album E
24. Specify other options for the remote replication job Enable encryption Select this option to execute encrypted remote replication Note that you must turn on Allow SSH connection in Network Services gt Telnet SSH and specify the same port number for SSH and encrypted remote replication Activate file compression Turn on this option to allow file compression during the data transfer process This option is recommended for low bandwidth environment or remote replication over WAN Stop network file services while replicating Stop all connections to the NAS via Samba SMB AFP and FTP when remote replication is in process Perform incremental replication When this option is turned on after the first time replication the NAS will only back up the files that have been changed since the last backup The files of the same name size and modified time will not be copied again You are recommended to turn on this option for the replication job which will be executed for more than once in order to shorten the backup time Delete extra files on remote destination Select the option to synchronize the source data with the destination data one way synchronization Extra files on the destination will be deleted Source data will remain unchanged Handle sparse files efficiently A sparse file is a type of computer file that contains large blocks of zero byte data Turn on this option may reduce the time required for remote replicatio
25. Use for Backup TMBackup oon NASAABBDE Set Up Time Capsule 559 3 Enter the user name and password to login the QNAP NAS Then click Connect Registered user name TimeMachine Password The password you have configured on the NAS It is empty by default Enter your name and password for the server NASAABB18 so that Time Machine can access it Connect as Guest Registered User Name TimeMachine 4 Upon successful connection the Time Machine is switched ON The available space for backup is shown and the backup will start in 120 seconds A 6 O Time Machine Name TMBackup NASAABB18 Available 168 09 GB of 311 9 GB Oldest Backup Select Disk latent daclarp Options Next Backup 103 seconds x Time Machine Time Machine keeps Hourly backups for the past 24 hours Daily backups for the past month Weekly backups for all previous months m The oldest backups are deleted when your disk becomes full W Show Time Machine status in the menu bar i ms Click the lock to prevent further changes The first time backup may take more time according to the data size on Mac To recover the data to the Mac OS see the tutorial on http www apple com 560 Manage Backup You can manage the existing backup on this page Manage Backup Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 123 z E JW MacBook Pro sparsebundle 37 GB 2
26. folder on the Server Enable iTunes Server After enabling this service click the following link to enter iTunes Web Server configuration page http 10 8 12 95 3689 index html User Name admin 467 To configure the iTunes server settings and add smart playlists login the web page of iTunes server http NAS IP 3689 index html firefly Configuration Show advanced config Config File Location mnt HDA_ROOT config mt daapd conf Server Mame KenTesto59 iTunes Logfile Admin password admin The name iTunes and other daap clients should see The password for this administration interface Music Password The password clients need to access this server fshare Multimedia share Public Add music folder imps ma m4 p aif waw Scan Type Rescan Interval Always Scan How often should Firefly look for new files In seconds 468 Connect the PC and the NAS to the same LAN and run iTunes on the PC Find the NAS name under SHARED and start to play the music files or playlists JOC LIBRARY JJ music H Movies E TY Shows A Podcasts M Radio STORE 5 iTunes Store SHARED e NASAC68C6 Y PLAYLISTS Party Shuffle ee 90 s Music ae Music Videos ee My Top Rated ee Recently Added ae Recently Played ae Top 25 Most Played Winter Wonderland Depois Do Natal Let It Snow Let It Snow Let It 5 Caroling Caroling Jingle Bell Rock White Christmas Noite
27. iil Dropbox Time Machine SEARCH FOR _ Gi Utilities la Today a amp VMware Fusion s ME j 7 E Xtend SAN E j ii ii 159 Click the Discover Targets tab you can either choose Discover by DNS IP or Discover by iSNS according to the network topology In this example we will use the IP address to discover the iSCSI targets Fates Discover by DNS IP Discover by iSNS Discovered Targets add C Clear 160 Follow the screen instructions and enter the server address iSCSI target port number default 3260 and CHAP information if applicable Click Finish to retrieve the target list after all the data have been entered correctly Ej A Spe aes ali al lh Sas See all Eg Hosts initiator ual W MacBook Pro local Discover Targets pe Configure the static discovery Address 10 8 12 111 Port 3260 CHAP Target User Name james Mutual Authentication Initiator User Name Initiator Secret 161 All the available iSCSI targets on the NAS will be shown Select the target you would like to connect and click Add Initiator Discover by DNS IP Discover by iSNS Discovered Targets ign 2004 04 com qnap ts 43 Sproiiiscsi forvista be2 3f2 iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 43 9proiciscsi vdd be2 3f2 iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 43 9proiiscsi formac bez 3f2 Add 162 You can configure the connection proper
28. in Administration gt Restore to Factory Default except all the data are reserved The settings such as the users user groups and the network shares previously created will be cleared To retrieve the old data after advanced system reset create the same network shares on the NAS and the data will be accessible again 64 Enable hard disk standby mode This option allows the hard drives on the NAS to enter standby mode if there is no disk access within the specified period Enable light signal alert when the free size of SATA disk is less than the value The status LED flashes red and green when this option is turned on and the free space of the SATA hard drive is less than the value The valid range of the value is 1 51200 MB Enable write cache EXT4 only If the disk volume of the NAS is formatted as EXT4 turn on this option for higher write performance Note that an unexpected system shutdown may lead to incomplete data transfer when data write is in process This option will be turned off when any of the following services is enabled Download Station MySQL service user quota and Surveillance Station You are recommended to turn this option off if the NAS is set as a shared storage in a virtualized or clustered environment Enable alarm buzzer Turn on this option to allow the alarm buzzer to beep when certain system operations startup shutdown or firmware upgrade are executed or system events error or w
29. 0 means no limit Global maximum concurrent downloads Specify the maximum number of concurrent BT downloads NAS models Maximum number of concurrent downloads 442 v Global maximum upload rate KB s Enter the maximum upload rate for BT download 0 means no limit v Global maximum download rate KB s Enter the maximum download rate for BT download O means no limit v Maximum upload rate per torrent KB s Enter the maximum upload rate per torrent 0 means no limit v Global maximum number of connections This refers to the maximum number of allowed connections to the torrent v Maximum number of connected peers per torrent This refers to the maximum number of allowed peers to connect to a torrent Seeding Preferences Specify the share ratio for seeding a torrent and the sharing time The share ratio is calculated by dividing the amount of uploaded data by the amount of downloaded data Settings mi Global HTTP FIP BT Account List RSS Add on Connectron Bandwidth Lirut Bandwidth Limit BT Search Global maxamum concurrent downloads 5 Global maximum upload rate KB s 0 means unlimited 0 Global maximum download rate KB s 0 means unlimited 0 Maximum upload rate per torrent KBs 0 means unlimited O Global maximum number of connections 300 Maximum number of connected peers per torrent 0 Seeding Preferences Share Ratio i150 To Share Time Manual Stop _Apety j Cancel 443 BT Searc
30. 696 This is the phpBB3 Administration Control Panel where you can perform all administrative tasks i i i Ousted Board fmatures Seca Tee Jun 10 FOO 4 4 p Private mamape pena i Pose Sue of costed E Lear regener i a TTU eee on ee Z e mE gt a saiaga TEREE Emmai sengs Resynchronien statistics labbe senny Rete culties a total amber of paati bans usep sad Her aigh posts be isien inio Tor rieh i eee TRETEN ne een io Lowc metige Firat unease gi ba ard tren moredi marg boge thet baw pemn Search mings ary kawt drng ha pait nr morthi j Borge aj cache relates iena tho mds By cached tempi Wes or maner Logged administrator actions This gwes an owerview of the last fve actions carned out by board admunistrators 4 ful copy of the log can be viewed from the appropriate menu Rem of followang the link Esch 2 l a View acimirestrater beg BD isnin i Te un Hh Soe dite om Insialied phpbb 3 0 5 Inactive users This ts 3 fst of the lest 10 regetered users who hare inadwe accounts A full bet is available from the appropriate marai ites or by Folloverg thee link below trom where wu ran acest delete nr remire fhe sendin an eel Hee neare if eri wh 697 This is the front page of your freshly installed phpBB3 forum Start sending out forum invitations to establish your online community phpBB i your domain com t text t E yi eating COMM eas kal r
31. AD Domain Member To enable Domain Security please click here Current Samba ID 5 1 5 217 3251 207 26 1639715159 2191 4685918 213 6 When the NAS is connected to an LDAP server the administrator can e Go to Access Right Management gt Users and select Domain Users from the drop down menu The LDAP users list will be shown e Go to Access Right Management gt User Groups and select Domain Groups from the drop down menu The LDAP groups will be shown e Specify the folder permissions of the LDAP domain users or groups in Access Right Management gt Shared Folders gt Folder Permissions 2 Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders Welcome admin Logout English Share Folders k 0 a New Share Folder_ Restore Default Network Shares Network Recycle Bin 1 Mo Public 25 04 GB 49 710 Mo Galmeeae Select users and groups Total 4 WUE 1 el TE 5 aon ADD CANCEL 214 Technical requirements of LDAP authentication with Microsoft Networking Required items to authenticate the LDAP users on Microsoft Networking Samba 1 a third party software to synchronize the password between LDAP and Samba in the LDAP server 2 importing the Samba schema to the LDAP directory 1 Third party software Some software are available and allow management of the LDAP users including Sa
32. Add Photos Organize Photos Change to Public Album Enable Disable Slideshow Link Select Create an Album and enter the album name Click Next Add Photos Create New Album aaa Add Photos 397 3 1 File upload Under the File Upload tab browse the images or video files and click Start to upload the files Mozilla Firefox or Google Chrome users can drag and drop to upload files to the album If a file of the same name exists in the album the action will be skipped Note e The maximum size of an image file supported is 32MB e The maximum size of multiple files that can be uploaded at a time is 2GB Manage Album i File Upload File Copy Copy To Photasas Browse Start e Cancel amp Clear Drop your files here to upload Mode The fies of fhe same namg os the fies in the destination fodder wil be sipped 398 3 2 File copy To copy the images or video files from a folder on the Photo Station to the selected album select the folder and files under the File Copy tab and click gt gt Then click File Copy If a file of the same name exists in the album the action will be skipped Lip Copy To Phoin aaa 0109 E p203 0206 100wems A pT Dp Eti Ders Edward iar j Fue Copy Mote The files of the same name as the files in the destination folder wil be skipped 399 4 Editan album To upload or copy files to
33. Add SMS service provider is selected enter the name of the SMS provider and the URL template text Note The URL template text must follow the standard of the SMS service provider to receive the SMS alert properly Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IM CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Configure SMSC Server J Enable SSL Connection SSL Fort 443 ere SMS Serer Login Mame SWS Server APLID 74 Alert Notification Select the type of instant alert the NAS will send to the designated users when system events warning error occur Email Notification Settings Specify the email addresses maximum 2 to receive instant system alert from the NAS Instant Messaging Settings Specify the Windows Live Messenger contacts maximum 10 who are allowed to receive instant system alert from the NAS and inquire real time system information from the NAS via Windows Live Messenger The Windows Live Messenger contacts must first be added to the Windows Live Messenger account of the NAS specified in Notification gt Configure IM SMS Notification Settings Specify the cell phone numbers maximum 2 to receive instant system alert from the NAS 75 CONFIGURE SMTP SER ER CONFIGURE IM CONFIGURE SMSC SERYER ALERT NOTIFICATION Alert Notification When a system event occurs an alert email Sms will be sent automatically Send system error alert by Email F SMS Instan
34. Ao SUTVCIIlANE S Statome aa aa eaa a 458 AA TUNES SEVE aa a A A N A N N 467 7 DENA Media SETVE reae e AAE EENE o 470 Feo MV SOL SEVO inea e a E A a A a aa 471 7510 OPKG CENTE errire e reor aT E 473 Zakr SyS DEN Ehee aaa a a a a N ees yah tee 477 Tick RADIUS SEVE E piridina a a aa a a a a 482 Aala BACKUD 5 CIV CL nena aE OEN EE EE A NEET NE ieee 486 TA AMC U S rarr E EA A A AEA 490 Por EPER SOVE Err Aa EEE A ncaa tiueerdoniens 500 H TOVPN SSVI CE ni E E E OEA E E E T a 501 717 EDAP SEVO onai E a EEA tan ae qian OEE a 517 8 cfs el 0 eee ere nn O A E 522 1 IREMOLe REDIICAUON ci nee Minow esau wns ves tenet ued eens wa demnsina eon etanm ene tenes i 522 8 2 GIOUG Bale KUD aeiu Maeva e a a a a a aa wane a a ane niae 547 Oo Wie Machane naar ENE rE EE EAA 597 SA EX Smal D Voer E a E E ENEN 562 Gio USBONG TOUCM CODY tacesatnisaenscecsdetiepeoniaeadenssininiabninnre eraneeseeeiatiawescaaenne 577 9 Extera l Devic csipni a aeea 580 SALE XCerail Storage DEVICE osr nake NEn AERA aT 580 D USB PHNCO Ferir e E A aA E a a a mee aai 590 9 21 WINGOWS Z VISUS EIS iaaa A EA AA A ih 593 9 22 WINGOWS AP USO S irira E E A E E A A 600 93239 MAC OS IUO oora NEET E E EET E E EET zee 602 DZ AM aG OS AO irs a ek a ene ert ata Seale a ner ada ea 605 ZAC OS A Oe ag ea ae eet ae ea ae eta a ee eet A 610 92 6 LINUX ODUN EY IOIO orriei tucnaanay baie cua E vaaianwd ceane eae A Geman AAE 615 0 3 IPS SENINGS aniseed a E AEE see sa ease eel cane
35. Back to members 5 Enter the user ID and code in the email to activate the account dhs ECISS Your two steps away from accessing all the members services Please insert the information from the email which you recieved Userid ae Code covcees 660 6 Set a password for your login ID dhs ues Code verified We now need you to set a password on your login id Password Raskeauee 661 7 Login your account and click hosts to add a host Ces Ee Support dhs Qe Signup Login Last login 0000 00 00 00 00 00 from About us Contribution received no valid till 0000 00 00 Contact us Host Count 1 Lists Search Please select a tool from below 8 Click Add dhs Host Maintenance 9 Select a host type and click Next dhs Host Maintenance Add host From this form you can add in a host to your account Hostname Type Dynamic Host 10 Enter the host name and the WAN IP of the NAS Click Add 662 dhs GLE Host Maintenance Add AtHome host Domain home dhs org Ho stname testesinas Title of cloaked page J Host Maintenance Add host Host created sucessfully and should be functional Click here to return to the nic You can now login the NAS and set up the DDNS service 663 Configure DDNS service on QNAP NAS Login your NAS and go to System Adminis
36. Go to Disk Management gt Volume Management 3 Select the disk volume you want to configure according to the number of new hard drives installed Volume Management Single Disk Volume RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume Create single disk volume s Create mirroring disk volume s RAID Striping Disk Volume Linear Disk Volume Create one striping disk volume Create on linear disk volume RAID 5 Disk Volume RAID 6 Disk Volume Combine 3 or more disks to create Combine 4 or more disks to create a disk volume with data protection a disk volume with data prolection 1 disk crash is allowed 2 isk crash is allowed 4 Select the hard drive s for creating the disk volume In this example we select to create a single drive The procedure applies also to a RAID configuration Disk Model s SsS pacity Ostaus C O Drive SAMSUNG HDSO2HI1AGO 465 76 GB Ready FO Dive5 Seagate ST3500320NS SNI6 465 76 GB Ready File System EXT4 125 5 Select Yes for the Encryption option and enter the encryption settings Disk Model Capacity Status L Drive2 SAMSUNG HD502HI 1AG0 465 76 GB Ready F as Si a FO Dries Seagate ST3900320NSSNI16 465 76 GB Ready Encryption Yes npu Encrnotian Password eeeseseseees Verify Encryption Password PTTTrTTTT tte Use DefaultValuel Save Encryption Key File System EXT4 6 Then click CREATE to creat
37. Make sure your printer is connected to the NAS and the printer information is displayed correctly on the USB Printer page 2 Go to Network Services gt Microsoft Networking Enter a workgroup name for the NAS You will need this information later Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Microsoft Networking _ Welcome admin Logout English Microsoft Networking i MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADYANCED OPTIONS Microsoft Networking Enable file service for Microsott networking Server Description Optional NAS Serer lt n oS 3 Standalone Server AD Domain Member To enable Domain Security please click here O LDAF Domain Authentication To enable Domain Security please click here Current Samba ID 1 6 21 3251 20726 1639715159 2191463818 605 3 Go to Print amp Fax on your Mac Personal h 28 8 o Appearance Desktop amp Expos amp inteiiaeanl Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Hardware oS m Bluetooth CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard amp Saver Mouse 4 Click to add a printer Click to add Ic o aad a No Printer Selected printer or fax L Default Printer Last Printer Used Default Paper Size in Page Setup a Click the lock to prevent further changes 606 5 Select the NAS workgroup and find the printer name Sa FF Se Fe Name No Selection Location No Selection Print Using H Add
38. Note Do NOT unplug the device when itis in use Disk Usage Setting Data Sharing Q RAID 1 APPLY After Q RAID 1 has been executed once the NAS data will be automatically copied to the external storage device whenever it is connected to the NAS Note e Only one external hard disk can be set as Q RAID 1 at one time e Itis recommended to use an external storage device of the same capacity as the internal hard drive of the NAS If the storage capacity of the external storage device is too small to synchronize with the internal hard drive the device can only be used for data sharing 589 9 2 USB Printer The NAS supports network printing sharing service over local network and the Internet in Windows Mac and Linux Ubuntu environments Up to 3 USB printers are supported To share a USB printer by NAS connect the printer to a USB port of the NAS The printer will be detected automatically and the printer s information will be shown USB Printer PRINTER OPTIONS USB Printer Deen emcee cone ce nee eneenmememe ne ceeeamemamn conn canmeunmensecuseanmeananny E Stop printer sharing and clear print spool E Manufacturer Hewlett Packard GEES Model HP LaserJet 2200 Status Ready Clean up spool space of printer CLEAN HOW Bonjour printer support Note Please connect a USB printer to the NAS after the software configuration is completed The NAS does not support multifunction printer T
39. Paty be rebuilt from other member drives that Block D1 Block A3 Block D2 Jim Block D34 Disk 4 i i i ka e ah r E x contain the parity information Disk Disk2 Disk 3 To create a RAID 5 disk volume a minimum of 3 hard drives are required The storage capacity of a RAID 5 array is equal to N 1 size of smallest hard drive N is the number of hard drives in the array RAID 6 Disk Volume RAID 6 The data are striped across all the hard drives parity across disks in a RAID 6 array RAID 6 differs from RAID 5 es that a second set of parity information is stored across the member drives in the array SCU C Parity Ag It tolerates failure of two hard drives Block BLA parity Bg ter x i To create a RAID 6 disk volume a minimum Gin Block D1 Block D24 Disk 1 Disk3 of 4 hard drives are required The storage Disk 2 Disk 3 capacity of a RAID 6 array is equal to N 2 size of smallest hard drive N is the number of hard drives in the array RAID 10 Disk Volume RAID 10 RAID 10 combines four or more disks in a RAID O way that protects data against loss of non adjacent disks It provides security by mirroring all data on a secondary set of disks while using striping across each set of disks to speed up data transfers RAID 10 requires an even number of hard drives minimum 4 hard drives The storage capacity of RAID 10 disk volume is equal to size of the
40. QNAP Web File Manager gt 4 KenTest6s9 J C Download Log C Multimedia i CI NB_BK E Network Recycle Bin 1 C Public C Recordings a C Usb BC Web all_volume amp Sharing Links Usb Welcome admin Logout English OO BE amp soe ja Details No Selection Name Size Type aA Folder Modified Time Permission Owner Group 2011 11 14 17 34 08 770 rwxrwx admin administrators id 4 Pagel 114 gt DL Display ltem 1 1 Total 1 Show 20 Y items Disk info Used Size 123 84 GB Free Size 167 6 GB 314 Upload files Note The maximum size of a file that can be uploaded to the NAS by the Web File Manager is 2GB To use this feature install Adobe Flash plugin for your web browser i Select a folder and click B ii Click Browse to select the file s iii Select to skip or overwrite the existing file s in the folder iv Click to upload a file or Upload All to upload all the selected files Upload destination Public pic Browse Clear Files to be uploaded 7 Total size 184 9 KB Uploaded Filesi0 Total size 0 B Mode Mame Size ho Tranzter Rate Time Remaining E Winter jpg 103 07 KB 0 0 Bec PIX R Water lilies jpg 81 83 KB ow 0 BSec Upload All If the file already exists Skip Overwrite 315 Download file p Select a file or folder to download ii Right click the mouse and select Download or clic
41. Select this option to display all the available Wi Fi Show all networks Unselect this option to show only the configured network profiles 50 Click Rescan to search for available Wi Fi networks in range Select a Wi Fi network to connect to and click the Connect button LB Enter the security key if it is a security key enabled network Click Next and the NAS will attempt to connect to the wireless network Quick Configuration Wizard ea ONAP Network Security Information TURBO NAS Type the network security key Security Key eoneneee Step 1 of n 7 Pn snow ai Network name SSID Signal quality Protocol Status Actions a TT nananana fonr O mannanna tutorange S i 51 You can view the status of the configured network profiles The NAS is currently connected to the Wi Fi network The NAS is trying to connect to the Wi Fi network Out of range or hidden SSID The wireless signal is not available or the SSID is not broadcast Failed to get IP The NAS is connected to the Wi Fi network but could not get an IP address from the DHCP server Please check the router settings Association failed The NAS cannot connect to the Wi Fi network Please check the router settings Incorrect key The security key entered is incorrect Auto connect Automatically connect to the Wi Fi network if it is in range The auto connection function is not supported if the SSID of the Wi Fi netw
42. Specify the maximum download rate for bandwidth control 0 means unlimited e Enable backup from a remote server to the local host Select this option to allow data backup from a remote server NAS to the local server NAS e Allow remote Rsync server to back up data to the NAS Select this option to allow data backup from an Rsync server to the local server NAS Enter the user name and password to authenticate the Rsync server which attempts to back up data to the NAS Backup Server RSYNC SERVER RTRR SERVER Rsync Server Settings By using this function you can back up the data on the local server to a remote server of the same NAS series and also allow backup from remote server to the local server Enable backup from a remote server to the local host Allow remote Rsync serwer to back up data to NAS 486 RTRR Server To allow real time or schedule data replication from a remote server to the local NAS select Enable Real time Remote Replication Server You can specify the port number for remote replication The default port number is 8899 Specify the maximum upload and download rate for bandwidth control 0 means unlimited To allow only authenticated access to back up data to the local NAS specify the access password The client server will be prompted to enter the password to back up data to the NAS via RTRR RSYNC SERVER RIRR SERVER RIRR Server Settings Real time Remote Replication RIRR Server a
43. View Rsync logs replication results G Edit a replication job aa Disable replication schedule EE L 7 Enable replication schedule 3 527 To configure the timeout and retry settings of the replications jobs click Options o orrors amp Create New Replication Job SA Cl backup 00 00 Monthly 1 Ready porge e Timeout second Specify a timeout value for each replication job This is the maximum number of seconds to wait until a replication job is cancelled if no data has been received e Number of retries Specify the number of times the NAS should try to execute a replication job should it fail e Retry intervals second Specify the number of seconds to wait in between each retry For example if you entered 600 seconds for timeout 3 retries and 60 seconds for retry intervals a replication job will timeout in 600 seconds if no data is received The NAS will wait for 60 seconds and try to execute the job a second time If the job timed out again the NAS wait for another 60 seconds and retry for a third time Advanced Settings ONAP Advanced Settings TURBO NAS You can configure the following settings forthe Remote Replication jobs tis recommended to use the default values Timeout second 600 Number of retries goe Retry Intervals second M ee Step 1 of 1 CANCEL 528 How to back up all the shares on a disk volume by remote replication rsync To back up
44. a JBOD configuration or a RAID array e Select whether or not to encrypt a disk volume before it is created on the NAS In other words you will not be able to encrypt a volume after it has been created unless the disk volume is initialized Note that initializing a disk volume will clear all the disk data e The encryption on the disk volume cannot be removed without initialization To remove the encryption on the disk volume you have to initialize the disk volume and all the data will be cleared e Keep the encryption password or key safe If you forgot the password or lost the encryption key the data cannot be accessed anymore e Before you start read the instructions carefully and strictly adhere to the instructions 123 Activate disk volume encryption on the NAS Encrypt the disk volume during the NAS installation Follow the instructions of the Quick Installation Guide QIG to initialize the NAS by the web based interface In Step 6 of the quick configuration select Yes for the Encrypt disk volume option Note You can execute disk volume encryption by the LCD panel if available of the NAS Please refer to the QIG for the instructions Once you have selected to encrypt the disk volume the encryption settings will appear Step 6 Step 6 6 Select the disk configuration Note All drive data will be ceared unless you select not to initialize the hard drives Please select the disk configuration for the initia
45. admin account can login remotely Use Telnet or SSH connection clients for example putty for connection Make sure the specified ports have been opened on the router or firewall To use SFTP known as SSH File Transfer Protocol or Secure File Transfer Protocol make sure the option Allow SSH connection has been turned on Telnet SSH Telnet SSH After enabling this option you can access this server via Telnet or SSH connection Only the account admin can login remotely C Allow Telnet connection Port Mumber Port Number Enable SFTP 280 6 6 SNMP Settings Enable SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol service on the NAS and enter the trap address of the SNMP management stations SNMP manager for example PC with SNMP software installed When an event warning or error occurs on the NAS the NAS SNMP agent reports the real time alert to the SNMP management stations The fields are described as below ee fee SNMP Trap Level Select the information to be sent to the SNMP management Stations Trap Address The IP address of the SNMP manager Specify maximum 3 trap addresses SNMP MIB Management The MIB is a type of database in ASCII text format used to manage Information Base the NAS in the SNMP network The SNMP manager uses the MIB to determine the values or understand the messages sent from the agent NAS within the network You can download the MIB and view it with any word processor or text
46. blockthe IP for 5 minutes Y AFF In iminutes after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s blockthe IP for 5minutes 68 Import SSL Secure Certificate The Secure Socket Layer SSL is a protocol for encrypted communication between the web servers and the web browsers for secure data transfer You can upload a secure certificate issued by a trusted provider After uploading a secure certificate users can connect to the administration interface of the NAS by SSL connection and there will not be any alert or error message The NAS supports X 509 certificate and private key only e Download Certificate To download the secure certificate which is currently in use e Download Private Key To download the private key which is currently in use e Restore Default Certificate amp Private Key To restore the secure certificate and private key to system default The secure certificate and private key in use will be overwritten Security SECURITY LEVEL METWORK ACCESS PROTECTION SSL SECURE CERTIFICATE amp PRIVATE KEY SSL Secure Certificate amp Private Key YOU can Upload a secure certificate issued by a trusted provider After you have Uploaded a secure certificate successtully you can access the administration interface by SSL connection and there will not be any alert or error message Ifyou Upload an incorrect secure certificate you may not be able to login the server via SSL To resolve the problem you can restore the
47. button to choose the option and press the Enter button to confirm 650 For example when you turn on the NAS with 5 hard drives installed the LCD panel shows You can press the Select button to browse more options for example RAID 6 Press the Enter button and the following message shows Press the Select button to select Yes to confirm tee When you execute RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration the system will initialize the hard drives create the RAID device format the RAID device and mount it as a volume on the NAS The progress will be shown on the LCD panel When it reaches 100 you can connect to the RAID volume for example create folders and upload files to the folders on the NAS In the meantime to make sure the stripes and blocks in all the RAID component devices are ready the NAS will execute RAID synchronization and the progress will be shown on Disk Management gt Volume Management page The synchronization rate is around 30 60 MB s varies depending on the hard drive models system resource usage etc Note If a member drive of the RAID configuration was lost during the synchronization the RAID device will enter degraded mode The volume data is still accessible If you add a member drive to the device it will start to rebuild You can check the status on the Volume Management page 651 To encrypt the disk volume select Yes when
48. directly or via ODBC Oracle 691 The installation compatibility page will be shown In most of the cases your current web server should be compatible with the requirements so click Start install to go the next step Fill up the fields with your MySQL information including the host name database name database username and database password then click Proceed to next step to continue la mm a EPLE TETI E S Installation Panel Introduction Requirements Database settings Configuration file Advanced settings Database type MySQL e Database server hostname or DSH 127 0 0 1 DSN stands for Data Source Name and is relevent ony for ODEC installs Database server port Leave ihr pank unless you krmo De server operates on a non standard port Database name Database username Database password Prefix for tables in database 692 You should see Successful connection if your MySQL server is running and the database phpbb3 we created earlier is present Click Proceed to next step a he es at Database Commer O sssaaa Test connection Specify the phpBB3 administrator username and password as well as a valid email address Once done click Proceed to next step r b atir Default board language _ gt Administrator Administrator username admi mnanaa Aiease enter a username be
49. o C Remove Browse a 2 Enter the user name and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this folder Enter your name and password for the server 10 8 12 111 Connect as C Guest Registered User Name James O _ Remember this password in my keychain Cancel Ei 300 3 You can connect to the folder through this link via HTTP WebDAV gt Testing Feed xmi Today 2 00 PM 4 You can also find the mount point in the SHARED category in Finder and make it one of the login items 12 111 aje pa eI o CD DEVICES E E iDisk D MyDisk T SHARED E james 119 E CSD 50HAFP E Dale 239 SAMBA E David 239 SAMBA 1 Note that the instructions above are based on Mac OS X 10 6 and can be applied to 10 4 or later 301 Ubuntu Follow the steps below to connect to your NAS via WebDAV on Ubuntu Client Operating System Ubuntu 9 10 Desktop 1 Open Places gt Connect to Server lt a Applications BE System b0 ij Home Folder EE Desktop ij Downloads sa el E Mon Nov 2 9 25PM h james __ Floppy Drive t Bless Connect to Servar Connect to a remote computer or shared disk Search for Files Recent Documents 302 2 Select WebDAV HTTP or Secure WebDAV HTTPS for the Service type according to your NAS settings and enter your host information Enter the user name and
50. 20 00 00 Water lilies jpg 51 83 KE 50 83 KB 2001 08 23 20 00 00 Winter jpg 103 07 KB 101 67 KB 2001 08 23 20 00 00 IA 4 6 Page 1 off yr FY a Display tem 1 4 Total 4 Show 50 ftems J Extract to download Extract Select Extract All Cancel 317 Files Folders Search The Web File Manager supports smart search of files sub folders and folders on the NAS You can search a file or folder by all or part of the file or folder name or by the file extension for example AVI MP3 Multimedia Welcome admin Logout English OOE soe Aks Mame Size Type Modified Time Permission Dwe Group a Hydrangeas jpg 581 33 KO JPG File 2003 07 4 4 06 32 31 BBS rvv ryy pyyt J admin administrators i p4 030364 JPG 3 95 MB JPG File 201170724 04 52 12 BBG rvv ryy ryit admin administrators 28 p4 030377 JPG 4 67 ME JFG File 201170724 05 02 52 BBB rvv ryy ryy 4 admin administrators 8 p4 030363 JPG 4 18 MB JPG File 20114249 15 59 36 BBB rvv ryy ryy admin administrators 8 p44 q40064 JPG 5 62 MB JFG File 2011 0731 04 52 00 BBB ryyv ryy ryiv admin administrators m San 0031 JPG 2 55 MB JFG File 2011407401 14 30 46 BBB ryv ryy ryv admin administrators a SAM 0035 JPG 2 46 MB JP File 2011707401 14 30 46 BBB rvv ryy ryyt admin administrators m Sand 0039 IPG 2 46 MB JFG File 2011407401 14 30 46 BBB ryv ryy ryv admin administrators 318 Mount ISO Shares To mount an ISO file on the NAS as a network shar
51. 230 The NAS supports importing user accounts from TXT CSV or BIN files To create a list of user accounts with these file types follow the steps below TXT 1 Open a new file with a text editor 2 Enter a user s information in the following order and separate them by Username Password Quota MB Group Name 3 Go to the next line and repeat the previous step to create another user account Each line indicates one user s information 4 Save the file in UTF 8 encoding if it contains double byte characters An example is shown as below Note that if the quota is left empty the user will have no limit in using the disk space of the NAS Untitled Notepad Fie Edit Format View Help testtest 2000 test User useri 4000 test User Uuserl O00 test UserO3 users test Userl4 userl4 ZOO test 231 CSV Excel 1 Open a new file with Excel 2 Enter a user s information in the same row in the following order Column A Username Column B Password Column C Quota MB Column D Group name 3 Go to the next row and repeat the previous step to create another user account Each row indicates one user s information Save the file in CSV format 4 Open the CSV file with Notepad and save it in UTF 8 encoding if it contains double byte characters An example is shown as below test user l users userQs usera usero BIN Exported from the NAS The BIN file is exported from a QNAP NAS It contain
52. 6 Disk Volume Target Disk Volume Single Disk Orve 4 The drive configuration is about to be configured as capacity is approximately 3726 GB Note that all the data on the selected hard drive will be cleared Click OK to confirm 106 When migration is in process the required time and total drive capacity after migration are shown in the description field Curent Disk Votume C Onfiguration Physical Disks Hitachi HOS 72 1010KLA330 GRAD 931 51 Hitachi HOS 721010KL4330 GRAD 931 5168 Hitachi HDS721010KLA330 GKAQ 931 51 GB Hitachi HOS 21010KL4330 GRAD 931 5168 Drive 5 Hitachi HDS721010KLA330 GKAQ 931 51 GB CR Current Disk Volume Configuration Logica al Volumes oS a Se See Se j a H M Ta hal rer mile aT ike ef 107 The NAS will enter Read only mode when migration is in process during 11 49 to assure the data of the RAID configuration will be consistent after RAID migration completes After migration completes the new drive configuration RAID 5 is shown and the status is Ready You can start to use the new drive configuration RAID Management his function enables capacity expansion RAID configuration migration of spare drive configuration with the original drive dala reserved pte Make sure you have read ihe instructions carefully and you fully understand the comed operation procedure before using ths undian Current Disk Vo
53. 9 BACK I CANCEL 564 5 Select the source and destination folders for backup Then click Add Up to 5 folder pairs can be created Click Next Note If a folder or its parent folder or child folder has been selected as the source or destination in a folder pair of a backup job the same folder cannot be selected as the source or destination of another folder pair of the same backup job Quick Configuration Wizard Configure Multiple Folder Pairs Source folder Destination folder faa USBDiski faaaa SBDiski x Sten 3 of 9 BACK Mh NEXT CANCEL 565 6 Choose between real time and scheduled backup Real time backup copies files that are new changed and renamed from the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made after the first time backup Scheduled backup copies files from the source folder to the target folder according to the schedule The options are Replicate Now Copy the data immediately e Periodically Enter the time interval in hour and minute that the backup job should be executed The minimum time interval is 5 minutes Hourly Select the minute when an hourly backup should be executed e g select 01 to execute the backup job every first minute of an hour 1 01 2 01 3 01 Daily Specify the time when a daily backup should be executed e g 02 02 every day e Weekly Select a day of the week and the time when a weekly backup should be ex
54. Account Change Password User Name Description status Is admin Father Enabled Disabled Mother Enabled Amy Enabled John Enabled Tiffany Enabled Honey Enabled aaa Enabled bbb Enabled test Enabled 407 Enter the user name max 32 characters password 1 16 characters and description max 127 characters Select the user status enabled or disabled and specify if the user is an administrator Then select the folder s that the user is allowed to access by adding them to the accessible folder list Click Save Note e The user name only supports A Z a z 0 9 dash and underscore _ e The password only supports A Z a z 0 9 _ Account SetFolder Public Advanced Settings Add a New Account Name john Password LETITI verify Password eeeee Description fiend Status Enabled lis admin inaccessible Folder Accessible Folder maa il Jason js mda mp3 to aac pdf S S Save Cancel 408 7 2 Set folder public All the folders in the Photo Station are for private viewing by default Select the folder s to be published for public access Private folders can only be accessed by authorized Photo Station users Click Save to save the changes Settings Account Set Folder Public Advanced Settings Set Folder Public The folder must be made public before il can be published Note that if the folder has bec
55. Atta 0 6 1 2 117 60 Atta 0 8 12 111 8081 php ini Maintenance LJ php ini Maintenance The file php ini is the system configuration file oftiWweb Server After enabling this function you can edit Upload or restore this file It is recommended to use the system default setting 283 To use Web Server follow the steps below 1 Enable the service and enter the port number The default number is 80 2 Configure other settings e Configure register_globals Select to enable or disable register_globals The setting is disabled by default When the web program prompts you to enable php register_globals enable this option However for system security concern it is recommended to turn this option off e php ini Maintenance Select the option php ini Maintenance and choose to upload edit or restore php ini Note To use PHP mail go to System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP Server and configure the SMTP server settings e Secure Connection SSL Enter the port number for SSL connection 3 Upload the HTML files to the network share Qweb Web on the NAS The file index html index htm or index php will be the home path of your web page 4 You can access the web page you upload by entering http NAS IP in the web browser Note that when Web Server is enabled you have to enter http NAS IP 8080 in your web browser to access the login page of the NAS 284 WebDAV Web
56. Configuration File to download the VPN client settings certificate key and installation guide from the NAS and upload the files to the OpenVPN client Note Upload the configuration file to the OpenVPN client every time the OpenVPN settings MyCloudNAS name or the secure certificate is changed PPTP settings The PPTP server allows users to access the LAN remotely Use the default settings or specify the settings manually To understand more please check http www gnap com pro_application asp ap_id 336 Enable PPTP VPN server VPN client IP pool SOD RE rm FB Advanced Settings OpenVPN Settings An OpenVPN client software is required on the remote PC Use the default VPN settings or configure the settings manually To understand more please check hip openvon net E Enable OpenVPN server VPN client IP pool Pe re ee et ee re T a Advanced Settings DOWNLOAD CONFIGURATION FILE APPLY 502 3 Configure port forwarding by auto router configuration The NAS supports auto port forwarding for UPnP Universal Plug and Play network protocol routers Go to MyCloudNAS Service gt Auto Router Configuration to enable UPnP port forwarding and open the ports of the PPTP or OpenVPN service on the router Note To connect to the PPTP server on the Internet the PPTP passthrough options on some routers have to be opened PPTP uses only port TCP 1723 forward this port manually if your router doe not Suppo
57. Folders Shares a O New Share Folder Mew Share Folder Restore Default Network Shares Restore Default Network Shares Dept 80 KB BAGOiikg Download 400 2 Wie GAR ows Multimedia 12 84 GB BARoiiks Metwork Recycle Bin 1 1270 13 MWB en Public 26 55 GB 275 Specify the access right to the network share If you select No limit or Read only you can specify the IP address or domains that are allowed to connect to the folder by NFS e No limit Allow users to create read write and delete files or folders in the network share and any subdirectories e Read only Allow users to read files in the network share and any subdirectories but they are not allowed to write create or delete any files e Deny access Deny all access to the network share NFS Access Control ONAP NFS Access Control TURBO NAS You can setthe NFS access right of the network share Hetwork Share Name Public Access Right iNolimit Allowed IP Address or DEALG Read only Deny access Mote Plaase make sure the format you enter is correct An incorrect format can lead to access error Sten 1 of APPLY O CANCEL 276 Connect to the NAS by NFS On Linux run the following command mount t nfs lt NAS IP gt lt Network Share Name gt lt Directory to Mount gt For example if the IP address of your NAS is 192 168 0 1 and you want to link the network share public under the mnt pub directory us
58. Just a bunch of disks JBOD is a collection of hard drives that does not offer any RAID protection The data are written to the physical disks sequentially The total storage capacity is equal to the sum of the capacity of all member hard drives RAID O Striping Disk Volume a RAID 0 RAID 0 striping disk combines 2 or more striping hard drives into one larger volume The data is written to the hard drive without any parity information and no redundancy is offered The total storage capacity of a RAID O disk Block Al Block A2 volume is equal to the sum of the capacity of Block A3 Block A4 J all member hard drives Block A5 Block A6 J trae Gres RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume RAID 1 RAID 1 duplicates the data between two hard mirroring drives to provide disk mirroring To create a RAID 1 array a minimum of 2 hard drives are required Block A1 Block Al Block A2 Block A2 J Block A3 TETES Block A4 Block A4 J The storage capacity of a RAID 1 disk volume is equal to the size of the smallest hard drive 93 RAID 5 Disk Volume RAID 5 The data are striped across all the hard drives parity across disks in a RAID 5 array The parity information is co distributed and stored across each hard drive lt Ifa member hard drive fails the array enters Block A2 Pg in z f f CEY degraded mode After installing a new hard Block B1 J Block B2 Block B3 J drive to replace the failed one the data can
59. LUN snapshot go to Disk Management gt iSCSI gt LUN Backup Click Create a new job PORTAL MANAGEMENT l TARGET MANAGEMENT ADVANCED ACL LUN BACKUP Current Jobs You can back Up LUN data to another storage or restore the data to the WAS by LUN backup Current Jobs 163 Create anew job 2 Select Create a LUN Snapshot and click Next Create a LUN Snapshot gal ci He LUN Backup Restore Snapshot TURBO NAS This wizard helps you back up or restore an iSCSI LJN or create a LUN snapshot Please select the action Back up an iSCS LUN Restore an iSCSl LUN te Create a LUN snapshot 184 3 Select an iSCSI LUN on the NAS Only one snapshot can be created for each iSCSI LUN Click Next Create a LUN Snapshot QNAP Select source LUN TURBO NAS LUN Status Capacity iSCStTarget el a Enabled 1 00 GB 3 b Enabled 1 00 GB a O nnn Unmapped 10 00 GB Mote Only one snapshot can be created for each iscsi LUN w Step 1of5 NEXT i CANCEL Enter a name for the LUN snapshot or use the one generated by the NAS Select an iSCSI target where the LUN snapshot is mapped to Click Next The LUN snapshot must be mapped to another iSCSI target different from the original one Create a LUN Snapshot Ke ONAP Configure LUN Settings TURBO NAS Map LUM to Target iqn 2004 04 com qnapts 119ppl Usiiscesiachasu iqn 2004 04
60. Minutes ago 648 Process This tab shows information about the processes running on the NAS Resource Monitor CPU USAGE MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE BANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS Process Mame Users PID CPU Usage Memory top admin 18260 3 8 B96 K top admin 18307 3 8 a4 K thttpd_ admin 2872 2 0 1744 k btg admin 3239 1 9 REGE K mdg _raidi admin 1246 0 9 OK sh admin F044 0 9 1216 K init admin 1 0 B26 RK daemon m r admin 1528 0 1264 K dWatcodogd keeping alive ever admin 1603 0 416K modagent admin 1845 0 460 K hotawap admin 2115 0 1020 K gamartd admin 2123 0 a20 kK winbindd admin 2317 oO S072 K winbindd admin 2315 Oo 704 K winbindd admin 2319 oO 3236 K 649 12 Use the LCD Panel This feature is only provided by the NAS models with LCD panels Please visit http www qnap com for details You can use the LCD panel to perform disk configuration and view the system information When the NAS has started up you will be able to view the NAS name and IP address For the first time installation the LCD panel shows the number of hard drives detected and the IP address You may select to configure the hard drives Number of hard Default disk drives detected configuration Available disk configuration options RAID 1 Single gt JBOD gt RAID 0 gt RAID 1 RAID 5 Single gt JBOD gt RAID 0 gt RAID 5 RAID 5 Single gt JBOD gt RAID O gt RAID 5 gt RAID 6 Press the Select
61. Multimedia Station from the login portal of the NAS or enter http NAS_IP 80 MSV2 or https NAS_IP 8081 MSV2 secure connection in a web browser Login the application when you are prompted to Only the administrator admin can create users and configure the advanced settings Note The admin login information of the Multimedia Station is the same as that of the NAS web administration Login to the application from the login portal page of the NAS will be disabled when standalone user accounts are in use except for admin ONAP mummenia Station Home Login About Help English Media Center i ES View All y Sort Name v Az CE Q No public folders files available for viewing 4 Copyright 2010 ONAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 332 The Multimedia Station consists of the Media Center My Jukebox and Control Panel Home Logout James About Help ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION Home My Photo Media Center gt gt Z My Music My Photo a F e q My Video ou ni a i aay s G j Bercy oe a IMG_0013 PG IMG_0022 JPG IMG_0023 J PG D Ae IMG_0045 JPG IMG_0050 JPG IMG_0052 JPG IMG_0053 JPG e pn IMG_0036 JPG ia y Zee ee IMG_0069 JPG IMG_0071 JPG IMG_0072 J3PG IMG_0074 PG IMG_0076 JPG IMG_0059 JPG My Jukebox IMG_0077 JPG IMG_0078 JPG IMG_0084 JPG IMG_0087 jpg Control Panel Copyright QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 333 Media Center
62. N 3 and any of the remaining hard drives cannot be spun up identified accessed Set Cancel Global Spare A global spare drive replaces a failed hard drive in any RAID 1 5 6 10 disk volumes on the NAS automatically When the same global spare drive is shared by multiple RAID volumes on the NAS the Spare drive will replace the first failed drive in a RAID volume To seta disk drive as a global spare drive select the single disk volume and click Set Global Spare All the disk data will be cleared on the hard drive Current Disk Volume Configuration Disk Volume Total Size Bitmap Status Description The operation s you can execute z E aoan Set global spare Single Disk Drive 6 The operation s you can execute Mirroring Disk Volume Drive 1 5 291 94 GB No Ready i Faini capacity Enable Bitmap EXPAND CAPACITY ADD HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE BITMAP RECOVER SET GLOBAL SPARE Note The capacity of the global spare drive must be equal to or larger than that of a member drive of a RAID disk volume To cancel a global spare drive select the drive and click Cancel Spare Drive Current Disk Volume Configuration Disk Volume Total Size Bitmap Status Description oe a a The operation s you can execute Single Disk Drive 6 Global Spare _ Cancel global spare f The operation s you can execute Mirroring Disk Volume Drive 1 5 291
63. QMobile Download QMobile from App Store iPhone or Android Market Android phones iTunes Store Terms and Conditions Search Android phone users may also get the download link of QMobile by taking a picture of the QR code from the website below 1 http www qnap com QMobile Default aspx lang eng 2 http www doubletwist com apps android qmobile 6558955796410604679 Take a picture of the QR code eo o 363 Get the download link automatically from the QR code er Download QMobile to your Android phone gee L 364 After installation QMobile will be shown on the screen f a f 365 Configure the NAS settings on your handheld devices Launch QMobile App and add a QNAP NAS You can add the NAS to QMobile by Automatic Discovery or Add Server Manually Mobile 366 Automatic Discovery ee M r ar F ee Mobile Connect to Server No servers Add Server Automatic Discovery Add Server Manually ONAF 367 Note 1 For iPhone users This feature is only available after you have enabled QMobile for iPhone iPad iPod touch on the NAS under Network Services gt Network Service Discovery gt Bonjour Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Network Service Discovery 368 2 For Android devices This feature is only available after you have enabled Enable UPnP Discovery Se
64. Settings Click Apply Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IMi CONFIGURE SMISE SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Alert Notification When a system event occurs an alert email SMS will be sent automatically Send system error alert by CJemai U sms Instant Messaging Send system warning alert by Email V Instant Messaging E mail Notification Settings SEND 4 TEST E MAIL Mote The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Instant Messaging Settings Authorized Contacts ns O aad 6 Login an authorized Windows Live Messenger account and interact with the NAS via Windows Live Messenger The NAS will send instant error or warning alerts English only to the authorized contacts when events occur 72 The authorized Windows Live Messenger contacts can enter the following command to inquire real time system information from the NAS The information is available in English only ES per Inquire the number of hard disks on the NAS Inquire the current temperature and S M A R T status of a hard disk For example info hd 1 Inquire the information of a disk volume For example info vol 1 73 Configure SMS Server Configure the SMS server settings to send SMS messages to the specified phone number s from the NAS The default SMS service provider is Clickatell You can add your own SMS service provider by selecting Add SMS Provider from the drop down menu When
65. The folders and multimedia files of the default network share Qmultimedia Multimedia of the Multimedia Station are shown in Media Center You can view or play the multimedia contents images videos and audio files on the NAS by a web browser over LAN or WAN Supported file format JPG JPEG GIF PNG The animation will not be shown for animated GIF files Playback FLV MPEG 4 Video H 264 AAC Transcode AVI MP4 M4V MPG MPEG RM RMVB WMV The files will be converted to FLV albumdoi 334 eon description Home Return to the home directory of the Multimedia Station Parent Directory Return to the parent directory Refresh Refresh the current directory Manage Album You can 1 create albums under the current directory and 2 add files to the album by copying or uploading files to the directory Set Album Cover You can set up the album cover for each album directory by specifying one photo in the album directory Cooliris Browse your photos in 3 dimensional way with Cooliris You need to install the Cooliris plug in for the web browser Slide Show Start the slide show You can set up the photo frame background music and animation in the slide show mode Publish Publish the chosen photos max 5 photos to popular social networking sites Twitter Facebook MySpace Plurk Windows Live or Blogger Note that the album must be set to public Control Panel gt Set Folder Public before
66. Thin Provisioning 32TB Instant Allocation Free size available on the disk volume Modify an iSCSI LUN LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning Instant Allocation Free Size 406 149 GH LUN Seral 7484c7aa 2f42 4d0e aa3e 9625f0e977a2 Nurber z EEE CELE CANCEL 3 Click Apply to save the settings Note An iSCSI LUN must be mapped to an iSCSI target before increasing the capacity 151 Optimize iSCSI performance In the environments that require high performance storage such as virtualization users are recommended to do the following to optimize the iSCSI and NAS hard disks performance 1 Use instant allocation When creating an iSCSI LUN select Instant Allocation to achieve slightly higher iSCSI performance However the benefits of thin provisioning will be lost iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Create an iSCSI LUN TURBO NAS LUN Allocation LUN Location Free Size 341 19 GB Capacity Step 1 4 CANCEL 152 2 Create multiple LUNs Create multiple LUNs according to the processor number of the NAS The information can be checked in System Status gt Resource Monitor If the NAS has four processors it is advised to create four or more LUNs to optimize the iSCSI performance Resource Monitor CPUUSAGE MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE BANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS CPU Hyper Threading 100 3 Use different LUNs for heavy load ap
67. This function enables capacity expansion RAID configuration migration or spare drive configuration with the original drive data reserved Note Make sure you have read the instructions carefully and you fully understand the comedi operation procedure before using this function Current Disk Volume Lontiguration Total Size Bitmap Status Description The operaton s you can execute Expand capac EXPAND CAPACITY Ano HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE BITMAP RECOVER For detailed instuctions phase cock here Yes Ready Click OK to proceed The NAS beeps and starts to expand the capacity RAID Management Expand capacity Silect the drive to add eee Drive 1 Hitachi HDS721010KLAS30GKAO 93 5168 Ready P Processing Drive 2 Hitachi HDS721010KLA230 GKAO 931 5168 Ready Tt Processing Drve3 Hitachi HDST21010KLA330 GKAQ 931 5168 Ready t Processing H achi HOST 210 10KLATI0 GKAQ 931 51 Ga Ready Te Processing Hitachi HDS721010KLAI30 GRA 931 51 GE Ready ce Proc si g Target Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Dene 12345 You can expand the disk volume capacity to apprommately 3725 GB EXPAND CAPACITY 100 The process may take from hours to tens of hours to finish depending on the drive size Please wait patiently for the process to finish Do NOT turn off the power of the NAS Disk Model capacity Staus OB Blocks SMART 1 Hitachi HD5721010KLA3
68. Up to date HWASL AA ABB 10 5 12 6 3 5 0 08307 MS 2000 00 09 96 4 4A BB F Update availat A a ri T51079 T 10 5 12 11 3 5 0 08107 TS 1079 00 00 10 79 00 03 Up to date lma Tm Che sEm s G a aCA fmoerTk Te eon ree anon we on 44 he tm Hak iii Connect Configure Details Refresh 11 4 Click OK to proceed You vill now be directed by the Finder to the web browser to complete the quick configuration of the server You will be able to use the server after the quick configuration Click OK to proceed STEPS STEP6 FINISH b Welcome to the quick configuration wizard This wizard will guide you through the following steps to configure this system quickly 1 Enter the server name 2 Change the administrator password Enter the date time and time zone for this server Enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway for this server Select the services to be enabled Select disk configuration Hote Changes to all settings will be effective only when you confirm in the last step 12 6 Click START INSTALLATION in the last step Quick Configuration rs nn mesa re r WELCOME STEP 1 J STEP Finish The changes you have made to the serwer are as below Click Start installation to begin the quick configuration or click Back to return to the previous steps to modity the settings Server Mame MASSCACAC Password
69. XOR Balance XOR balances traffic by splitting up outgoing Supports static packets between the Ethernet interfaces using the same trunking Make sure one for each specific destination when possible It static trunking is transmits based on the selected transmit hash policy enabled on the switch The default policy is a simple slave count operating on Layer 2 where the source MAC address is coupled with destination MAC address Alternate transmit policies may be selected via the xmit_hash_policy option Balance XOR mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance Broadcast Broadcast sends traffic on both network interfaces This Supports static mode provides fault tolerance trunking Make sure Static trunking is enabled on the switch IEEE 802 3ad Dynamic Link Aggregation uses a complex algorithm to Supports 802 3ad Dynamic Link aggregate adapters by speed and duplex settings It LACP Aggregation utilizes all slaves in the active aggregator according to the 802 3ad specification Dynamic Link Aggregation mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance but requires a switch that supports IEEE 802 3ad with LACP mode properly configured Balance tlb Balance tlb uses channel bonding that does not require General switches Adaptive any special switch The outgoing traffic is distributed Transmit Load according to the current load on each Ethernet interface Balancing computed relative to the speed Incoming traffic is rece
70. XP 1 Right click My Computer and select Map Network Drive nes My Documents Open Explore Search Manage Mi feu MG Scan For viruses places Map n Hetmork Drive Create Shortcut Interne Delete Explore Rename Properties Rec cle Bini 2 Click Sign up for online storage or connect to a network server Map Network Drive Windows can help you connect to a shared network Folder and assign a drive letter to the connection so that you can access the folder using My Computer Specify the drive latter For the connection and the Folder that you want to connect to Example server share Reconnect at logon network server EES cys Finish cancel 286 3 Select Choose another network location Add Network Place Wizard Where do you want to create this network place Select a service provider If you do not have a membership vath the provider you select the wizard will help Pou cee eae To just create a shortcut click Choose another network location MSN Communities Share your files with others or store them for your personal use 287 4 Enter the URL of your NAS with the folder name Note that you should put a key at the end of the URL Click Next Format http NAS_IP_or_HOST_NAME SHARE_FOLDER_NAME Add Network Place Wizard What is the address of this network place Type the address of the Web site FTP site
71. addresses which are allowed Microsoft Networking host access to connect to the network share via Microsoft Networking control Note that a user still needs a correct login name and password to access the share via Microsoft Networking Refresh Refresh the network share details efres 243 Folder Permissions Configure folder and subfolder permissions on the NAS To edit basic folder permissions locate a folder name in Access Right Management gt Share Folders and click 2 Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS Iso SHARE FOLDERS F FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS o Vow sae Fad O Rese Det Nein Sues Dept 64 KB A E Download 400 23 MB g 14 Mo Multimedia 12 84 GB 65 576 No Network Recycle Bin 1 20 KB 4 F Mo Public 30 1 GB 318 1668 Mo Recordings 28 KA 14 2 Ma Usb 20 KE 4 2 Mo Web 237 31 MB 269 2164 No C ivan 4 7 MB 0 1 Mo F root 26 KB 4 2 Mo Total 20 Display 10 entries per page 4 aan Ol 244 The folder name will be shown on the left and the users with configured access rights are shown in the panel You can also specify the guest access right at the bottom of the panel Share Folders Pa For detailed instructions please iclick here 245 Click Add to select more users and user groups and specify their access rights to the folder Click ADD to confirm Select users and groups Name Read only Read Write Deny Access
72. after the power recovery Manual power on of the NAS is required If the power restores after the NAS has been shut down and before the UPS device is powered off you may power on the NAS by Wake on LAN if your NAS and UPS device both support Wake on LAN and Wake on LAN is enabled on the NAS This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 412U Please visit http www qnap com for details If the power restores after both the NAS and the UPS have been shut down the NAS will react according to the settings in System Administration gt Power Management 623 Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Power Management Welcome admin l Logout Power Management Restart Shutdown Execute system restart shutdown immediately Configure Wake on LAN D Enable Disable When the AC power resumes Resume the server to the previous power on or power off status Turn on the server automatically O The server should remain off Set power on power off restart schedule Cl Enable schedule Postpone the restartshutdown schedule when a replication job is in progress 624 10 MyCloudNAS Service MyCloudNAS Service is a function which provides host name registration mapping of the dynamic NAS IP to a domain name and auto port mapping of UPnP router on the local network Use MyCloudNAS Wizard to register a unique h
73. and a file photo or video Click the triangle icon next to the search box to enter the advanced search page ei Search Q 1 3 Enter the search criteria and click Submit Advanced Search x Search Type amp Range Type Match any condition Range Allabums sss Search conditions Album or File name Title Description Date photo taken From 20 11 07 01 E To 2012 02 10 Date file created From iB 411 7 4 Music Station The Music Station is a web based application for users to play the music files on the NAS or a media server or listen to thousands of Internet radio stations by a web browser or a local USB speaker connected to the NAS Music alarms can also be set with the local playback feature Before getting started 1 Specify the user account settings The Music Station is enabled by default Before using this application login the NAS as admin and go to Administration gt Applications gt Music Station Select either System Users or Standalone Application Users default for the user account settings When System Users is selected the local NAS accounts will be used for the application You can create the user accounts in Access Right Management gt Users To use dedicated user accounts for the application select Standalone Application Users The user accounts can be creat
74. be available in accordance to the legislative restrictions of some countries Disk Volume Encryption Management Volume Total Size Status Action Mirroring Disk Yolume Drive 1 2 145 24 GB Unlocked ENCRYPTION KEY MANAGEMENT 122 How to use the data encryption feature on QNAP Turbo NAS The disk volumes on the NAS can be encrypted with 256 bit AES encryption for data breach protection The encrypted disk volumes can only be mounted for normal read write access with the authorized password The encryption feature protects the confidential data from unauthorized access even if the hard drives or the entire NAS were stolen About AES encryption In cryptography the Advanced Encryption Standard AES is an encryption standard adopted by the U S government The standard comprises three block ciphers AES 128 AES 192 and AES 256 Each AES cipher has a 128 bit block size with key sizes of 128 192 and 256 bits respectively The AES ciphers have been analyzed extensively and are now used worldwide Source http en wikipedia org wiki Advanced_Encryption_Standard The AES volume based encryption is applicable only to specific QNAP NAS models Please refer to the comparison table at http www qnap com images products comparison Comparison_NAS html Before you start Please beware of the following before using the data encryption feature of the NAS e The encryption feature of the NAS is volume based A volume can be a single disk
75. com qnapts 119ppl uUsiiscsi b chasot Step 2 0of5 BACK NEXT CANCEL 185 5 Specify the snapshot schedule and the snapshot duration The snapshot will be removed automatically when the snapshot duration is reached Create a LUN Snapshot NAP Snapshot Schedule Select schedule Sten 3 of 5 RACK NEXT CANCEL 6 The settings will be shown Enter a name for the job or use the one generated by the NAS Click Next Create a LUN Snapshot ea ONAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Create a LUN Snapshot Job Name Shap shota snap a Source LUN a 1 00 GB co LUN Snapshot Name snap a Map LUN to Target b Schedule Mow Sieen BACK ar CANCEL 186 7 Click Finish to exit Create a LUN Snapshot QNAP TURBO NAS Setup complete Congratulations The settings have been completed Click FINISH to exit the wizard 8 The snapshot will be created immediately The status and duration will be shown on the list Current Jobs You can back Up LUM data to another storage or restore the data to the WAS by LUM backup Current Jobs Create a new job LUN Snapshotis enabled Snapshot Shap_shota gt snap a duration 2047 1 089 0 15 09 71 0 207 1 0810 mea Snapshot Schedule Mow 18 08 10 Delete 187 9 Go to iSCSI gt Target Management the snapshot LUN will be shown in the iSCSI Target List Use iSCSI initiator software to connect to the iSCS
76. connect Enable PPTP or OpenVPN service Configure port forwarding by auto router configuration Register MyCloudNAS service Add VPN users Connect to the private network by a VPN client oe a a 1 Select a network interface to connect Login the NAS as admin and go to Applications gt VPN Service gt VPN Server Settings Under General Settings select a network interface to connect to the desired network which the NAS belongs to VPN Service VPN SERVER SETTINGS VPN CLIENT MANAGEMENT CONNECTION LIST General Settings Select a network interface to connect to the desired network which the NAS belongs to You can forward the VPN ports on the router by Auto Router Configuration and also replace the WAN IP by MyCloudNAS name for connection Network Interface Ethernet 1 2 WyCloudNAsS Name mecna mycloudnas com 501 2 Enable PPTP or OpenVPN service The NAS supports PPTP and OpenVPN for VPN connection Select either one option and configure the settings PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Protocol PPTP is one of the most commonly used methods for VPN connection It is natively supported by Windows Mac Linux Android and iPhone Note The default NAS IP is 10 0 0 1 under PPTP VPN connection OpenVPN OpenVPN is an open source VPN solution which utilizes SSL encryption for secure connection To connect to the OpenVPN server OpenVPN client must be installed on your PC Click Download
77. connections To allow all users to use the printer select No limit Click Apply to save the settings Note This feature only works for printing service configured via IPP and Bonjour but not Samba Enter the IF addresses or domain names which are allowed or denied to use the printer serice DP TPPPTEELELLS Access Right Mo imit u Y penn taimet O ll er Deny printin Pause resume or delete printer jobs You can pause or cancel ongoing or pending jobs resume paused jobs or delete completed or pending jobs S Clear admin 10 8 12 43 Total 1 Display 10 w entries per page Note Do NOT restart the NAS or update the system firmware when printing is in process or there are queued jobs Otherwise all the queued jobs will be cancelled and removed 592 9 2 1 Windows 7 Vista Users The following description applies to Windows 7 Follow the steps below to set up your printer connection 1 Go to Devices and Printers 4 Getting Started Documents Pictures Sg Snipping Tool Miusit E Paint Games a Remote Desktop Connection i Computer j A Magnifier q Control Panel Solitare may ences and Frnters Default Programs Help and Support All Programs Windows Securnty B Lego elt 593 2 Click Add a printer WICLEAN PC 4 Printers and Faxes 2 Microsoft XPS Document Writer 3 What type of printer do you want to install
78. de Natal Paz Azul Brahms Lullaby Ave Maria The Christmas Song Boas Festas Um Anjo Do C u Inthe Wee Small Hours of the Mo Silent Night 01 Beautiful Woman mp3 02 Salesman mp3 03 Fill This Night mp3 04 Cry Out Loud mp3 05 I Will Give You Everything mp3 06 Come Alive mp3 g 07 SA AS Amps 08 Be My Love English Ver Ho 09 S mp3 10 Color Your Soul mp3 Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono 469 Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Color your soul INSIDE THE STORE PF Cid icy MORE FROM GORILLAZ A Y a a E 7 8 DLNA Media Server To allow DLNA media players to access and play the multimedia contents on the NAS enable this feature and click the link http NAS IP 9000 to enter the configuration page of the DLNA Media Server DLNA Media Server DLNA Media Server wW Enable DLNA Media Server Ww After enabling this service click the following link to enter DLNA Media Server configuration page htte10 8 13 59 9000 Click the link http NAS IP 9000 Go to TwonkyMedia Settings gt Basic Setup to configure the basic server settings The contents on the Qmultimedia or Multimedia folder of the NAS will be shared to t
79. e ues velaak 620 10 MyCIOUdNAS Service cccceccceecccccceecceeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeoeeeneeeaaaaeeeeeeeeueeees 625 10 1 MY CIOUGINAS W IZa bd moreen eniaanminerneiaena than eolenstoy sats E Panes 626 10 2 Conmigure MY CIOUGNAS s0 42ccinc ent acacduiarwtaatveenhietdatdednanevasteetianttwad ude vacate 634 10 3 AUTOVROULCr CONnriQUrallOnanccactevecetcacenteradecessrinicouewreteeueesiiadsadianesaeeenis 641 11 System StAtusiiaitiniesctee aA a EA a a 644 1 1A System IN ONAORDO NE 644 1132 SV SUECIIN SCIV IC ricin Aa a a N TE a a 645 Tia RESOUrCC MONICO neii inan E E a Gea nea arene 646 12 Use the LCD Panel xs cssscstedew naa a a aaa a a aa aea aai 650 13 Connect to QNAP NAS from the Internet DDNS ServiCe s ss s s sssususunusunununan 657 14 Set up SMS Email and IM Alert on QNAP NAS s 667 15 Set up UPnP Media Server for Media Playing s s s ssusususuusunununsunununnunununn 678 16 Host a Forum with phpBB on QNAP NAS 687 17 NAS Maintenance SettingS 1s 122222su1222020nnnnnnununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 699 TAL System Restart SRNUtAdOW M ece En a a ea a T OE 700 17 2 System Temperature ProtectiON irisito orini aaa a a a a ea 703 18 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE sssssss 22 52u525u22u2uu22uu2u22uunuunuununnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 704 1 Notice Thank you for choosing the QNAP products This user manual provides detail
80. eSATA Le Ee Auto Router Configuration Auto Router Configuration Enable UPraP Port Forwarding Enable this function to allow access to your MAS from the Internet via an UPnP router Mote This function only works with the UPnP supported devices i Status No UPnP router found on the networ ee RESCAN Your router does not support UPAP protocol or you have not enabled the UPnP function on the router 642 Select the NAS services to be allowed for remote access Click Apply to router The NAS will configure the port forwarding on the UPnP router automatically You will then be able to access these NAS services from the Internet Forwarded Services APPLY TO ROUTER Enabled Service Name Protocol Web Administration includes Web File Manager Download Station Surveillance Station k Secure Web Administration FTP FTPS with SSUTLS Server Telnet Server SoHISFTP Serer Web Servenmultimedia Station Secure Web Serer d Remote Replication Note If the router does not support UPnP function you need to configure port forwarding manually on the router Please refer to the links below e Application note http www qnap com pro_application asp ap_id 111 e FAQ http www qgnap com fag asp e UPnP router compatibility list http www gqnap com pro_compatibility asp 643 11 System Status System Information 64A System Service b4 Resource Monitor 64 11 1 System Information You can
81. editor Community SNMP V1 V2 An SNMP community string is a text string that acts as a password It is used to authenticate messages that are sent between the management station and the NAS The community string is included in every packet that is transmitted between the SNMP manager and the SNMP agent SNMP V3 The NAS supports SNMP version 3 Specify the authentication and privacy settings if available 281 SNMP Settings SNIP After enabling this service the WAS will be able to report information via SNMP to the managing systems Enable SNMP Service Port Number 15 RR TN Ee SMAIP Trap Level Cl information L warning C Error Trap Address 1 Trap Address 2 Trap Address 3 SMMP Version SNMP MIE To install the MIB to your managing systems click Download DOWNLOAD 282 6 7 Web Server The NAS supports Web Server for web sites creation and management It also supports Joomla PHP and MySQL SQLite to establish an interactive website PEELA ees le Welcome admin Logout English Web Server WEB SERVER VIRTUAL HOST Web Server After enabling this function you can Upload the webpage files to Web network share to publish your website Enable Web Server Port Number 80 register_globals Oon off Enable Secure Connection SSL Fort B081 Mumber Enable Web DAW Show service link on the login page After enabling this service click the following link to enter to VWweb Server
82. equivalent as provided by copyright law You may make run and propagate covered works that you do not convey without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you or provide you with facilities for running those works provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf under your direction and control on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below Sublicensing is not allowed section 10 makes it unnecessary 3 Protecting Users Legal Rights From Anti Circumvention Law No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996 or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures When you convey a covered work you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with 706 respect to the covered work and you disclaim any int
83. exit otep r oft i FINISH 241 To delete a network share select the folder checkbox and click Delete You can select the option Also delete the data in these folder s to delete the folder and the files in it If you select not to delete the folder data the data will be retained in the NAS You can create a network share of the same name again to access the data Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS C a New Share Falder_ Restore Default Network Shares lcs les Hidden Action GIGI 8 No caro 75 No GIGS 27 No coag mm All the selected share folder s will be removed Are WOU Sure Also delete the data in these folderts Public 26 55 GB 319 1650 No LWes Recordings a8 KB 19 20 Na E Usb 28 KB 4 20 No S Web 236 48 MB 263 708 No ES aaa 4 KB 0 0 No gpg O ivan 47 MB 0 1 Na GAaBowis 242 ee Edit the folder property Select to hide or show the Folder property network share enable or disable oplocks folder path comment and enable or disable write only access on FTP connection a Edit folder permissions and subfolder permissions Folder permissions Specify NFS access right to the network share An asterisk NFS access control means all connections Specify WebDAV access right to the network share WebDAV access control Th Enter the host names or IP
84. free software for all its users We the Free Software Foundation use the GNU General Public License for most of our software it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for them if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to Surrender the rights Therefore you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it responsibilities to respect the freedom of others For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps 1 assert copyright on the software and 2 offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify it For the developers and authors protection the GPL clearly ex
85. g test Enter the start number for the user name e g 0001 and the number of users to be created e g 10 The NAS creates ten users named test0001 test0002 test0003 test0010 The password entered here is the same for all the new users Multiple Users Creation Wizard ONAP Account Login Info TURBO NAS User Name Prefix test a User Name Start No 0001 0 Number of Users Patni cee ccc Verify Password eee O Note Forincreased security password should be atleast amp characters Step 2 of 6 park CANCEL 221 4 Select to create a private network share for each user or not The network share will be named after the user name If a network share of the same name has already existed the NAS will not create the folder Multiple Users Creation Wizard Xe Create Private Network Share ONAP TURBO NAS Do you wantto create a private network share for each user si YES ONG Note lf you select No will directthe completion ofthe wizard you can later modif permissions management step 3 ofS C ANCEL 222 5 Specify the folder settings Multiple Users Creation Wizard ONAP Private Network Share Settings TURBO NAS Hide network drive OYES NO Lock file oplocks Sons Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 ha Step 4 of 5 BACK NEXT CANCEL 6 You can view the new users created in the last step Click Finish to exit the wizard Multiple Users Creation Wizard
86. in the application under Settings 3 Upload photos and video files to the Qmultimedia or Multimedia folder of the NAS The Photo Station supports the following file format Images BMP Intel based NAS only GIF PNG JPG and JPEG FLV and H 264 AAC Tips on file upload e The maximum size of an image file is 32MB e The maximum size of multiple files that can be uploaded at a time is 2GB 387 4 Connect to the Photo Station from the login portal of the NAS or enter http NAS IP photostation in a web browser Internet Explorer Mozilla Firefox or Google Chrome and click Login to login the Photo Station Note e The admin login information of the Photo Station is the same as that of the NAS web administration e Login to the application from the login portal of the NAS will be disabled when standalone user accounts are in use except for admin PhotoStation a v it Stories Start from Here Share your memories without distance Photo winner 388 5 The banner and description of the Photo Station are shown on the upper section of the login page Below the banner are the albums accessible by the user account Click w to select the display language PhotoStation t L admin Y q 7 A r RiP 9 H x P n M Saa i eo 1e z 7 a ry gt HA 3 as lt i li a 7 gt s Stories Start from Here Share your memories without distance
87. it can be published and the Multimedia Station must be accessible from the Internet It is suggested to set up the DDNS for the NAS before using this feature E mail Send photos max 5 photos to friends by e mails Note that you have to set up the SMTP server in the NAS administration console before using this feature Thumbnails Browse the files in thumbnail view default Details 335 Browse the files in detailed view It supports the functions Open Rename Delete Download and Full Image View Sort Sort the files alphabetically in ascending or descending order Search Search files within the current directory These features can only be operated by the administrator 336 Play music Click an MP3 file to play the music by a web browser When you click a music file in a folder all the other supported music files in the folder will also be added to the playlist Click X to exit 01 Love of My Life mp3 02 Can t Live a Day mps 03 Celebrate You mp3 04 ff You Could See What See mp3 05 Answered Prayer mp3 06 God Causes All Things to Grow mp3 07 Love Will Be Our Home mp3 08 Go There with You mp3 09 How Beautiful mp3 10 Shine on Us mp3 11 in Remembrance of Me mps 12 Household of Fatth mp3 Tithe 01 Love of iy Lite Arist Album Year a 02 04 04 50 Volume Copyright 22010 GAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 337 View image files When viewing an image file click
88. message max 1024 characters and specify the URL Click the social network icon and enter the login information to publish the images e The album must be made public in baad Settings gt Set Folder Public before sharing the images e The Photo Station must be accessible on the Internet It is suggested to set up the DDNS System Administration gt Network or MyCloudNAS service on the NAS Page 1 4 Click the images you want to publish Tithe Link 10 8 12 55 photostation Biual 9 gli ic Puten to Fi LE B Cj pP 394 2 3 Link Code Copy the link of an album slideshow to publish the contents to any social networks emails or forums 395 Share Private Albums Click Manage Album and select Enable Disable Slideshow Link Manage Album Add Photos Organize Photos Change to Public Album enableiDisable SlideshowLink Enable slideshow link and enter an access password for the slideshow link Slideshow Link for Private Album Enable the slideshow link Please enter the password for access protection Password abcdefg Click Share to share the album by email or link code Home amp Photo Sort 3 Slideshow Manage Album Send Mail Publish Link Code 396 3 Create an album To create an album in a folder click Manage Album gt Add Photos or click t Manage Album
89. not responsible for troubleshooting any issues caused by the open source software add ons Users are recommended to participate in the discussion in the QNAP community forum or contact the original creators of the open source software for the solutions QPKG Center INSTALLED AVAILABLE GET MORE Category ALL AjaXplorer is a file explorer for remotely managing files installed on a web server or operation as a simple file sharing 3 nc system Its rich layout Forum Wiki More Asteris Asterisk is a software implementation of a PBX that ape 4439 4b allows attached telephones to make calls to one i KNEA another and to connect to other telephone services Download including the PSTN and VoIP services Requires the Optware QPKG Forum Wiki eyeOS eyeQOs is an open source web desktop following the Install 190 4 cloud computing concept that leverages collaboration i a Christopher and communication among users Download Forum Wiki More 473 The selected add ons and installation progress will be shown Note When installing a QPKG add on which requires a prerequisite QPKG the prerequisite add on will be added to the installation queue automatically prior to the dependent add on INSTALLED AVAILABLE GET MORE Waiting Waiting O Downloading 24 Cancel Cancel Cancel 474 Go to the Installed tab to view and enable disable or remove the installed add ons Click C
90. of the Surveillance Station The application is compatible with more than 1400 IP cameras supports adding extra number of recording channels by license management user access control advanced alarm settings etc The Surveillance Station Pro offers one free recording channel by default To add extra number of recording channels please purchase the license at the QNAP License Store http license qnap com or contact an authorized reseller The following Turbo NAS models support the Surveillance Station Pro by default NAS models Maximum number of supported IP cameras free TS 469 Pro TS 569 Pro TS 669 Pro TS 869 Pro TS 269 Pro TS 469U RP TS 869U RP TS 269L TS 469L TS 569L TS 669L T5 869L TS 469U SP The Surveillance Station Pro can be installed on other Turbo NAS models by installing the add on in Applications gt QPKG Center NAS models Maximum number of recording channels supported by license purchase with the Surveillance Station Pro ARM series TS x10 x12 x19 459 Use the Surveillance Station Click the service link on Administration gt Applications gt Surveillance Station to connect to the application Enter the user name and password when you are prompted to Note The Surveillance Station only supports 32 bit Internet Explorer version 7 0 or above To set up your network surveillance system by the NAS follow the steps below 1 Plan your home network t
91. or hereafter acquired that would be infringed by some manner permitted by this License of making using or selling its contributor version but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version For purposes of this definition control includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License Each contributor grants you a non exclusive worldwide royalty free patent license under the contributor s essential patent claims to make use sell offer for sale import and otherwise run modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version In the following three paragraphs a patent license is any express agreement or commitment however denominated not to enforce a patent such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement To grant such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party If you convey a covered work knowingly relying on a patent license and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy free of charge and under the terms of this License through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means then you must either 1 cause the Corresponding Source to be so available or 2 arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent l
92. ot e 1 e o Status Action Mo virtual disk available 191 Enter the target server IP and port number default 3260 Click Get Remote Disk Select a target from the target list If authentication is required enter the user name and the password You may select the options Data Digest and or Header Digest optional These are the parameters that the iSCSI initiator will be verified when it attempts to connect to the iSCSI target Then click Next Add Virtual Disk ex Add Virtual Disk TargetServerIPiName 10 8 12111 0 Pt 32 GET REMOTE DISE Target Name ign 2004 04 com gnap ts 439proil iscsi 001 be23t Initiator aM ign 2004 04 c0om gnap TS 119 0WAPAIEX Authentication CROMChAecksum toptionalh User Name IOT EAT EREET C Data Digest Password 2 ERENT TENTS C Header Digest Step 1 ots CANCEL 192 Enter a name for the virtual disk If the target is mapped with multiple LUNs select a LUN from the list Make sure only this NAS can connect to the LUN The NAS supports mounting EXT3 EXT4 FAT32 NTFS HFS file systems If the file system of the LUN is Unknown select Format virtual disk now and the file system You can format the virtual disk as EXT3 EXT4 FAT 32 NTFS or HFS By selecting Format virtual disk now the data on the LUN will be removed Add Virtual Disk Configure Virtual Disk POCOe eee Tree reer errr rrr errr rrere tr rrr ererrrrrtrrr errr rrererirr
93. password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this folder Click Connect to initialize the connection 4G Applications Places System GG a a E Mon Nov 2 9 26PM cb james Connect to Server 303 3 This WebDAV connection has been established successfully a linked folder will be created on the desktop automatically GG Applications Places System gf 4 Gl MonNov 2 9 29PM james MyWebDAV File Browser File Edit View Go Bookmarks Tabs Help Back Forward i ee E Bij m Q W Desktop O File System 304 MySQL Management Install phpMyAdmin software and save the program files in the Web or Qweb share of the NAS You can change the folder name and connect to the database by entering the URL in the browser Note The default user name of MySQL is root The password is admin Please change your root password immediately after logging in to the phpMyAdmin management interface SQLite Management Follow the steps below or refer to the INSTALL file in the downloaded SQLiteManager tar gz to install SQLiteManager 1 Unpack the downloaded file SQLiteManager tar gz 2 Upload the unpacked folder SQLiteManager to NAS IP Web or NASIP Qweb 3 Open a web browser and go to http NAS IP SQLiteManager The symbol refers to the version number of SQLiteManager 305 6 7 1 Virtual Host Virtual host is a web server technique that
94. path perm Upon successful logon the status of the target now shows Connected r Name Status ign 2004 04 com NAS iSCSI lun1 B927AD Connected ign 2004 04 com NASHSCS mytarget B92 AD Connected 156 After the target has been connected Windows will detect its presence and treat it as if a new hard disk drive has been added which needs to be initialized and formatted before we can use it Right click My Computer gt Manage to open the Computer Management window then go to Disk Management and a window should pop up automatically asking whether you want to initialize the newly found hard drive Click OK then format this drive as normally you would when adding a new disk i Computer Management File Achon Wiew Hep 5 B E s a i ss Ss Ss Tac_cau_cau2u Te Computer Management Local Volume Layout Type File System Status a jj System Tools ow C Simple Basic NTFS Healthy Systern Boot Page File Active C lask Scheduler Ca 2505 0 De imple Basic NTFS Healthy Primary Partition i Event Viewer 632506 1 E simple Basic NTFS Healthy Logical Drive Shared Folder ca iSCS LUNI G Simple Basic NTFS Healthy Primary Partition Po Local Users and d Groups Performance FS Device Manager i ai E Ceryjrer A gt Shean atien Use the following parition style forthe selected disks MBR Master Boot Record O GPT GUID Partition Table No
95. privileges e Local Playback Allow the user to play the music files via local playback NAS USB mode e Edit Music Info Allow the user to edit the music information e Internet Radio Allow the user to access the Internet radio stations and edit the settings e Media Server Allow the user to access the Media Server contents e Manage playlist Allow the user to edit the shared playlists 5 Click Save Note If a folder contains more than 100 music files only the first 100 files will be added to the playlist 431 Edit an account To edit an account click oe and browse to the Account tab Edit the account settings on the table A Name Email Description Enabled Local Playback Media Server Interi father e 1 aaa e test a Save Close 432 Delete an account o To delete an account click k and browse to the Account tab Select an account to delete and click r Enabled Local Playback Media Server Interi 6 433 Change password oO To change the password of an account click oe and browse to the Account tab Select an account and click P Name Email Description Enabled Local Playback Media Server Interi father e e O Save Close 434 Enter the new password and click Save Settings Account Change Password Name aaa Password oon Verify Password eeee
96. r2 Multimedia Station Ja Download Station Web File Manager Q Surveillance Station 03 Station k 27 Click the triangle icon next to the login name on the top right hand for additional options change the login password restart shut down logout the NAS or view the product model and firmware version ia admin v Change Password Restart Shutdown fj Logout About Photo Station Music Station Video Station Multimedia Station Download Station he Web File Manager Surveillance Station DJ Station Administration Pro Customer Service QNAP Wiki QNAP Forum Feedback 28 2 6 System Migration Users can migrate their QNAP NAS to another Turbo NAS model with all the data and configuration retained by simply installing the hard drives of the original Source NAS on the new destination NAS according to its original hard drive order and restart the NAS Due to different hardware design the NAS will automatically check if a firmware update is required before system migration After the migration has finished all the settings and data will be kept and applied to the new NAS However the system settings of the source NAS cannot be imported to the destination NAS via System Administration gt Backup Restore Settings Configure the NAS again if the settings were lost The NAS models which support system migration are listed below TS x10 TS x19 TS x39 TS Firmware update required 509 T
97. root cn users dc macserver dc qnap dc com Users Base DN cn users dc macserver dc qnap dc com Groups Base DN cn groups dc macserver dc qnap dc com 216 5 2 Users The NAS has created the following users by default e admin The administrator admin has full access to system administration and all network shares It cannot be deleted e guest This is a built in user and will not be displayed on the User Management page A guest does not belong to any user group The login password is guest e anonymous This is a built in user and will not be shown on the User Management page When you connect to the server by FTP you can use this name to login The number of users you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of NAS models users 1 024 TS 110 TS 210 2 048 TS Li2 Tori io TS I19P H TS 212 TS 219P F 15 410 T54239 Pro Ib TS 259 Prot 4 096 TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Prot TS 459 Pro II 75 559 Prot TS 559 Pro II TS 659 Prot TS 659 Pro IL TS 859 Prot TS 859U RP TS 859U RP F TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP 217 The following information is required to create a new user e User name The user name must not exce
98. server when the power restores Protocol ANGE UPS E cos 3 IP address of network UPS serwer OO OG UPS Information UPS brand UPS model AC power status Battery Capacity Estimated protection time 620 Standalone mode USB To operate under USB standalone mode follow the steps below i Zz Ji Plug in the USB cable on the UPS to the NAS Select the option Enable UPS Support Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores Click Apply to confirm Standalone mode SNMP To operate under SNMP standalone mode follow the steps below 1 Ze cy Make sure the NAS is connected to the same physical network as the SNMP based UPS Select the option Enable UPS Support Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores Select SNMP from the Protocol drop down menu Enter the IP address of the SNMP based UPS Click Apply to confirm 621 Netw
99. server on your network and want to use this server enter the WINS server IP Do not turn on this option if you are not sure about the settings Local Domain Master A Domain Master Browser is responsible for collecting and recording resources and services available for each PC on the network or a workgroup of Windows When you find the waiting time for connecting to the Network Neighborhood My Network Places too long it may be caused by failure of an existing master browser or a missing master browser on the network If there is no master browser on your network select the option Domain Master to configure the NAS as the master browser Do not turn on this option if you are not sure about the settings Allow only NTLMv2 authentication NTLMv2 stands for NT LAN Manager version 2 When this option is turned on login to the shared folders by Microsoft Networking will be allowed only with NTLMv2 authentication If the option is turned off NTLM NT LAN Manager will be used by default and NTLMv2 can be negotiated by the client The default setting is disabled 270 Name resolution priority You can select to use DNS server or WINS server to resolve client host names from IP addresses When you set up your NAS to use a WINS server or to be a WINS server you can choose to use DNS or WINS first for name resolution When WINS is enabled the default setting is Try WINS then DNS Otherwise DNS will be used for name resolution by default
100. target Note that the connection from the initiators will be removed Activate an offline target Modify the target settings target alias CHAP information and checksum settings Modify the LUN settings LUN allocation name disk volume directory etc Delete an iSCSI target All the connections will be removed o Disable an LUN All the connections will be removed a Enable an LUN Unmap the LUN from the target Note that you must disable the LUN first before unmapping the LUN When you click this button the LUN will be moved to Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List Map the LUN to an iSCSI target This option is only available on the Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List View the connection status of an iSCSI target 147 Switch LUN mapping The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only Follow the steps below to switch the mapping of an iSCSI LUN 1 Select an iSCSI LUN to unmap from an iSCSI target and click Disable iSCSI Target List L id 0 001 1 00 GB 2 Next click Unmap to unmap the LUN The LUN will appear on the Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List Click 4 Map to map the LUN to another target iSCSI Target List 01 ign 2004 04 comts 239 1scsitarget01 cbhcbc Ready id id O 001 1 00 GB Disabled 02 iqn 2004 04 com s 239 iscsi target02 8cbc6c 148 3 Select the target
101. text editor software Note that this button is only available after you have enabled Download Detailed Logs in Options gt Event Logs and executed the replication job once Job Status and Logs 2010 11 30 2070 11 30 2010 11 30 2010 11 30 2010 11 30 2070 11 30 2070 11 30 Download Logs 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 Job Recordings Remote Qrecordings started The number of folder pairs 1 Pair Recordings Qrecordingsy Schedule type Weekly week day 1 hour 0 minute 0 Synchronize files from a local tolder to a remote folder Server F address 10 868 13 133 port number 21 The SSL connection option is disabled w 546 8 2 Cloud Backup Amazon S3 Amazon S3 Simple Storage Service is an online storage web service offered by AWS Amazon Web Services It provides a simple web services interface that can be used to store and retrieve the data from anywhere on the web With Amazon S3 you can upload the data from your NAS to Amazon S3 or download the data from Amazon S3 to your NAS Note that you need to register an AWS account from http aws amazon com and pay for the service After signing up for an account you need to create at least one bucket root folder on Amazon S3 by an Amazon S3 application We recommend the Mozilla Firefox add on S3Fox for beginners Cloud Backup overview amazons3
102. than 100 music files only the first 100 files will be added to the playlist 424 Music Alarm The Music Station supports setting music alarm in local playback mode To use this function a USB Speaker or USB soundcard must be connected to the NAS Set music alarm 1 Click 2 Click a schedule 07 00 AM mon tue wed thu fri J 08 00 AM Wot Sef 08 00 AM E e Wot Set 08 00 AM Not Set fy O8 00 AM E e Wot Set O8 00 AM gt e Wot Set A 08 00 AM E Wot Set 08 00 AM Wot Set 3 Set up the alarm schedule 425 Music Alarm 17 03 18 pm tue J00 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT s Music alarm is only supported in local playback mode of the Music Station Ta use this function connect a USB speaker or sound card to the WAS Save Cancel n F Click to select to use the default alarm or a playlist on the Music Station Click to adjust the alarm volume 6 Click Repeat to play the playlist repeatedly when the alarm is on Click Save 426 Enable Disable music alarm o mem pesernon OO Alarm is enabled Alarm is disabled P Click the icons to enable or disable the alarm Music Alarm 07 00 AM e mon tue wed thu f m Stop music alarm To stop the music alarm press the one touch copy button on the front of the NAS for two seconds 427 Music Library an
103. the Internet 465 Connect to the snapshots and video recordings of Surveillance Station All the snapshots are saved in My Documents gt Snapshot Windows XP in your computer If you are using Windows 7 or Vista the default directory is Documents gt Snapshot Snapshot File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back S wi pO search gt Folders Hae Address C Documents and SettingsiuseriMy Documents Mame Size Type File and Folder Tasks i E Camera 1 2008 05 30 17 05 12 jp9 66KB ACDSee 9 0 JPEG L fia Camera 2 2008 05 30 16 42 01 jpg 208KB ACDSee 9 0 JPEG L Other Places Details The video recordings will be saved in NASIP Qrecordings or NASIP Recordings The general recordings are saved in the folder record_nvr and the alarm recordings are saved in the folder record nvr_alarm 466 7 7 iTunes Server The MP3 files on the Qmultimedia Multimedia folder of the NAS can be shared to iTunes by this service All the computers with iTunes installed on LAN are able to find browse and play the shared music files on the NAS To use iTunes server install iTunes www apple com itunes on your computer Enable this feature and then upload the music files to the Qmultimedia Multimedia folder of the NAS iTunes Server Hunes Server After enabling iTunes server all the iTunes clients on the same subnet can play the music files in Multimedia
104. the LCD panel shows lt Encrypt Volume gt The default encryption password is admin To change the password login the web based administration interface of the NAS with an administrator account and change the settings in Device Configuration gt Disk volume Encryption Management CC CC e A E AA tee When the configuration is finished the NAS name and IP address will be shown If the NAS fails to create the disk volume the following message will be shown This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U The data encryption functions may not be available in accordance to the legislative restrictions of some countries 652 View system information by the LCD panel When the LCD panel shows the NAS name and IP address you may press the Enter button to enter the Main Menu The Main Menu consists of the following items TCP IP Physical disk Volume System Shut down Reboot Password Back ee ON See yee TCP IP In TCP IP you can view the following options 1 LAN IP Address 2 LAN Subnet Mask 3 LAN Gateway 4 LAN PRI DNS 5 LAN SEC DNS 6 Enter Network Settings e Network Settings DHCP e Network Settings Static IP e Network Settings BACK 7 Back to Main Menu In Network Settings Static IP you can configure the IP address subne
105. the user name and password to connect to the target Mutual CHAP Turn on this option for two way authentication between the iSCSI target and the initiator The target authenticates the initiator using the first set of user name and password The initiator authenticates the target using the Mutual CHAP settings Field User name limitation Password limitation Use CHAP e The only valid characters are 0 9 e The only valid characters are 0 9 a z A Z a z A Z e Maximum length 256 characters Maximum length 12 16 authentication characters Mutual CHAP e The only valid characters are 0 9 e The only valid characters are 0 9 a z A Z colon dot and a z A Z colon dot and dash dash e Maximum length 12 16 Maximum length 12 16 characters characters Type f None CHAP User Name Password Re enter Password f Mutual CHAP Initiator Name Password CRC Checksum optional Data Digest Header Digest 133 4 Upon successful creation the iSCSI target will be shown on the iSCSI Target List iSCSI Configuration E O aa a oa ign 2004 04 com qnap ts 219 iscsi mytarget cddoo 10 00 GB 5 Select the option Enable iSCSI Target Service under the tab iSCSI TARGET and click Apply The iSCSI target will become ready iSCSI Portal Enable iSCSI Target Service EEETTTETETETTTTTTETETETEN Enable iSNs iSMS Server IP PORE Pere ee eee eee eee eee eee
106. the users and click Send Invitation to send an email with instruction to access the services admin v User Usert A0010 Akon aaa 638 To send the instructions of using MyCloudNAS services to the users via email select the user s and click Send Invitation Note To use this function the mail server settings must be properly configured in System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP Server User Management Click Add User and specify the local NAS users who are allowed to view the private NAS services published on MyCloudNAS website These users may also use the MyCloudNAS Connect at the same time for remote access Maximum 9 users can be specified Select the users and click Send Invitation to send an email with instruction to access the services E Add Users E admin v User E Useri E AD010 E E Akon E aaa E 5 Send Invitation Cm 639 Enter the email address To send the instructions with a link for users to reset their MyCloudNAS password select Reset Password Click Send Note The link for password reset will expire in 24 hours after the email is sent or after the user resets the password Invite users with email notification to access service User Name Email Reset Pa aa e 640 10 3 Auto Router Configuration In MyCloudNAS Service gt Auto Router Configuration you can enable or d
107. uniquely identity this initiator and authenticate targets To rename the initiator node click Change To authenticate targets using CHAP click Secret to specify a CHAP secret secret To configure PSec Tunnel Mode addresses click Tunnel Tunnel Apply 171 4 5 4 LUN Backup The NAS supports backing up iSCSI LUNs to different storage locations Windows Linux or local network shares restoring the LUNs to the NAS or creating a LUN snapshot and mapping it to an iSCSI target Back up an iSCSI LUN Before backing up an iSCSI LUN make sure at least one iSCSI LUN has been created on the NAS To create iSCSI targets and LUN go to Disk Management gt iSCSI gt Target Management 1 Go to Disk Management gt iSCSI gt LUN Backup Click Create a new job iSCSI PORTAL MANAGEMENT TARGET MANAGEMENT ADVANCED ACL LUN BACKUP Current Jobs You can back Up LUM data to another storage or restore the data to the MAS by LUM backup Current Jobs Create a new job 172 2 Select Back up an iSCSI LUN and click Next Create a LUN Snapshot ONAP TURBO NAS LUN Backup Restore Snapshot This wizard helps you back up or restore an iSCSI LUN or create a LUN snapshot Please selectthe action fe Backup an iSCSI LUN i Restore an iSCSI LUN Create a LUN Snapshot NEXT CANCEL 3 Select the source LUN for backup If an online LUN is
108. users and their settings to the MAS from a TAT CSV or BIN file settings from another MASI For detailed Instructions please refer to the online help Overwrite duplicate users CADocuments and Se Export user and user group settings 228 3 Click Browse and select the file txt csv bin which contains the users information Click Next to import the users 4 A list of imported users will be displayed Any users with abnormal status highlighted in red will be Skipped Note that this step will not be shown if you import users by a BIN file Import Export Users Import User Preview CANCEL UserName Password Quota Group Name Status test test ZU00 test Create a Mew User Group userot userot 2000 test Create a Mew User Group user userl 2000 test Create a Mew User Group userds userls Mo limit test Create a New User Group userld userl4 ZU00 test Create a Mew User Group userds users 2000 test Create a New User Group Step 2 of 3 5 Click Next to create the user accounts 229 6 Click Finish after the users have been created Import Export Users NAP Import Export Users TURBO NAS The user account has been created Step 3 ots FINISH i 7 The imported user accounts will be shown Users dine O my seria O test 1 95 GB DHARE O userni 1 95 GB PAHE C user0 1 95 GB FFB C userO3 FIZ C userd4 1 95 GB PZ O user05 1 95 GE DAIRE
109. values the NAS records the error logs You can also set the quick and complete test schedule The latest test result is shown on the Summary page HDD SMART 2 Monitor hard disk health temperature and usage status bythe hard disk S5 WM A R T mechanism SUMMARY HARD DISK INFORMATION SMART INFORMATION TEST SETTINGS Summary Good Hard Disk Model Hitachi Deskstar TFKSO0 No errors were detected on the Drive Capacity 298 03 GE hard disk Your hard disk should Hard Drive Health Good be operating properly Hard Drive Temperature 44 oc Test Time Test Result Not tested 121 4 4 Encrypted File System This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U You can manage the encrypted disk volumes on the NAS on this page Each encrypted disk volume is locked by a particular key The encrypted volume can be unlocked by the following methods e Encryption Password Enter the encryption password to unlock the disk volume The default password is admin The password must be 8 16 characters long Symbols amp are supported e Encryption Key File Upload the encryption file to the NAS to unlock the disk volume The key can be downloaded from Encryption Key Management page after the disk volume has been unlocked successfully The data encryption functions may not
110. view the system information such as CPU usage and memory on this page Home gt gt System Status gt gt System Information Welcome admin Logout En glist System Information System Information Server Name nas Firmware Version 3 5 0 Build 08227 System Up Time 0 day 8 Hour 28 Minutes serial Number COA 66S Port Status Port IP Address MAC Address Packets Packets Error Status Recewed Sent Packets Ethernet 1 10 85 13 59 00 08 96 C95A3 01 2002369 3491493 Hardware Information CPU Usage 13 6 Total Memory 503 4 MB Free Memory 396 3 MB System Temperature 457011 3 F HOD 1 Temperature 47 C 05 F 644 11 2 System Service You can view the current network settings and status of the NAS in this section system Service System Service Microsoft Networking Multimedia Station Enabled 3 Enable Multimedia Station Server Type Standalone Server Enable iTunes Service P Workgroup MAS Enable UPnP Media Server Enable WINS server oO Download Station Enable Local Waster Browser Enabled Apple Networking Web Server Enabled Enabled Apple zone Name Unix Linus HFS register_globals 3 Enabled DDNS Serice Web File Manager Enabled Enabled hySOL Server FIP Service Enabled Enabled Enable TEMP Networking 3 Surveillance Station Maximum Connections 30 Enabled System Pon Management 645 11 3 Resource Monitor You can view the CPU usage disk usage and bandwidth transfer statistics of the NA
111. will not be applied when importing the users Export users Follow the steps below to export users from the NAS 1 Click Import Export Users Users 2 Select the option Export user and user group settings 226 3 Click Next to download and save the account setting file bin The file can be imported to another NAS for account setup Import Export Users ONAP Import Export Users TURBO NAS O Import user and user group settings YOU can import multiple users and their settings to the MAS from a TAT CSY or BIN file settings from another WAS For detailed Instructions please refer to the online help Overwrite duplicate users Browse i Export user and group account settings Note that the quota settings can be exported only when the quota function is enabled in Access Right Management gt Quota 227 Import users Before you import users to the NAS make sure you have backed up the original users settings by exporting the users Follow the steps below to import users to the NAS 1 Click Import Export Users Users Diiss e 0 a Greate a user J O Create mule users 2 Select Import user and user group settings Select the option Overwrite duplicate users to overwrite existing users on the NAS Import Export Users QNAP TURBO NAS Import Export Users Import User and user group settings You can import multiple
112. work from you a discriminatory patent license a in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you or copies made from those copies or b primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work unless you entered into that arrangement or that patent license was granted prior to 28 March 2007 711 Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law 12 No Surrender of Others Freedom If conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not convey it at all For example if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program 13 Use with the GNU Affero General Public License Notwithstanding any other provision of this License you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public Lic
113. x 9 hanual Folder 2010054 4 10 33 55 555 r xr xr x Public ase Folder 20100544 10 33 50 555 r xr xr x HC download 4 Omultimedis P Replicator Folder 20100544 10 33 47 555 r xr xr x E CJ Grecordings AUTORUN ICO ICO File 2010 0544 10 34 24 S55 r xr xr x HC Gusb HL lewep l AUTORUN IMF INF File 20100544 10 3424 555 r xr xr x To unmount the share right click the folder name and select Unmount Click Yes to confirm and then click OK to unmount Web File Manager a a nasecacec S SIF_TScD_859U_ 20100 4 Finder amp Mac H Manual H aGet a Jase H ial Replicator 320 File Folder Level Permissions You can set file or folder level permissions on the NAS by the Web File Manager Right click a file or folder and select Properties Web File Manager aq nas SS Dept 36 Admin 4 Admini aC Admino 4 _ HR H Production 4 Sales test Download E Live CD_ build 0081 4 Muttimecia 4 Network Recycle Bin 1 4 Public a Recordings 4 Usb aL iter 4 Pa 4 Dept Admin Admini O EES 20 Mame Type tdo DOC File gt dod Download DOC File 3 doc DOC File Move Copy amp Delete J Rename 321 If the Advanced Folder Permissions option is disabled in Access Right Management gt Share Folder gt Advanced Options the following settings will be shown Define the Read Write an
114. your NAS have not been online within the period Once the name is expired it will be released for new registration by other users 634 In Configure MyCloudNAS gt Publish Services the web based NAS services are shown Select Publish to publish the NAS services to MyCloudNAS website Select Private to hide the published NAS services from public access The private services on MyCloudNAS website are only visible to specified users with MyCloudNAS Access Code Note that if a disabled NAS service is published the service will not be accessible even the corresponding icon is shown on MyCloudNAS website http www mycloudnas com CONFIGURE M YCLOUDNAS PUBLISH SERVICES Publish Services You can publish NAS services to MyCloudNAS website http evnw myc loudnas con Select Publish to publish the NAS services to MyChoudNAS website Select Private to hide the published NAS services from public access The private services on MyCloudNaAS website are only visible to specified users with OCloud Access Code Web Administration Enabled k LI Yeb File Manager Enabled 0O Web Server Enabled k 0O Multimedia Station Enabled E Secure Web Administration Enabled v Secure Web File Manager Enabled Secure Web Server Enabled secure Multimedia Station Enabled v 635 Set MyCloudNAS Access Code Enter a code of 6 16 characters a z A Z 0 9 only The code is required when the NAS users attempt t
115. 0100517 20 58 16 Delete Volume Display Time Machine backup tasks stored in the volume Name The name of the Time Machine backup the sparse bundle disk image which was created by Time Machine Size Size of this Time Machine backup Date Modified Last modified date of this Time Machine backup Delete Delete the selected Time Machine backup 561 8 4 External Drive The NAS supports real time and scheduled data backup between the internal disks volumes on the NAS and external USB eSATA storage devices To use this feature follow the steps below Note If an external storage device is encrypted by the NAS make sure it is unlocked in External Device gt External Storage Device before creating any backup jobs 1 Connect one or more external storage devices to the USB or eSATA if available interfaces of the NAS 2 Click Create a new job External Drive Current Jobs The backup function allows you to replicate the data between the local disk volume and an external storage device You can create a backup job and map itto a specific disk volume The external storage device with backup job assigned can always be recognized by the WAS whichever the USB or eSATA interface itis connected to Options Options Create a new job 7 TagetDeveeidonname Stats tn 562 3 When the wizard is shown read the instructions carefully and click Next Quick Configuration Wizard
116. 3 59 printers NASPR3 O Print Share Verified This print share is accessible i 1 1 l 1 f 1 i i 1 AE i f r f 1 l 1 1 1 l f i f 616 5 The operating system starts to search for the possible driver list Searching Searching driver For Internet Printing Protocol 6 Select the printer driver from the built in database or search online Choose Driver Provide PPD file O Search For a printer driver to download The Foomatic printer database contains various manufacturer provided PostScript Printer Description PPD files and also can generate PPD files For a large number of non PostScript printers But in general manufacturer provided PPD files provide better access to the specific Features of the printer Makes Heidelberg Hitachi HP IBM Imagen Imagistics InfoPrint Infotec Kodak 617 Back cancel Forward 7 Choose the correct printer model and driver Depending on the printer some additional printer options may be available in the next step Choose Driver Models Drivers LaserJet 2100xi HP LaserJet 2200 Postscript en recommended LaserJet 2200 HP LaserJet 2200 pcl3 hpcups 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200d HP LaserJet 2200 Series hpcups 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200dn HP LaserJet 2200 hpijs pcl3 3 10 6 en Laserjet 2200dse HP LaserJet 2200 Series hpijs 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200dt HP LaserJet 2200 CUPS Gutenpr
117. 30 GKAO 931 51 GB Ready sanno GOOD Drive 2 E Paal PEIDA GKAO 9315168 Ready ScANNOW GOOD Drive 3 Hitachi HO5721010KLA330 GKAQ 931 51 GB Ready _scannow cooo ee Hachi HOS72101042 A330 GKAO 9315168 Ready scan now e000 EE Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GKAO 93151 Ga Read SCAN NOW j GOOD a After RAID capacity expansion has finished the new capacity is shown and the status is Ready You can start to use the NAS In the example you have 3 7TB logical volume RAID Management z This function enables capacity expansion RAID configuraion migration of spare diwe configurabon with the original drive data reserved Note Make sure you have read the instructions carefully and you fully understand the correct operation procedure before using this function The operation s you can execute Yes Ready a Expand capacity For detailed instructions please click here Tip If the description still shows You can replace this hard drive and the status of the drive volume says Ready it means the RAID volume is still expandable 101 Migrate Online RAID Level Migration During the initial setup of the TS 509 Pro you bought a 1TB hard drive and configured it as single disk The TS 509 Pro is used as a file server for data sharing among the departments After a half year more and more important data are saved on the TS 509 Pro There is a rising concern for ha
118. 4 are received Warning warning conditions Alert emails will be sent when syslog messages of level 4 are received Email Notification If the severity of a received log message is higher the selected severity level the system will send an alert email automatically iM Enable the email notification Severity level Emerg Mote The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP Server 478 Filter Settings This feature should only be operated by system administrators who are familiar with syslog filters Follow the steps below to create syslog filters for the NAS to receive syslog messages that match the criteria 1 Click Add a New Filter Syslog Server Configuration 0 Se Delete 2 Define the filter settings and click Add To edit the filters or add the filters manually click Manual Edit and modify the contents in the dialog Click Apply to save the filter Filter i f bsyslogtacility text auth Manual Edit then Downloadimessages APPLY CANCEL 479 3 The filters will be shown on the list The NAS will only receive the syslog messages that match the filters which are in use eeo peeme O om Enable a filter 2 Disable a filter Edit the filter Edit the filter settings Delete one or more ny Syslog Server Configuration z SERVER SETTINGS FILTER SETT
119. 4 drive RAID 10 1 to 5 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 5 drive RAID 5 4 to 5 drive RAID 6 4 drive RAID 10 1 to 6 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 6 drive RAID 5 4 to 6 drive RAID 6 4 drive or 6 drive RAID 10 1 to 8 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 8 drive RAID 5 4 to 8 drive RAID 6 4 drive 6 drive or 8 drive RAID 10 30 Follow the steps below to perform system migration Caution To avoid system damage or serious injuries the system migration procedure should be performed by an authorized server manager or IT administrator Turn off the source NAS and unplug the hard drives 2 Remove the hard drives from the old trays and install them to the hard drive trays of the new NAS 3 Plug the hard drives to the destination NAS new model Make sure the hard drives are installed in the original order 4 Follow the instructions of the Quick Installation Guide QIG to connect the power supply and network cable s of the new NAS 5 Turn on the new NAS Login the web administration interface as an administrator default login admin password admin 6 If you are informed to update the firmware of the new NAS follow the instructions to download and install the firmware 7 Click Start Migrating The NAS will restart after system migration All the data and settings will be retained Some system settings
120. 435 7 5 Download Station The Download Station supports BT HTTP FTP RapidShare and Magnet download without a PC fi Important Please be warned against illegal downloading of copyrighted materials The Download Station functionality is provided for downloading authorized files only Downloading or distribution of unauthorized materials may result in severe civil and criminal penalty Users are subject to the restrictions of the copyright laws and should accept all the consequences Go to Administration gt Applications gt Download Station Enable the service Home gt gt gt gt zion Download Station Download Station Enable Download Station After enabling this service you may click the following link to enter the Download Station httpi40 8 13 59 808 0 cgi bin download gqdownloadindex cgi https 10 8 13 59 443 cgi bin ldownload gdownloadindex cgi 436 Login the Download Station Connect to the Download Station from the login portal of the NAS or click the service link on Administration gt Applications gt Download Station DownloadStation r rss rPuaxee cage oa Nema Size Progress Downoad Upload Finis E Paused 1 G Completed 0 Fo Active 0 Gag matie 1 RSS Has v FH Total 0 Display 15 records per page Files General x HO Hare ar m T Fone tos Bra Srp 8 pt 2 Before you start to download the files click to configure the
121. 6 Enter the user name and password to login the printer server on the NAS Enter your user name and password to access the print server pm 509 Connect as _ Guest Registered User E3 C Cancel Germe 607 7 Select the printer driver alanhuang meiji macbook PM 509PR mshome aa pm 509 gqadmin laptop qnap pe gatest qnap peace test gnap stevehuang Qnapcluster apnet YYFTTT TTT Name PM 509PR 7 Location Please select a driver or printer model Auto Select Generic PostScript Printer Select a driver to use 608 8 After installing the printer driver correctly you can start to use the printer 5 g PM 509PR a PM 509PR Idle Default rs 4 Share this printer Location Kind HP Laserjet 2200 Status Idle Default Open Print Queue Options amp Supplies Default Printer PM 509PR ie rh Click the lock to prevent further changes 609 9 2 5 Mac OS 10 4 If you are using Mac OS 10 4 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 On the toolbar click Go Utilities Finder File Edit View e Window Help Back Forward 92 Enclosing Folder ap t SnapNDrag Computer HC Home 38H Network OHK Applications THA enema ns Utilities rmiWware mg Recent Folders Go to Folder Connect to Server HK Keychain Access Migration Assistant e9 ODBC Admini
122. 94 GB No Ready Expand capacity Enable Bitmap EXPAND CAPACITY ADD HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE BITMAP RECOVER 115 Further information about RAID management of the NAS The NAS supports the following actions according to the number of hard disk drives and disk configurations supported Please refer to the following table for the details Original Disk New Disk No of New Hard i Configuration No of Configuration No Disk Drives i Hard Disk Drives of Hard Disk Drives m CO me h o eee e me po eee e meo o ho o eee e me OS e men CO men CO oe me ho o eee e men CO e mes CO e mes h o eee e me o OO e me CO mes CO e mer CO e me CO me o o o eee o me poo eee e me CO o e OS me o ho oo o eee e me po peee o 116 Ca RAID 10 4 2 A RAID 10 8 RAID 1 2 RAID 5 3 RAID 5 4 RAID SS RAID 5 6 RAID 5 7 RAID 5 8 RAID 6 4 RAID 6 5 RAID 6 6 7 RAID 6 RAID 6 8 RAID 10 4 a Online RAID capacity RAID 1 2 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 5 3 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 5 4 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 5 5 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 5 6 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 5 7 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 5 8 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 6 4 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 6 5 expansion Online RAID c
123. ADTEST Guest PARAE ADTEST kent ADTEST frances DERE ADTEST jaussadm ADTEST tt ADTEST exc PAHE ADTEST mathieu PAHE ADTEST uu 22 Fe B S Total 27 Display 10 entries per page Tr a Farr 204 Windows 2003 The AD server name and AD domain name can be checked in System Properties System Properties a In Windows 2003 servers the AD server name is nodei NOT nodel qnap test com b The domain name remains the same 205 Windows Server 2008 Check the AD server name and domain name in Control Panel gt System a This is the AD server name b This is the domain name AD Device Manager Windows edition W Remote settings Windows Server Datacenter A Adbrerced system set E g SO Hirot Copaan Al reserved F i rge oprig ight Service Puck ae s Sethe Processor itekki Coa T Qued CRU Cet S40 2 49 Gee Paay FAM 1 00 Ge Sytem yp gabi Operating System b r fama doia fated eikai Setar Wirk tiatn PX 53 dey s to activate Activate Windows now Note e After joining the NAS to the Active Directory the local NAS users who have access right to the AD server should use NASname username to login the AD users should use their own user names to login the AD server The local NAS users and the AD users with username as domain name username are allowed to login the NAS firmware version 3 2 0 or above via AFP FTP Web File Ma
124. AID level RAID 5 6 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 7 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 8 migration Online RAID level migration RAID 6 4 Online RAID level migration RAID 6 5 Online RAID level migration RAID 6 6 Online RAID level migration RAID 6 7 Online RAID level RAID 6 8 migration Online RAID level RAID 10 4 migration Online RAID level RAID 10 6 migration Online RAID level RAID 10 8 migration Online RAID level migration RAID 6 4 Online RAID level migration RAID 6 5 Online RAID level RAID 6 6 migration 19 Online RAID level RAID 5 3 4 RAID 6 7 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 3 5 RAID 6 8 migration 120 4 3 Hard Disk S M A R T Monitor the hard disk drives HDD health temperature and the usage status by HDD S M A R T Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology The following information of each hard drive on the NAS is available ie peme OOS Display the hard drive S M A R T summary and the latest test result Hard disk Display the hard drive details for example model serial number HDD capacity information SMART Display the hard drive S M A R T information Any items that the values are lower information than the threshold are regarded as abnormal Perform quick or complete hard drive S M A R T test Settings Configure temperature alarm When the hard drive temperature is over the preset
125. AS servers of the same model on the same LAN can be updated by the Finder at the same time Administrator access is required for system update 88 Live Update Select Enable live update to allow the NAS to automatically check if a new firmware version is available for download from the Internet If a new firmware is found you will be notified after logging in the NAS as an administrator Click CHECK FOR UPDATE to check if any firmware update is available Note that the NAS must be connected to the Internet for these features to work Firmware Update FIRMWARE UPDATE LIVE UPDATE Live Update Status CHECK FOR UPDATE Live Update Setting After enabling this service the system will automatically check if a newer firmware version is available for download when logging into the MAS web adminstration Enable live Update 89 3 12 Restore to Factory Default To reset all the system settings to default click RESET and then click OK Caution When RESET is pressed on this page all the disk data user accounts network shares and system settings will be cleared and restored to default Always back up all the important data and system settings before resetting the NAS To reset the NAS by the reset button see System Administration gt Hardware 63 Restore to Factory Default Restore to Factory Default To reset all settings to default click Reset Cauti
126. C power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores Select USB slave mode from the Protocol drop down menu Enter the IP address of the network UPS master Click Apply to confirm Note To allow the UPS device to send SNMP alerts to the QNAP NAS in case of power loss you may have to enter the IP address of the NAS in the configuration page of the UPS device 622 Behaviour of the UPS feature of the NAS In case of power loss and power recovery the events will be logged in the System Event Logs During a power loss the NAS will wait for the specified time you enter in the UPS Settings before powering off or entering auto protection mode If the power restores before the end of the waiting time the NAS will remain in operation and cancel its power off or auto protection action Once the power restores e If the NAS is in auto protection mode it will resume to normal operation e If the NAS is powered off it will remain off Difference between auto protection mode and power off mode a a Auto protection mode The NAS resumes after power If the power outage lasts until the recovery UPS is turned off the NAS may suffer from abnormal shutdown Power off mode The NAS will be shut down properly The NAS will remain off
127. CL DAMES hiipi W LLIT TEREN Dumain mame hazas OO Tar a T E S oppo ac 695 phpBB3 creates all the database tables and populates some initial data at this stage Click Proceed to next step Introduction The database tables used by php88 3 0 have been created p Requirements initial data Proceed to the next screen to finish installi Jir Administrator details Create database tables Now there is one more thing you need to do is that you have to delete the installation folder located under the phpBB3 folder Once deleted you can click Login to enter the administration page of phpBB3 Congratulations 7 onabac setings You have now successfully installed phpBB 3 0 5 From here you have two options as to ata details what to do with your newly installed phpBB3 Y Configuration file v advanced settings Convert an existing board to phpBB3 v Create databasa tables The phpBB Unified Convertor Framework supports the conversion of phpBB 2 0 x and Final stage other board systems to phpBB If you have an existing board that you wish to convert a please proceed on to the convertor Go live with your phpBB3 Clicking the button below will take you to your Administration Control Panel ACP Take l some time to examine the options available to you Remember that help is available online via the Documentation and the support forums see the README for further 005 2007 phpBB Group
128. Create mirroring disk volumes _ _ RAID 0 Striping Disk Volume Create one striping disk volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Combine 3 or more disks to create a disk volume with data protection 1 failed disk is allowed minimum 4 disks to create a disk RAID 10 Disk Volume JBOD Linear Disk Volume Combine an even number of disks co Create one linear disk volume volume with data protection RAID 6 Disk Volume Combine 4 or more disks to create a disk volume with data protection 2 failed disks are allowed Current Disk Volume Configuration Physical Disks Disk Model Capacity Status ee rine Drive 1 Hitachi HDT725032VLA360 V540 298 09 GB Ready scan Now GOOD Drive 2 Seagate ST3250620AS 3 44 232 89 GB Ready scan now GOOD Drive 3 Seagate T3250620AS 3 AA 232 89 GB Ready scan Now GOOD Drive 4 No Disk SCAN NOW ae O es Drive 5 3 B No Disk SCAN NOW se Note that if you are going to install a hard drive new or used which has never been installed on the NAS before the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared Disk Configuration Applied NAS Models Single disk volume All models RAID 1 JBOD just a bunch of disks 2 drive models or above RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 5 hot spare 92 Single Disk Volume Each hard drive is used as a standalone disk If a hard drive is damaged all the data will be lost JBOD
129. DAV Web based Distributed Authoring and Versioning is a set of extensions to the HTTP S protocol that allows the users to edit and manage the files collaboratively on the remote World Wide Web servers After turning on this function you can map the network shares of your NAS as the network drives of a remote PC over the Internet To edit the access right settings go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders page To map a network share on the NAS as a network drive of your PC turn on WebDAV and follow the steps below Go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders gt Share Folder Click the WebDAV Access Control button in the Action column and set the WebDAV access right of the users to the network shares Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders Share Folders Welcome admin Logout SHARE FOLDERS I 150 SHARE FOLDERS fF FOLDER AGGREGATION Jfa ADVANCED OPTIONS Shares New Share Folder Mew Share Folder Restore Default Network Shares Restore Default Network Shares English Dept 64 KB Download 400 23 MB Multimedia 14 95 GH Network Recycle Bin 1 20 KB Public 30 1 GB q 14 BE 580 4 2 318 1668 Mo Ma Mo Ma ZiBesels ls GEG Oks GIB OI GEG Oks COBO Next mount the network shares of the NAS as the network shares on your operating systems by WebDAV 285 Windows
130. DNS servers In this case enter 0 0 0 0 48 Wi Fi To connect the NAS to a Wi Fi network plug in a wireless dongle into a USB port of the NAS The NAS will detect a list of wireless access points You can connect the NAS to the Wi Fi network in two ways Note The wireless connection performance depends on many factors such as the adapter model the USB adapter s performance and the network environment For higher connection performance you are recommended to use wired connection The system supports only one USB Wi Fi dongle at a time 1 Connect to an existing Wi Fi network A list of Wi Fi access points with signal strength are displayed on the Wi Fi Network Connection panel Wi Fi Network Connection CONNECT TO A WI FI NETWORK Msnow ai Network name SSID Signal quality Protocol Status Actions cP a E Blow oma o CC timo iowa Gje o O a OTC 49 To search for the Wi Fi networks in range This icon shows that the Wi Fi network requires a network C Secured network key enter the key to connect to the network To connect to Wi Fi network If a security key is required Connect you will be prompted to enter the key To edit the connection information You may also select to connect to the Wi Fi network automatically when it is in range m Disconnect To disconnect from the Wi Fi network x Remove To delete the Wi Fi network profile from the panel
131. E 2 Select Manage encryption key Click Next Encryption Management Lo ANAP Encryption Management TURBO NAS Lock this device Step 1 of 2 a 587 3 Select to change the encryption password or download the encryption key file to the local PC Click Finish Encryption Management Eya NAP Encryption Management TURBO NAS Change encryption key Verity Mew Password Download encryption key file Step 2 of 2 BACK FINISH 588 Disk usage settings for 1 drive models Select one of the following settings for an external storage device connected to a 1 drive NAS e Data sharing Use the external drive for storage expansion of the NAS e Q RAID 1 Configure the external drive and a local hard drive on the NAS as Q RAID 1 Q RAID 1 enables one way data synchronization from the NAS to the external storage device but does not offer any RAID redundancy Note that the external drive will be formatted when Q RAID 1 is executed External Storage Device External Storage Device USEDick 1 Manufacturer WOC WO7 5 Model OOKEVT OOA28TO Device Type USB 2 0 Total Free Size 698 63 GB 685 93 GB File System ExT 4 Status Ready Format As EXT4 ow FORMAT NOW Advanced format options DISCONNECT DISK PARTITION Eject REMOVE DEVICE To remove the hardware device please click Remove device When the system does not show the device anymore you can remove it safely
132. E Security amp Privacy a 668 Upon successful registration you should receive an email containing the account activation link You may now check your inbox to complete your account activation By following the activation link you will be brought to the login screen as the image show below Enter the password and click Login a 3 My Account Login Customer Login Existing Clickatell account holders can select their product and login below Note username amp password are CASE sensitive Select Product clickatell Central API Username i a Client iia 7 Password eeeeeee Lost password Next verify your mobile number by entering an activation code sent by Clickatell after you enter your mobile phone number and click SEND ACTIVATION CODE Pet ee eS M ee eee ee ee en ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee M M i 1 i Verify your Mobile Number For security reasons you are required to verify your mobie number in order to make your first credit purchase and send non test SMS messages Your activation code will be sent tof iif this is not your number please retype your mobile number in the box above and dick the Send Activation Code button Enter your activation code here 669 While still logged in with Clickatell go to Manage my Products and select HTTP from My Connections dropdown menu Manage my Products Test M
133. Gate Player VioGate Master 702 17 2 System Temperature Protection The NAS shuts down automatically for hardware protection when any of the following criteria is met e The system temperature exceeds 70 C 158 F e The CPU temperature exceeds 85 C 185 F e The hard drive temperature exceeds 65 C 149 F Note that when the temperature of any hard drives on the NAS exceeds 65 C 149 F the NAS waits for the standby time configured in System Administration gt Hardware and another 10 minutes and will shut down automatically For example if you have configured the NAS to enter the standby mode after idling for 5 minutes the NAS shuts down automatically when the temperature of any hard drives exceeds 65 C 149 F continuously after 15 5 10 minutes 703 18 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3 29 June 2007 Copyright 2007 Free Software Foundation Inc lt http fsf org gt Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free copyleft license for software and other kinds of works The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to Share and change the works By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program to make sure it remains
134. I target and access the point in time data on the Snapshot LUN For the information of connecting to the iSCSI targets on QNAP NAS please refer to http www qnap com pro_application asp ap_id 135 Note The source LUN and snapshot LUN cannot be mounted on the same NAS on certain operating systems such as Windows 7 and Windows 2008 R2 Please mount the LUN to different NAS servers in such case PORTAL MANAGEMENT TARGET MANAGEMENT ADVANCED ACL LUN BACKUP Target Management QUICK CONFIGURATION WIZARD Quick Configuration Vizard will assist you to create an iSCSI target and LUN iSCSI Target List a iqn 27004 04 com qnapts 119pplus iscsia c5a301 Ready b iqn 2004 04 com qnapts 119pplus iscsi b c5a301 Ready id 0 snap a i 1 00 GB Enabled 188 Manage LUN Backup Restore Snapshot by Command Line QNAP NAS users can execute or stop the iSCSI LUN backup restore or snapshot jobs on the NAS by command line Follow the instructions below to use this feature Note The following instructions should only be operated by IT administrators who are familiar with command line 1 First make sure the iSCSI LUN backup restore or snapshot jobs have been created on the NAS in Disk Management gt iSCSI gt LUN Backup 2 Connect to the NAS by an SSH utility such as Putty Basic options for your PuTTY session Specify the destination you want to connect to Host Name for
135. INGS SYSLOG VIEWER O Add a New Filter O Ssyslogfacility text auth Disable DE O Ssy slogfacility text auth and syslogseverte tet ermnerg Enable Delete 480 Syslog Viewer Use the web based syslog viewer to view the available syslog messages on the NAS Select to view the latest logs or the logs in a particular archived file The log files can be accessed on the directory configured in Syslog Server gt Server Settings gt Log Settings SERVER SETTINGS FILTER SETTINGS SYSLOG VIEWER Latest Log Date Time Facility Severity Hostname Application PID M ID 16 41 11 2011 09 14 08 010 auth Info nas qlogd 5830 16 30 25 2011 09 14 08 010 auth Info nag qlogd 5830 13 51 48 2011 09 14 0800 auth Info nag qlogd 5830 glogd 5830 conn log Users admin Source IPF 10 858 12 38 Computer name Connection type HTTP Accessed resources Administration Action Lagin OK qGlogd 5830 conn log Users admin Source IP 10 6 13 134 Computer name Connection type HTTP Accessed resources Administration Action Lagin OK qGlogd 5eso conn log Users admin Source IP 10 8 13 134 Computer name Connection type HTTP Accessed resources Administration Action Lagin OK 481 7 12 RADIUS Server The NAS can be configured as a RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service server to provide centralized auth
136. IP address Port ries 22 Connection type O Raw Telnet O Rlogin SSH Seral Load save or delete a stored session Close window on exi O Aways Never Only on clean ect 189 3 Login the NAS as an administrator fp Ee LTT 4 Input the command lunbackup The command usage description will be shown Uj e ol Ca Ti ts bent KT rL UWD AULE mP a Wan ETE a gt DUPE Tir vet EA WHE bd ha ka Bit deh 7 5 Use the lunbackup command to start or stop an iSCSI LUN backup restore or snapshot job on the NAS CE acne 190 4 6 Virtual Disk You can use this function to add the iSCSI targets of other QNAP NAS or storage servers to the NAS as the virtual disks for storage capacity expansion The NAS supports maximum 8 virtual disks Note e The maximum size of a virtual disk the NAS supports is 16TB e When the virtual disk iSCSI target was disconnected the virtual disk will disappear on the NAS interface and the NAS will try to connect to the target in two minutes If the target cannot be connected after two minutes the status of the virtual disk will become Disconnected Virtual Disk z g Add Virtual Disk Mo virtual disk available Delete To add a virtual disk to the NAS make sure an iSCSI target has been created Click Add Virtual Disk Virtual Disk Add Virtual Disk f O Name Filesystem
137. IP address or domain name of the NTP server for example time nist gov time windows com Then enter the time interval for synchronization This option can be used only when the NAS is connected to the Internet Note The first time synchronization may take several minutes to complete General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH Current date and time 201011729 12 33 34 Monday Date and Time Time Zone GMIT 08 003 Taipei v Date Format yyyy MM DD ow Manual Setting paterrime Laors x iLe z ida Synchronize with an internet time server automatically Serer POE smn Time Interval 1 set the server time the same as your computer time 34 Daylight Saving Time If your region adopts daylight saving time DST turn on the option Adjust system clock automatically for daylight saving time Click Apply The latest DST schedule of the time zone specified in the Date and Time section will be shown The system time will be adjusted automatically according to the DST Note that if your region does not adopt DST the options on this page will not be available General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH Daylight Saving Time Time Zone GOMT 08 00 Taipei Recent daylight saving time Start time End tirme Offset Minutes Adjust
138. Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit Ethernet 1 2 Yes 10 85 12 46 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 Fort Trunking Port Trunking provides network load balancing and fault tolerance by combining wwo Ethernet interfaces into one to increase the bandwidth beyond the limits of any one single interface atthe same time offers the redundancy for higher availability when both interfaces are connected to the same switch that supports Port Trunking Enable Wetwork Port Trunking Select the port trunking mode from below Please note that incompatible mode settings might cause the network interface to hang or affect the overall performance For more information please click here 198 3 Go to Access Right Management gt Domain Security Enable Active Directory authentication domain member and enter the AD domain information Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Domain Security Welcome admin Logout English Domain Security Domain Security for File Services No domain security local users only Active Directory authentication domain member LDAP authentication QUIE CONFIGURATION WIZARD Quick Configuration Vizard will help you join the MAS to an Active Directory domain Server Description Optional THT ana ientenet Domain NetBIOS Name E seater eee AD Server Name a ER ET sarin weet Organization Unit Optional See eemere nese nee econ Seema semenemeen S
139. Internet Radio Add to Playlist Add one or more radio stations to an existing playlist Save as Playlist Replace an existing playlist Save as New Playlist Create a playlist and specify if itis a personal or shared playlist 417 TuneIn Radio Search for the stations available on TuneIn Radio m ee Oe Add to Playlist Add one or more radio stations to an existing playlist Save as Playlist Replace an existing playlist Save as New Playlist Create a playlist and specify if itis a personal or shared playlist Tunein Rae L w Playlist Network 418 Media Server Displays the UPnP media servers maximum 2000 available on the local network Only the music files Supported will be shown e peee o E B emecnmnemcnanenere Add to Playlist Add one or more music files to an existing playlist Save as Playlist Replace an existing playlist Save as New Playlist Create a playlist and specify if itis a personal or shared playlist 419 Upload music by the web interface of the Music Station To upload music to the Music Station click T Specify the destination folder and select the music files to upload Upload oO Select the destination folder Select the music file to upload m4a ape Browse Current folder Mulimedia 420 Display more than 600 items in a folder If a folder contains more than 600 items Music Station will display the first 600 items alphabetically Click Get m
140. LN Recordings 25 45 KB eS Ush 13 45 KB Web 21 06 MB oO F root 170 08 GB Bawes Total 8 Display 2 Click Next Create A Share Folder ONAP Create a Share Folder TURBO NAS This wizard guides you through the following settings Share Folder Settings Privilege To continue click Next To exit click Cancel step 1 off CANCEL 236 3 Enter the folder settings e Folder name Enter the share name The share name does not support lt gt e Hide Folder Select to hide the network share or not in Microsoft Networking When a network Share is hidden you have to enter the complete directory NAS_IP share_name to access the Share e Lock file oplocks Opportunistic locking is a Windows mechanism for the client to place an opportunistic lock oplock on a file residing on a server in order to cache the data locally for improved performance Oplocks is enabled by default for everyday usage For networks that require multiple users concurrently accessing the same file such as a database oplocks should be disabled e Path Specify the path of the network share or select to let the NAS specify the path automatically e Description Enter an optional description of the network share Create A Share Folder ONAP Share Folder Settings URBO NAS Folder Name Disk Yolume Hide Folder O ves No Lock file oplocks ves No Path Specify path automatically Enter path
141. LNA media server are hidden for the TS x79 series by default Select to enable and show or disable and hidden these features Users are required to re login the NAS after changing this setting Enter a port number for the system management The default port is 8080 The services which use this port include System Management Web File Manager Multimedia Station and Download Station If you are not sure about this setting use the default port number Enable Secure Connection SSL To allow the users to connect the NAS by HTTPS turn on secure connection SSL and enter the port number If the option Force secure connection SSL only is turned on the users can only connect to the web administration page by HTTPS connection 33 Date and Time Adjust the date time and time zone according to the location of the NAS If the settings are incorrect the following problems may occur e When using a web browser to connect to the NAS or save a file the display time of the action will be incorrect e The time of the event log displayed will be inconsistent with the actual time when an action occurs Set the server time the same as your computer time To synchronize the time of the NAS with the computer time click Update now next to this option Synchronize with an Internet time server automatically Turn on this option to synchronize the date and time of the NAS automatically with an NTP Network Time Protocol server Enter the
142. Login the NAS as admin Click the triangle icon next to the login name on the top right hand corner and select to restart or shut down the NAS ONAP ns A admin Change Password Restart E Shutdown a Logout E About Photo Staton Music Stato Video Station Multimedia Staton Download Staton Web File Managet Surveillance Station DJ Station Administration Pro Customer Service OMAP Wiki ONAF Forum Feedback You may also restart or power off the NAS in System Administration gt Power Management 700 Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Power Management Welcome admin Logout English Power Management Restart Shutdown Execute system restart shutdown immediately Configure Wake on LAN O Enable Disable When the AC power resumes Resume the server to the previous Power on or power off status O Turn on the server automatically O The server should remain off Set power on power off restart schedule C Enable schedule Postpone the restartishutdown schedule when a replication job is in progress 701 By the Finder Run the Finder Select a NAS name Click Tools and select to restart or power off the NAS administrator access required Connect settings Map Network Drive Remote Wake Up Wake On LAN Search Network Camera Mare Update Firmware C Address JAMNAS F NetBak Replicator 06 98 8C BC 6C OBack OGet Vie
143. Mac OS This section shows you how to use Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator on Mac OS to add the iSCSI target QNAP NAS as an extra partition Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS About Xtend SAN iSCSI initiator ATTO s Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator for Mac OS X allows Mac users to utilize and benefit from iSCSI It is compatible with Mac OS X 10 4 x to 10 6 x For more information please visit http www attotech com products product php sku INIT MACO 001 After installing Xtend SAN iSCSI initiator you can find it in Applications P C Xtend SAN e _ DEVICES m m E Uninstaller P Z Macintosh HD j E iWork 0s amp i iDis 7 Xtend_SAN talllog lo a E ruson a Komodo Edit 3 TEA ee E Mail T SHARED 4 amp Microsoft Messenger E 172 17 21 5 G Movist E 172 17 22 93 a Nally E AFP Notes EE SAMBA Lj Paragon NTFS for Mac OSX Name Xtend SAN EE SAMBA L E Photo Booth Kind Application 3 Preview Size 1 9 MB on disk E 0000 SAMBA 2 QuickTime Player Created 5 31 10 12 24 PM EE 2593270K AFP amp Safari Modified 5 31 10 12 24 PM A an E ScreenFlow Last opened Today 3 10 PM Version 3 25 Y PLACES Skype E Desktop Stickies More info A W wa Stuffit j System Preferences Applications g Teamviewer Documents f TextEdit
144. NAP Enter a sync job name TUREGO NAS POPPE Teer tere reer eri rir reir rer rrr irr irri rrr trite rita reir ii irri iirititiiiiiit iii iii Specify a name forthe sync job Itis a required field and cannot be empty Step 4 of 11 a ie CANCEL i 11 Confirm the settings and click Next Quick Configuration Wizard NAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Job Name Recordings Remote download a Folder Pair Number 2 Folder Pairs 1 Recordings gt fadownload Folder Pairs 2 Download gt fadownload Server Type Local folder to remote folder Server Type FIP Server Host Name 10 8 13 133 21 i User Name test Schedule Type Real time Timeout secondi 120 i Policy Humber of retries 3 Retry Intervals second 60 File size 1000 mb a are Pirties sa step 10 of 11 BACK i NEXT i CANCEL 540 12 Click Finish to exit the wizard Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP TURBO NAS Setup complete Congratulations You have finished all the steps for Quick Configuration Sten 11 of 11 FINISH Current Jobs RTRR Real time Remote Replication allows one way data replication between two serversflocations tincluding FTF server in real time or according to the specified schedule You must enable R TRA or FTF server on the remote server in order to use this function Options Create New Replication Job 10 8 13 133 Enabled L Recordings Rem
145. NAS then transcode these files to your TV or Hi Fi system Because of the limited cable length of these interfaces normally you have to place your media player near your TV and Hi Fi system About TCP IP settings Connect your media player to the LAN at your home and set to acquire the IP address by DHCP Most of the media players are defined as DHCP client which obtains an IP address automatically from the network 682 Connect the video and audio output of the media player to your TV The media player may provide different video and audio interfaces such as Composite video audio output S Video for video output S PDIF digital audio or HDMI interface which can carry both video and audio signals 4 Example 1 Buffalo LinkTheater In this example the video out and audio out cables are connected to the TV You can also connect audio out to your stereo acoustic system 683 Turn on the TV that is connected to the media player you can select the options available by the remote control of the media player The media player will find the NAS on the network The NAS name will be displayed on the screen ink Theater Dolata You will find the photos video and music shared by the specified folder on the NAS You can use the remote control of the media player to select and play the files 684 Example 2 ZyXEL s DMA 1000W ZyXEL DMA 1000W is one of the models which are based on SigmaDesigns platform
146. NAS has finished copying the data to or from the USB device connected to the front USB port of the NAS The eSATA device is being accessed eSATA Orange Off No eSATA device can be detected The 10 GbE network expansion function is only supported by the TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC879U RP and TS EC1279U RP TS 210 TS 212 TS 219 TS 439U SP RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP do not support eSATA port Alarm Buzzer the alarm buzzer can be disabled in System Tools gt Hardware Settings Short beep 0 5 1 1 The NAS is starting up sec 2 The NAS is being shut down software shutdown 3 The user presses the reset button to reset the NAS 4 The system firmware has been updated Short beep 0 5 sec The NAS data cannot be copied to the external storage device from the front USB port Short beep 0 5 3 every 5 min The system fan is out of function TS 119 does not support ek haie smart fan 1 5 sec Long beep 1 5 2 1 The disk volume is going to be full sec 2 The disk volume has reached its full capacity 3 The hard disk drives on the NAS are in degraded mode 4 The user starts hard drive rebuilding The NAS is turned off by force shutdown hardware shutdown The NAS has been turned on and is ready 20 2 4 Connect to the NAS Network Shares Windows Users 1 Connect to the network shares of the NAS by the following means a Open My Network Place
147. NT LOGS SYSTEM CONNECTION LOGS ON LINE USERS SYSLOG otas as sence cear Save a 2010 11 04 17 35 09 System 127 0 0 1 localhost RAIDS Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 Recovering journal a 2010 11 04 173454 Syster 127 0 0 1 localhost System started ta 2010 11 04 17 3215 System 127 0 0 1 localhost System was shut down on Thu Mow 4 17 32 15 CST 2010 i 2010 11 04 17 29 26 System 127 0 0 1 localhost system Updated successfully from 3 4 0 to 3 4 0 a 2010 11 03 19 41 57 admin 10 85 12 50 Share Folder alex removed successfully a 2010 11 03 19 41 57 admin 10 85 12 50 Share Folders A share folder alex removed successfully an 2010 11 03 19 41 35 admin 10 85 12 50 Share Folders Access rights for share folder alex changed ia 2010 11 03 19 40 43 admin 10 6 12 50 Share Folders Access rights for share folder alex changed a 2010 11 03 17 5715 admin 10 6 12 90 Share Folders Access rights for share folder HOS changed a 2010 11 03 17 56 11 admin 10 85 12 90 ISO 180 share HOS has been mounted successfully 81 System Connection Logs The NAS supports recording HTTP FTP Telnet SSH AFP NFS SAMBA and iSCSI connections Click Options to select the connection type to be logged The file transfer performance can be slightly affected when this feature is turned on Tip Right click a log and select to delete the record or block the IP and select how long the IP should be blocked T
148. Next Back up an iSCSI LUN QNAP Backup Schedule TURBO NAS Select schedule Daily iM Time 00 w 00 w Pee eee ere rrr er er Cee re errr errs Step 4 afb 176 7 The settings will be shown Enter a name for the job or use the one generated by the NAS Click Next Back up an iSCSI LUN ay QDNAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Back up an iSCSI LUN Job Name Backup_a backup a Source LUN a 1 00 GB Gi Protocol Linus Share MFS Select Destination S LUN Image Name hackup a Schedule Daily OO 00 Step 4 of 6 8 Click Finish to exit Back up an iSCSI LUN ees ele Setup complete TURBO NAS Congratulations The settings have been completed Click FINISH to exit the wizard Step 6 of 6 177 9 The backup job is shown on the list Start the job immediately Stop the running job Edit the job settings View the job status and logs Current Jobs You can back Up LUN data to another storage or restore the data to the NAS by LUN backup Current Jobs GO Create a new job Job Name Type Status Action Backup a backup a Backup Schedule Daily 00 00 ea Delete 178 Restore an iSCSI LUN 1 To restore an iSCSI LUN to the NAS go to Disk Management gt iSCSI gt LUN Backup Click Create a new job iSCSI Current Jobs You can back Up LUN data to another storage or resto
149. Number 80 register_globals Oon of L Enable Secure Connection SSL Fon B081 Number Enable WebDAV Show service link on the login page After enabling this service click the following link to enterto eb Server Http 0 6 1 3 1 33s php ini Maintenance LJ php ini Maintenance The file php ini is the system configuration file ofvWeb Server After enabling this function you can edit upload or restore this file Itis recommended to use the system default setting 687 Next go to Applications gt MySQL Server and select both Enable MySQL Server and Enable TCP IP Networking then click Apply Home gt gt Application Servers gt gt MySQL Server Welcome admin Logout Enalish g MySQL Server MySQL Server You can enable WySQL server as the website database Enable WySQL Server Enable this option to allow remote connection of MwSt server Enable TOPAP Networking ee seeeeeemeeennenmoescen Note You can install the phphyadmin package to manage your MySQL server To install the phpMyAdmin please click here Database Maintenance You can reset the database password or re initialize the database RESET ROOT PASSWORD RE INITIALIZE DATABASE 688 Create a database for phpBB3 in phpMyAdmin Prior to installing phpBB3 create a new database for it and we will use phpMyAdmin to create the database so install phpMyAdmin QPKG if you do not have it running on the NAS yet Once insta
150. ONAP Account Created Successfully TURBO NAS Congratulations You have created the following accounts New Users testi testl testls test04 test05 test0b testi tests test04Y testi o a 100 Step 5 of 4 FINISH r 223 7 Check that the users have been created Users oe Create a User_ Create Multiple Users Import Export Users 224 admin PZ Bs C testooo1 1000 MB poge test 002 1000 MB poge test0o03 1000 MB poge testooo4 1000 MB poge C test000s 1000 MB C test0006 1000 MB poge test 007 1000 MB SAS C test ogg 1000 MB poge C testoo09 1000 MB uono 8 Check that the network shares have been created for the users Home gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders Welcome admin Logout English Share Folders 2 i New Share Folder_ Restore Default Network Shares Cl teston GEIB C testooo2 4KB 0 0 No 2 za mes O testoons 4 KB 0 D No AHAHA C testooos 4 KB 0 0 No Ee O testoons 4 KB 0 0 No 2 ea nes C testons 4 KEB 0 0 No GABOR C testoooy 4 KE 0 0 No GAGES CO testoons 4 KB 0 0 No ea nes C testooog 4 KE 0 0 No 2 za nes C testoote 4 KB 0 0 No 2 B nes NS Total 20 Display 10 entries per page TE 2 ee On 225 Import Export Users You can import users to or export users from the NAS with this function Note The password rules if applicable
151. Public J Qusb J tick i e Printers 3 598 3 Install the correct printer driver Add Printer Wizard ij Select the manufacturer and model of your printer f your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturer at HIP IBM infotec 5 hp busi iii 1200 Konica KONICA MINGI TA E This driver is digitally signed Tell me driver signing is important 4 When finished print a test page to verify the printer is ready to use 599 9 2 2 Windows XP Users Follow the steps below to set up your printer connection Method 1 1 Enter NAS IP in Windows Explorer 2 A printer icon is shown as a network share on the server Double click the icon 3 Install the printer driver Add Printer Wizard IF your printer came with is not listed consult your Manufacturer pl Agta Alps Apollo Apple APS PS AST ey This driver iz digitally signed Tell me why diver signing is important Cancel 4 When finished you can start to use the network printer service of the NAS 600 Method 2 The following configuration method has been verified on Windows XP only Open Printers and Faxes 2 Delete the existing network printer if any 3 Right click the blank area in the Printers and Faxes window Select Server Properties 4 Click the Ports tab and delete the p
152. QNAP Turbo NAS Software User Manual Version 3 8 2013 QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved Table of Contents 1 oie of ereeeEer re Tere er ee er rr Cr rrr errr Terr rer Cr TT rer rrr ror Tee Ce errr re ror rrr 5 Lt REG UlatOny NOCI C az cnncdecies eaensncenscorsanieetes nesousea ao edeuees ce nieseenteresentiaridesinecens 6 bZ SYMBOL i EMIS GOCUMIENE asateerrt sim i e veaetoute nose E A A Gee eae ean 7 1 3 Safety Intormation and PrecautlonSsnictiaiidamiiadianiaeeeaaiin intain a T 8 2 Getting Stated icssissseisraccap ceeecenw ees cacaewneeemada 9 ZA BIOWSE ENG CD ROM 335 2 ieanveanin E A E dena eka ee neenamls 15 2 2 Hard DISK Drive Compatibility LSU ssi ssi cexeceiecieniaee weticane inernsevernia a a 17 2 3 Check System Status LED and Alarm BuUZZEP ccceceee eee e tee eeeeeeeeeteeenaenanes 18 2 4 Connect to the NAS Network Slares cccccceee cece cece eee e sen een seen eeensenesenesags 21 2 5 Connect to the NAS by a Web BrowSel cccceeceeceneeeeeeeeeeteueeueeeeeeuesunteneanes 23 20 SVS tE MIG rat Oean n a a A een Naa tana nie Ghanem A A pone 29 3 System Administration s s 1s2222u255552522022nnnnn0nnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 32 Sl Genehal SCCLINGS oncasicctet a a E A E A Ar 33 SZ INCEW OM wi sauiisaniatscn adaneatacesien coin e a a A O E ESN EN 37 IoEN ICE BNdIN Gersen aieea a E a A E EET 61 SA HaG Well ereer nivei irii A AEAEE E T EA 63 Do SOCUMICY aena T A A te cad A a A T M
153. S 259 Pro TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Pro TS 459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro Il TS 659 Prot TS 659 Pro il T5 859 Prot TS 859U RP TS 859U RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP On the folder list you can view the current data size number of sub folders and files created in the network share and the folder status hidden or not Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders Welcome admin l Logout glish iw Share Folders z SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS o Mew Share Folder 43 Restore Default Network Shares C Dept 50 KB 17 No 2 a nes Download 400 2 MB 7 8 No GAaBowis Multimedia 12 84 GB 6 575 No a nes ND Network Recycle Bin 1 120 13 MB 22 237 Mo EHTOO Public 26 55 GB 49 1650 No Recordings a8 KB 19 2 No Usb 28 KB 4 20 No HHOOO Web 236 48 MB 263 2108 No i a nes C aaa 4 KB 0 0 Mo ESHO O wan 4 7 MB 0 1 No 2 Ba nes a Delete Total 12 Display 10 entries per page TI a Pl 235 1 To create a network share click New Share Folder Le New Share Folder i amp Restore Default Network Shares Download 29 56 MB GEG Multimedia 19 87 GB BEG Network Recycle Bin 1 13 45 KB mae Public 5 49 GB 2 Sa Ws
154. S 659 TS 639 T5 309 TS 509 T5 409 Te AAT 87 00 08 96 EE 00 15 O0 05 96 C6 64 5 O0 08 98 C6 4 7 26 00 08 986 t5 43 01 00 08 9B6 C4 EF 38 00 05 986 3 0B 5E O0 08 96 C2 44 RB 00 05 986 0 36 44 O0 08 98 BE DD O0 08 96 BE 65 CC O0 08 96 BD F 7 34 O0 05 96 6BD DB 10 O0 08 98 BD 92 O0 05 96 B4 95 52 O0 08 96 64 95 64 O0 05 96 64 54 45 O0 08 96 B9 26 16 OO 05 96 4AC C 5 95 AAA we Tra ah y Up to date y Up to date W Update availat d Up to date ov Up to date ER4 6406686 C COOL i A Ji A Ji A E A Update awailak Update awailak Update availak Mot supporter Update avwailak Up to date Up to date Up to date Update avwailak Up to date Up to date Up to date Not supportec z lie e Ate Login the NAS as an administrator Login Administrator nas Administrator Marnie Administrator Password cance Browse and select the firmware for the NAS Click Start to update the system Update Firmware Select the system firmware to be installed or updated to the system hard disk Path of system firmware image file D TS 119_20110901 3 5 Limg Firmware Model TS 119 Version 3 5 1 O Automatically update the firmware to the latest version Server Mame Model Mame Version MAC Address Pro Status nas TS 119P 3 5 1 083 O0 08 96 C5 435 01 Update all the servers with the same model number within the network Note The N
155. S 809 SS x39 TS x12 TS x59 TS x69 TS x79 Firmware update not required Note e The destination NAS should contain enough drive bays to house the hard drives of the source NAS SS x39 series supports only 2 5 inch hard disk drives A NAS with encrypted disk volume cannot be migrated to a NAS which does not support file system encryption File system encryption is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U The Multimedia Station Download Station iTunes Server and DLNA Media Server features will be removed after migrating the non TS x79 models to the TS x79 models The network shares Multimedia Qmultimedia Download Qdownload and all the downloaded files will be kept The registered MyCloudNAS name on the source NAS will not be moved to the destination NAS after system migration To use the same MyCloudNAS name on the destination NAS change the MyCloudNAS name on the source NAS before system migration and register the same name on the destination NAS after the process 29 Destination NAS 1 bay NAS 2 bay NAS 4 bay NAS 5 bay NAS 6 bay NAS 8 bay NAS Disk volume supported for system migration 1 drive single disk volume 1 to 2 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 1 to 4 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 4 drive RAID 5 4 drive RAID 6
156. S is reset the VLAN feature will be disabled If the NAS Supports two Gigabit LAN ports and only one network interface is configured to enable VLAN you may also connect to the NAS via the other network interface Note The VLAN feature is supported by Intel based NAS models only Please visit http www qnap com for details TCP IP Property Network Parameter Advanced Options Enable VLAM 802 1 0 Note Plaase make sure the terminal devices or other computers have the ability to join WYLAN or you will lose the connection and have to RESET the NAS network settings ta disable VLAN feature Step 1 of 1 APPLY CANCEL ii Default Gateway Select the gateway settings to use if both LAN ports have been connected to the network dual LAN NAS models only 42 iii Port Trunking Applicable to NAS models with two or more LAN ports only The NAS supports port trunking which combines two Ethernet interfaces into one to increase the bandwidth and offers load balancing and fault tolerance also known as failover Load balancing is a feature which distributes the workload evenly across two Ethernet interfaces for higher redundancy Failover is the capability to switch over to a standby network interface also known as the slave interface when the primary network interface also known as the master interface does not correspond correctly to maintain high availability To use port trunking on the NAS make sure at least two LAN por
157. S on this page CPU Usage This tab shows the CPU usage of the NAS Home gt gt System Status gt gt Resource Monitor Resource Monitor a ii CPU USAGE MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE BANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS Core 1 Core 2 400 400 50 S0 D BE Core 3 Core 4 100 400 s0 sg gyl O Memory Usage This tab shows the memory usage of the NAS by real time dynamic graph Resource Monitor CPU USAGE MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE BANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS wae Physical Memory Total 998 21 MB 50 sed Size 374 13 MB Available space 6274 09 MB Soo 180 160 140 120 100 a0 60 40 20 CN own Seconds ago Swap Memory Total 517 62 MB Used Size 200 KB Available space 517 42 MB 646 Disk Usage This tab shows the disk space usage of each disk volume and its network shares Resource Monitor Used size 167 02 GB Available space 267 70 GB 50 09 C ThiBackup 141 18 GB C Public 30 10 GB E Multimedia 14 94 GB E Download 400 23 MB Web 237 69 MB Sonstiges 4 97 We E Freie kapazit t 267 70 GB 647 Bandwidth Transfer This tab provides information about bandwidth transfer of each available LAN port of the NAS Resource Monitor CPU USAGE MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE BANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS Ethernet 1 E Packets Received Packets Sent Minutes aga E Packets Received C Packets Sent 14 12 10 g 6 4 2 ON ow
158. Security Policy File Action View Help a Security Settings Policy r b Account Policies bio Network security Force logoff when logon hours expire qniment ty g J p E Network sec urnty LAN Manager authentication level 5 SE Wandiowes Casual with Akand Sac io Network security LDAP client signing requirements vio Network security Configure encryption types allowed for Ke bi Network security Do not store LAN Manager hash value on Network List Manager Policies sia Network security Minimum session security for NTLM SSP by Public Key Policies bio Network security Minimum session security for NTLM SSP A Software Restriction Policies oie Network security Restrict NTLM Add remote server except 6 Acolicati iol Network security Restrict server exceptions int F Application Control Policies N k ty R NTLM Add F b a IP Security Policies on Local Compute cio Network security Restrict NTLM Audit Incoming NTLM Tra te Advanced Audit Policy Confiquration t Network security Restrict NTLM Audit NTLM authenticatio Security Setting J Mot Defined Enabled Disabled Not Defined Negotiate signing Require 128 bit encrypt Require 128 bit encrypt Not Defined Not Defined Not Defined Not Defined 4 d Select the Local Security Setting tab and select Send LM amp NTLMv2 use NTLMv2 session security if negotiated from the list Then click OK Network s
159. Support Advanced Folder FTP AFP Web File 3 Read Read amp Write NAS web UI Permissions Manager Samba Deny Windows ACL 13 NTFS permissions Windows File Explorer FTP AFP Web File Please see the Windows File Explorer Manager Samba application note http www gnap com index php lang en amp sn 4686 for more details 264 Advanced Folder Permissions Use Advanced Folder Permissions to configure subfolder permissions directly from the NAS UI There is no depth limitation for the subfolder permissions However it is highly recommended to change the permissions only on the first or second level of the subfolders When Advanced Folder Permissions is enabled click the Folder Permissions icon under the Share Folders tab to configure the subfolder permission settings See Share Folders gt Folder Permission 235 of this section for details Windows ACL Use Windows ACL to configure the subfolder and file level permissions from Windows File Explorer All Windows Permissions are supported For detailed Windows ACL behavior please refer to standard NTFS permissions http www ntfs com ntfs_permiss e To assign subfolder and file permissions to a user or a user group full control share level permissions must be granted to the user or user group e When Windows ACL is enabled while Advanced Folder Permissions are disabled subfolder and file permissions will have effect on
160. The password is unchanged Time one ShMT 08 00 Beijing Chongging Hong Kong Urumai Time Setting Set the server time the same as your computer time Network Obtain TCRIP settings automatically via DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Serer 0 0 0 0 secondary ONS Server 0 0 0 0 Network Services Microsoft Networking Web File WanagerFTP Serice Download Station Multimedia Station Web Serer Disk configuration Raid 1 Encrypt disk volume Yes File Syster EXT4 Drive 1 Seagate ST3160318AS CC44 149 05 GB Drive 2 seagate STSIBUS1TEAS CC44 149 05 GA START INSTALLATION 7 All the installed hard disk drives will be formatted and all the data will be cleared Click OK to proceed The hard drives will be formatted and all data will be cleared Are you sure 13 8 When finished click Return to system administration page or enter the NAS IP in a web browser to connect to the web administration page of the NAS Quick Configuration System is initializing please wait The system is being configured Do NOT power offthe server or unplug the hard drivets 1 Change the name for this server Bo Change the administrator password Ba Change the time settings 4 Change the network settings 5 Start the network services De Initialize the hard disk SY System configuration completed Return to system administration page 14 2 1 Browse the CD ROM The produ
161. Type and click Apply Synchronization Job Property Backup destination ISB 2 0 Flash Disk E amp T4 1 68 GB Volume ID 26101c549 1c04 4 7 4bh baf Oshcaaab yas Job Name aaaa gt USBDIsk i Schedule Typed fei Disabled 0 Realtime Schedule CANCEL 572 Default Backup Job Settings To edit the default backup job properties click Options Current Jobs The backup function allows you to replicate the data between the local disk volume and an external storage device You ca create a backup job and map itto a specific disk volume The external storage device with backup job assigned can alway be recognized by the MAS whichever the USB or eSATA interface itis connected to a Options Create a new job j USE 2 0 Flash Disk EXT4 1 88 GB Under Event Logs you can select to enable Download Detailed Logs and specify the maximum file size of the log file Select to send an email alert when a backup job fails or completes Note that the SMTP server settings must be properly set up in System Administration gt Notification Customize job property oe EVENT LOGS POLICY FILTER Download Detailed Logs Maximum Lag Size MB MB Max 1GB Enable this option to include more information in the log file You can also specife the maximum file size v Send an alert email in the following condition s ta Synchronization failed al Synchronization has
162. WNLOAD Number of days to keep the logs 10 Lay ET LJ Archive logs after expiration Save the archive files inthe folder Download 498 Quarantine This page shows the quarantined files on the NAS Users can manually delete or restore the quarantined files or restore and add the files to the exclude list BO Delete an infected file The file cannot be recovered Restore an infected file to its original network share Restore an infected file and add the file into the exclude list scan filter Restore Selected Files Restore multiple files on the list Delete Selected Files Delete multiple files on the list The files cannot be recovered Delete All Files Delete all the files on the list The files cannot be recovered Antivirus STATUS SCAN JOBS REPORTS QUARANTINE Quarantine z _ L kKeyfinderexe fPublic Hacktool Crack XP i Wa Total i Display 10 entries per page iM 4 ae a 499 7 15 TFTP Server Configure the NAS as a TFIP Trivial File Transfer Protocol server for configuration management of network devices and remote network booting of computers for system imaging or recovery TFTP is a file transfer protocol with the functionality of a very basic form of FTP TFTP does not provide user authentication and cannot be connected by a standard FTP client Follow the steps below to use this feature 1 2 cH A Select Enable TFTP Server The default UDP port for
163. Wizard Cane Confirm Settings TURBO NAS i LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning LUN Name O02 LUN Location sharefHOR DATA LUN Capacity 168 Map to Target ign 2004 04 com qnapts so0S iscsitargeto Satif Step 3 of 4 144 6 When the LUN has been created click Finish to exit the wizard iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard LNA Created successfully z You can perform advance settings atthe TARGET MANAGEMENT ATERT SAA and ADVANCE ACL page Step 4 of 4 FINISH 7 The LUNs created can be mapped to and unmapped from the iSCSI target anytime You can also unmap the LUN from a target and map it to another target Target Management QUICK COMFIGURATION WIZARD Quick Configuration Wizard will assist you to create an iSCSI target and LUN iS Sl Target List 4 04 fiqn 2004 04 com s 239 iscsi target01 8cbc6c 02 iqn 2004 04 com ts 239 iscsi target02 8cbc6c Un Mapped iSCSI LUM List O a02 1 GB z O03 1 GB 0 145 a iSCSI target Ready The iSCSI target is ready but no initiator has connected to it yet Connected The iSCSI target has been connected by an initiator The iSCSI target has been disconnected Offline The iSCSI target has been deactivated and cannot be connected by the initiator LUN Enabled The LUN is active for connection and is visible to authenticated initiators Disabled The LUN is inactive and is invisible to the initiators 146 a Deactivate a ready or connected
164. _0027 jpg hed 2010426 o 67 Palau mp4 IMG_0040 jpg lt lt Aas eH Ee LAGS MEHI ei ah par a oo Tes Photo on 2010 06 23 05 39 06 PM jpeg IMG_0071 jpg Last modified 2010623 TF F5 39 Last modiied 20 10a 9057 Shayne Ward 7 Breathless mp3 BL IMG 6349 JPG Las modrhed 2010424 brat r ing 6 3 IMG 6350 JPG Downloading 6 3 Last modified 2010424 F FED Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 IMG 6354 JPG Lasi modified 2a ih22 foe PER EA E Doras Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 LAE MUON EE oe ee 379 Downloaded files will be shown in My Favorites QMobile will check if the source of the downloaded files have been updated or deleted from the NAS upon every new connection to the NAS You can select to synchronize the changes with the NAS iPod 5 49 Back My Favorites Palau mp4 Lasi madhit TEF a E d Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 380 4 My Jukebox You may view stream and play the playlists configured on Multimedia Station Login Multimedia Station as an administrator Select Control Panel gt Playlist Editor ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION Home Media Media Center t G My Jukebox Control Panel eT 7 k ia User Management Ea Den o Change Password Playlist Editor ane _ SGP So Photo Frame Settings Set Folder Public MG _6355 JPG A a bA N SHAYHE WARD im Shayne Ward Al Rights Reserved E
165. a Palau mp4 Lasi rh TE 1 video clip 374 2 Upload Photos to NAS You may upload photos on your handheld devices to the NAS directly through QMobile Select the file source by tapping and select the file destination of the NAS by tapping Litia FFT Settings Back Upload Photos Media Center My Jukebox ba Upload Photos lt A My Favorites ra 375 Photo Source Choose the photos from your handheld devices Photo destination Choose the root folder Qmultimedia Multimedia folder of NAS or the sub folder to save the photos iPod Sie te Cancel Cancel Select Folder Root IPoD Media Photo QNAP Photo source Photo destination 376 Select the photos and tap the Upload icon to upload the photos to the NAS iPod gt FFT 56 Back Upload Photos Photo on 20 07 55 15 PM Photo on 20 07 56 29 PM 2 photos to upload 377 3 My Favorites You may download the multimedia files from the NAS to your handheld devices under My Favorites and play them offline Media Center My Jukebox Upload Photos A My Favorites p 378 From Media Center swipe the file and tap the star sign to start to download it Files that have never been downloaded will be shown as Not downloaded iPod FFS La Media Center Media Media Center Media IMG_0016 jpg Last modified 201026 F 9 57 IMG 6357 JPG PY Not downloade EEN ae IMG
166. a different server operated by you or a third party that supports equivalent copying facilities provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements e Convey the object code using peer to peer transmission provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d A separable portion of the object code whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library need not be included in conveying the object code work A User Product is either 1 a consumer product which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal family or household purposes or 2 anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling In determining whether a product is a consumer product doubtful cases Shall be resolved in favor of coverage For a particular product received by a particular user normally used refers to a typical or common use of that class of product regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses or expects or is expected to use the product A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has subst
167. a on the LIJN willbe overwritten O Create a new LUN LUN Name Free Size 75 65 GH 181 6 The settings will be shown Enter a name for the job or use the one generated by the NAS Click Next Restore an iSCSI LUN pee ONAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Restore an iSCSI LUN Job Name Restorea_backup a test Protocol Linux Share NFS 3 Remote Host LUN Image Name backup a fa 1 00GB LUN Name test Create anew LUN 1 00 step 4 of 5 7 Click Finish to exit Restore an iSCSI LUN a ONAP Setup complete TURBO NAS Congratulations The settings have been completed Click FIMISH to exit the wizard Step 4 ats 182 8 The restore job will be executed immediately Description Stop the running job Edit the job settings View the job status and logs Current Jobs You can back Up LUN data to another storage or restore the data to the MAS by LUM backup Current Jobs amp Create anew job Job Name Type Status Backup a backup a Backup Schedule Daily 00 00 Finished 2017 0610 15 01 06 Restore backup a stest2 Recovery Processing 0 Delete 183 Create an iSCSI LUN Snapshot Before creating an iSCSI LUN snapshot make sure at least one iSCSI LUN and one iSCSI target has been created on the NAS To create iSCSI targets and LUN go to Disk Management gt iSCSI gt Target Management 1 To create an iSCSI
168. a remote folder NAS or FTP server Synchronize data from a remote folder NAS or FTP server to a local folder Synchronize data from a local folder to another local folder or an external drive Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP TURBO NAS Select sync locations Select the target folder for synchronization Local folder to remote folder Synchronize files trom a local folder to a remote folder Remote folder to local folder Synchronize files from a remote folder to a local folder Local folder to local folderfexternal drive Synchronize files from a local folder to another local folder or external drive Step 2 of 11 BACK NEXT CANCEL 532 4 Enter the IP address or host name Select the server type FTP server or NAS server with RTRR service enabled Remote replication to FTP server Specify the port number and if you want to enable FTP with SSL TLS Explicit for encrypted data transfer If the FTP server is behind a firewall enable passive mode Enter the user name and password with read write access to the server Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard CNA Configure Remote Host Settings TURBO NAS IP edoressiinsthame 2 10 ae ee 2 Server Type FIP Semer M 2 conr PIE LIFTP with SSLITLS Explicit vV Passive Mode Step 3 of 11 CANCEL 533 Remote replication to NAS with RTRR service Enter the IP address of the RTRR service enabled server S
169. ace TCP port 59234 Contribution TCP port Defined randomly during Symform setup and can be changed if necessary All TCP outbound ports are mandatory The hard drive standby function of the NAS may not work when contribution is in use because Symform service always reads and writes data on the hard drives Symform with contribution requires network bandwidth If contribution is enabled there will always be communication between the NAS and Symform Cloud This may cause network utilization and the bandwidth can be limited as needed 556 8 3 Time Machine You can enable Time Machine support to use the NAS as a backup destination of multiple Mac by the Time Machine feature on OS X Time Machine TIME MACHINE SUPPORT MANAGE BACKUP Time Machine support After enabling the Time Machine function you can use the WAS as one ofthe Mac OS Time Machine backup destinations Enable Time Machine support Display Mame ThiBackup Wiser Mame TimeMachine Password jessas mmm Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 123 V Free Size 272G8 Capacity a 38 0 means unlimited Note When using the Time Machine function AFP serice willbe enabled automatically Note that all the Time Machine users share the same network share for this function 557 To use this function follow the steps below Configure the settings on the NAS 1 Enable Time Machine support Time Machine support After enabling the Time Machine function you can us
170. ae enim Password PTTitt Verify Password essees Key Features E Wilitary grade encryption E Automatic backups E Easy to use file sharing E Access files from anywhere lf you do not have an ElephantDrive account enter the above information and click CREATE to create an CREATE account Sign up ElephantDrive services from ONAF for a free 30 day trial plus 10 off for 3 months Status Click OK to confirm 549 After creating an account click Apply The NAS will help you login the ElephantDrive service After you have logged in ElephantDrive service on the NAS you can go to ElephantDrive website http www elephantdrive com qnap and manage the backup ElephantDrive Account Enable ElephantDrive Service ElephantDrive Service E mail FERE Ifyou do not hawe an ElephantDrive account enter the above information and click CREATE to create an CREATE account Sign Up ElephantDrive services from OMAP for a free 30 day trial plus 10 off for 3 months Status Logged in For account management and data backup please go to ElephantDrive website https www elephantdrive com qnap 550 Login your ElephantDrive account You can manage the backup and restore jobs on the website https www elephantdrive com qnap QNAP elephant drive PROTECT YOUR TURBO NAS FILES WITH ONLINE BACKUP ElephantDrive Optimized for Turbo NAS Continuous D
171. al to 62 C 144 F Selft defined temperature Enable configuration reset switch When this function is turned on you can press the reset button for 3 seconds to reset the administrator password and the system settings to default The disk data will be retained System Basic system reset Advanced system reset 1 beep 2 beeps All NAS models Press the reset button for 3 sec Press the reset button for 10 sec 63 Basic system reset 3 sec After pressing the reset button for 3 seconds a beep sound will be heard The following settings will be reset to default System administration password admin TCP IP configuration Obtain IP address settings automatically via DHCP TCP IP configuration Disable Jumbo Frame TCP IP configuration If port trunking is enabled dual LAN models only the port trunking mode will be reset to Active Backup Failover System port 8080 system service port Security level Low Allow all connections LCD panel password blank VLAN will be disabled Service binding All NAS services run on all available network interfaces This feature is only provided by the NAS models with LCD panels Please visit http www qnap com for details Advanced system reset 10 sec After pressing the reset button for 10 seconds you will hear two beeps at the third and the tenth seconds The NAS will reset all the system settings to default as it does by the web based system reset
172. all the shares on a disk volume by remote replication rsync create a network share for example root as the root directory which contains all the folders in the same volume and specify the path to Then create a remote replication job to copy this share root All the folders and subfolders will be replicated Share Folder Property Share Folder Property Network Share Name root Disk Volume Mirroring Disk Yolume Drive 1 2 Hide Network Drive Yes No D Lock file oplocks Yes Ono J Comment optional Enable write onhy access on FTP connection CARCEL 529 RTRR Replication Real time Remote Replication RTRR provides real time or scheduled data replication between the local NAS and a remote NAS an FTP server or an external drive or replication between two local folders In real time mode the source folder will be monitored and any files that are new changed and renamed will be replicated to the target folder immediately In scheduled mode the source folder will be replicated to the target folder according to the pre defined schedule If the backup destination is a NAS you must first enable RTRR server Applications gt Backup Server gt RTRR Server or FTP service Network Services gt FTP Service on the remote NAS NAS models Maximum number of replication jobs supported ARM based Non Intel based Prior to v3 5 0 RTRR replication not supporte
173. an appropriate copyright notice and 2 tells the user that there is no warranty for the work except to the extent that warranties are provided that licensees may convey the work under this License and how to view a copy of this License If the interface presents a list of user commands or options such as a menu a prominent item in the list meets this criterion 1 Source Code The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it Object code means any non source form of a work A Standard Interface means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body or in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language one that is widely used among developers working in that language 705 The System Libraries of an executable work include anything other than the work as a whole that a is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component but which is not part of that Major Component and b serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form A Major Component in this context means a major essential component kernel window system and so on of the specific operating system if any on which the executable work runs or a compiler used to produce the work or an object code interpreter used
174. an easily identify the server on Microsoft Network e Workgroup Specify the workgroup to which the NAS belongs A workgroup name supports up to 15 characters but cannot contain ie ey Ok oe ince on seo Ol T ee AD Domain Member Use Microsoft Active Directory AD to authenticate the users To use this option enable Active Directory authentication in Access Right Management gt Domain Security and join the NAS to an Active Directory LDAP Domain Authentication Use Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP directory to authenticate the users To use this option enable LDAP authentication and specify the settings in Access Right Management gt Domain Security When this option is enabled you need to select either the local NAS users or the LDAP users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking 269 Advanced Options Microsoft Networking MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADVANCED OPTIONS Advanced Options C Enable WINS server Cl Use the specified WINS server WINS server IP address rae emer epee merener Local Master Browser C Allow only WLW authentication Peete I F Login style DOMAIMUSERNAME instead of DOMAIN SERNAME tor FTF AFP amp web File Manager all Automatically register in DMS C Enable trusted domains WINS server If the local network has a WINS server installed specify the IP address The NAS will automatically register its name and IP address with WINS service If you have a WINS
175. an existing album on the Photo Station click Manage Album gt Add Photos Manage Album Add Photos Organize Photos or click Change to Public Album Enable Disable Slideshow Link Select Add Photos Click Next Add Photos x Create New Album Add Photos Select to upload files or copy files from existing albums to the album 400 401 Organize photos To organize the photos in an album click Manage Album gt Organize Photos Manage Album Add Photos Organize Photos Change to Private Album Enable Disable Slideshow Link Choose to move copy remove or rename the files or folders in an album Click Done when the changes are finished Done Move Copy Remove Rename Select All Deselect All Sort 402 5 View a photo The Photo Station supports the following options for viewing an image file View the images in an album in slideshow Click the triangle icon to select the Slideshow display mode speed and playlist background music The playlists can be ee created and edited in Music Station Applications gt Music Station Click to edit the file name of an image Click Submit to save the changes amp Rotate an image 90 clockwise 403 Photo Station amp I My Albums winner Slideshow w Download Link Code EXIF Edit Pixir Editor Geotag i I A i i i Q Large Map Geotag this photo O
176. and so on Other users with read write access to Dept can only create files and folders in the second and lower level subfolders such as Admin0O1 AdminO2 HR1 and HR2 S be fete E i Admin C Adminot O Adminoz I HR C HR1 O HR2 Production Sales test Apply changes to files and subfolders Apply permissions settings except owner protection and root folder write protection settings to all the files and subfolders within the selected folder These settings include new users deleted users modified permissions and folder owner The options Only the owner can delete the contents and Only admin can create files and folders will not be applied to subfolders Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Select this option to override all previously configured permissions of the selected folder and its files and subfolders except owner protection and root folder write protection settings The options Only the owner can delete the contents and Only admin can create files and folders will not be applied to subfolders 252 e Special Permission This option is only available for root folders Select this option and choose between Read only or Read Write to allow a user to access to all the contents of a folder irrespectively of the pre configured permissions A user with special permission will be identified as admin when he she connects to th
177. ange the password of the LCD panel Select Yes to continue You may enter a password of maximum 8 numeric characters 0 9 When the cursor moves to OK press the Enter button Verify the password to confirm the changes Back Select this option to return to the main menu 655 System Messages When the NAS encounters system error an error message will be shown on the LCD panel Press the Enter button to view the message Press the Enter button again to view the next message siyistefetm fetetefetetey ty Phys y yey specie Ve jej sts Network Lost Both LAN 1 and LAN 2 are disconnected in failover or load balancing mode LAN1 Lost LAN 1 is disconnected LAN2 Lost LAN 2 is disconnected HDD Failure A hard drive fails 656 13 Connect to QNAP NAS from the Internet DDNS Service Set up DDNS Service for Remote Internet Access to QNAP NAS Dynamic Domain Name Service DDNS is a service used to map a domain name to the dynamic IP address of a network device QNAP NAS supports DDNS for quick system access on the Internet by an easy to remember domain name URL instead of a lengthy IP address Once the IP is changed the NAS will automatically update the information to the DDNS provider to ensure it is always available for remote access 1A 1B uh ge 2A 2B Dynamic DNS Provider Register a host name from a DDNS provider Enable the DDNS service and enter the DDNS ac
178. antial commercial industrial or non consumer uses unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product Installation Information for a User Product means any methods procedures authorization keys or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made If you convey an object code work under this section in or with or specifically for use in a User Product and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term regardless of how the transaction is characterized the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product for example the work has been installed in ROM The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service warranty or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the 708 recipient or for the User Product in which it has
179. ap com for details Intel based NAS TS x39 series TS x59 series TS x69 series TS 509 TS 809 TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS x59 Pro TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP Non Intel based NAS TS 109 TS 209 TS 409 TS 409U TS x10 TS x12 TS x19 series Follow the steps below to create iSCSI targets and LUN on the NAS A logical unit number LUN will be created for each iSCSI target you create A maximum of 4 targets and 4 LUNs can be created 1 Under the tab iSCSI TARGET LIST click Create New iSCSI Target Home gt gt Disk Management gt gt iSCSI iSCSI Configuration __ asesrtarcer 1scst TARGET LIST iSCSI Target List Create New iSCSI Target 2 Enter the target name Specify the volume on which the iSCSI target will be created on and the size of the target also whether or not to pre allocate the disk space reate New iSCSI Target iSCSI Target Profile Target Name ISCSl Targetlan igqn 2004 04 com qnapts 219 iscsimytarget cddoo iSCSI Target LUN Allocate the disk space now Single Disk Drive 1 M Free Size 913GB Capacity A E 132 3 Enter the CHAP authentication settings optional if the NAS is located on a public or untrusted network If you enter the user name and password settings under CHAP only only the iSCSI target authenticates the initiator In other words the initiators have to enter
180. apacity RAID 6 6 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 6 7 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 6 8 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 10 4 expansion 17 RAID 10 6 RAID 10 8 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Online RAID capacity RAID 10 6 expansion Online RAID capacity RAID 10 8 expansion Online RAID level RAID 1 2 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 3 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 4 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 5 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 6 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 7 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 8 migration Online RAID level migration RAID 6 4 Online RAID level migration RAID 6 5 Online RAID level migration RAID 6 6 Online RAID level migration RAID 6 7 Online RAID level migration RAID 6 8 Online RAID level RAID 10 4 migration Online RAID level RAID 10 6 migration Online RAID level RAID 10 8 migration 18 RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID RAID Se RAID 5 3 RAID 5 3 Online RAID level RAID 5 3 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 4 migration Online RAID level RAID 5 5 migration Online R
181. arning occur Smart Fan Configuration i Enable smart fan recommended Select to use the default smart fan settings or define the settings manually When the system default settings are selected the fan rotation speed will be automatically adjusted when the NAS temperature CPU temperature and hard drive temperature meet the criteria It is recommended to enable this option ii Set fan rotation speed manually By manually setting the fan rotation speed the fan rotates at the defined speed continuously 65 Enable warning alert for redundant power supply on the web based interface If two power supply units PSU are installed on the NAS and connected to the power sockets both PSU will supply the power to the NAS applied to 1U and 2U models Turn on the redundant power supply mode in System Administration gt Hardware to receive warning alert for the redundant power supply The NAS will sound and record the error messages in System Logs when the PSU is plugged out or does not correspond correctly If only one PSU is installed on the NAS do NOT enable this option This function is disabled by default Hardware Hardware Enable configuration reset switch 66 3 5 Security Security Level Specify the IP address or the network domain from which the connections to the NAS are allowed or denied When the connection of a host server is denied all the protocols of that server are not allowed to c
182. artie d Loa 67 KRONON IO oneei a a A EA A A A tea Couette 70 327 POWwWer Manageme NE nictsredcs eoa re AN E A AAEE AN 77 520 INGLWOLK RECYyCIE Billincineteccexcntcantsatas a a a e a aa i 79 3 9 Back lip RESEOrS SENGS errno iri Pra EE EEEE E TE EE 80 5210 SVEM LOGS ritsari nn eS EEE E E E RE T A E OA 81 LE FIRM ale Update niini n aaa e a aaa daca tanta a iea 86 3412 Restore to Factory Defaull ij iisauieace indian a E A A peeeedmena nates 90 4 Disk Management sssssssssnnnunnnnnnnunnnnnnnunnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 91 AL Volume Manageme Mecini ea A E AEA 91 A Z RAID Management essaia a a a A E At 95 Mo eka DISK Sa M AFR arint errno rE A Eae aai 121 AA ENCIYDCEA File SyS tE Mian a a a aaa N aai 122 a M E E o E EE T E Ave est E E E E T A A E ee eet 131 Bel Ol ral MAN AGNI E aniisi IEAI EEA EEA AIEE AEEA 131 45 2 Target Managemen C isvesevscscesiercacaseveauererercatp tees tke neneseas peeesasenerer eats E EET REETA 142 4 5 2 1 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Microsoft iSCSI Initiator on Windows 154 4 5 2 2 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator on Mac OS 159 4 5 2 3 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Open iSCSI Initiator on Ubuntu Linux 166 BD PAGV GNCOG AGL IEIET AIREAN AAE AAAA ALEA IEE AA 168 A OO IN Da CK D at i a E a A a Reese aase 172 AGN IU Wel DISK enre ban ane wi acct ca oe a beeen kee a a aaa easna ken bcewenne mnie abe aada 191 5 Access Right Manageme
183. as for further details Please refer to http www qnap com for the supported network camera list Configure the camera settings on the NAS Login the Surveillance Station by the IE browser to configure the IP cameras Go to Settings gt Camera Settings Enter the IP camera information for example name model and IP address a Surveillance Station Home Settings 1 Camera 2 Camera 2 Camera Number 1 Camera 1 Camera Model Axis 205 Camera Name Camera 1 IP Address O Port WAN IP for monitoring from public network If your IP camera is installed behind NAT router you may input the public IP address or URL and the corresponding forwarded port of the router O Port User Name Password Note All the camera configuration will not take effect until you click the Apply button 461 Click Test on the right to ensure the connection to the IP camera is successful If your IP camera supports audio recording you may enable the option on the Recording Settings page Click Apply to save the changes Camera Number 2 Camera 2 Video Compression Motion JPEG Resolution Frame Rate Quality Enable audio recording on this camera Estimated Storage Space for Recording 6760 GB Apply Configure the settings of IP camera 2 following the above steps 462 After you have added the networ
184. ata Protection ElephantDrive watches for changes in real time and provides immediate protection for new or modified files Web based Management Check transfer history modify configurations change scheduling and select backup sources from any browser based location in real time Device integrated Cloud Backup 7 You can run ElephantDrive directly on your storage device Quick and easy data recovery and restore Sign on and browse to the files you need and restore them to your Turbo NAS with a click Plans start from 9 95 FREE TRIAL gt 66 a anple enternise class solution 3 pura i m 30 Day FREE trial just for QNAP users protechon To learn more about ElephantDrive click here To compare the different ElephantDrive account types click here Copyright 2011 ElephantDrive All rights reserved 551 Symform To use Symform cloud backup go to Backup gt Cloud Backup gt Symform Click Get Started Now to install Symform The NAS will download verify and install the package automatically OVERVIEW AMAZON 3 ELEPHANTDRIVE SYMFORM l Symform Up to 200GB Free Cloud Storage powe red DY ee symfterm E Patented RAID 96 technology for safe distributed cloud backup E Extending QNAP device to the Symform cloud for secondary backup and disaster recovery Fast data seeding and instant restore GET STARTED NOW E File sharing across multiple devices and locations Click he
185. ature Enable the option Rescan media library and specify the time for the NAS to scan the media library daily The NAS will generate thumbnails retrieve media information and transcode videos for the newly added files at the specified time every day Photo Station Photo Station Enable Photo Station After enabling this service you may click one of the following links to enter Photo Station httpvi40 3 13 59 80 photostationy https 10 8 13 59 8061 photostation VW Rescan media library Daily stat time oo oo The administrator accounts admin for local NAS administration and the application are the same Please login as admin Select either System Users or Standalone Application Users as the user accounts for the application If System User is Selected setup the users andthe access rights in Access Right Management Users Otherwise goto the application s page to setup the user accounts User Account Settings Standalone Application Users 386 2 Select either System Users or Standalone Application Users default for the user account settings When System Users is selected the local NAS accounts will be used for the application You can create the user accounts in Access Right Management gt Users To use dedicated user accounts for the application select Standalone Application Users The user accounts can be created and managed after logging
186. been modified or installed Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network Corresponding Source conveyed and Installation Information provided in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented and with an implementation available to the public in source code form and must require no special password or key for unpacking reading or copying 7 Additional Terms Additional permissions are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License to the extent that they are valid under applicable law If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program that part may be used separately under those permissions but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions When you convey a copy of a covered work you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy or from any part of it Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work You may place additional permissions on material added by you to a covered work for which you have or can give appropriate copyright
187. by a Web Browser To connect to the NAS by a web browser follow the steps below 1 Enter http NAS IP 8080 or use the Finder to find the NAS and double click the NAS name Note The default NAS IP is 169 254 100 100 8080 If the NAS has been configured to use DHCP you can use the Finder to check the IP address of the NAS Make sure the NAS and the computer that runs the Finder are connected to the same subnet If the NAS cannot be found connect the NAS to the computer directly and run the Finder again 2 Choose the display language from the drop down menu on the login page of the NAS or after logging in the NAS ONAP nas TurboNAS TS 119P 52686886680 IY Remember me Secure login QNAP Wiki Customer Service QNAP Forum 23 Language Dansk Deutsch Espanol Francais Italiano Feedback 3 Enter the administrator name and password Turn on the option Secure login Secure Sockets Layer login to allow secure connection to the NAS If a user without administration right login the NAS the user can only change the login password Note If the NAS is behind an NAT gateway to connect to the NAS by secure login on the Internet the port 443 must be opened on the NAT router and forwarded to the LAN IP of the NAS Remember me Secure login 24 4 The login portal will be shown Click an application icon to open the service page in the current window or click the sign of the applicatio
188. cal Volumes Volume File Total Size Single Disk Drive 2 456 9868 456 7868 ws _Formar now _cHECK now REMOVE NOW FORMAT Now CHECK NOW REMOVE NOW e Saving the key on the NAS will protect you only if your hard drives are stolen However there is a risk of data breach if the entire NAS is stolen as the data is accessible after restarting the NAS e If you select not to save the encryption key on the NAS your NAS will be protected against data breach even if the entire NAS were stolen The disadvantage is that you have to unlock the disk volume manually on each system restart 128 Encryption key management new password save encryption key export encryption key TO manage the encryption key settings login the NAS as an administrator and go to Disk Management gt Encrypted File System Click ENCRYPTION KEY MANAGEMENT on the Action column of an unlocked disk volume Encryption Key Management E Total Size Status Action single Disk Drive 2 456 98GB Unlocked Input Encryption Password Y Open single Disk Drive Locked You can perform the following actions e Change the encryption key e Save the encryption key on the NAS e Download the encryption key file onap Encryption Key Management Yme Sirak DEE Yume Brite 2 Change Encepion hey he Gyre Entrtion Key Cerenioad Entrption Key File a me e Change t
189. can install the software on multiple PCs or Macs no license is required Please download the latest version of QGet from http www qnap com to use with the Download Station 3 1 Install QGet from the product CD ROM disc Quick Installation Guide Install OMAP Finder Install NetBak Replicator Install Qtset User Manual and Application Notes Browse CD Product Website 455 2 Follow the instructions to install QGet QGet 0 7 6 0 Build 1213 Setup Welcome to the QGet Setup Wizard This wizard will guide you through the installation of Gaet It is recommended that you close all other applications before starting Setup This will make it possible to update relevant systern Files without haying bo reboot your computer Click Mext ko continue 3 Run QGet from the installed location 456 4 You can use QGet to manage the download tasks on multiple NAS servers as if you were using the web based Download Station For the introduction and button description of QGet see the online help in Help gt Contents berver Task Help ose f p pm 54 nas 10513 59 8080 PprReOXe eH Sa Tasks Name An i LinuwwctionShows4 5001 ME Wasting 0 Ul Paused 1 E Completed 1 F Active 0 E Inactinve 3 Eal RSS al All Feeds 31 a J Meyer 21 aa musie 10 457 7 6 Surveillance Station The Surveillance Station offers live video monitoring and recording of IP cameras on the local networ
190. ce resolves Windows network computer names NetBIOS names to IP addresses allowing Windows computers on a network to easily find and communicate with each other Enter the IP address of the WINS server on the network if available DNS Suffix optional The DNS suffix is used for resolution of unqualified or incomplete host names TFTP Server amp Boot File optional The NAS supports PXE booting of network devices Enter the IP address of the TFTP server and the boot file including directory on the TFTP server and file name For remote booting of the devices enter the public IP address of the TFTP server 40 TCP IP Property Network Parameters DHCP server Enable DHCP Server Pr Pee ATTET EEE Lease Time 1 dayO Hour oo eee eee WINE Sener 0 fo 0 L0 Step 1 0of1 CANCEL 41 Advanced Options A Virtual LAN VLAN is a group of hosts which communicate as if they were attached to the same broadcast domain even if they were located in different physical locations The NAS can be joined to a VLAN and configured as a backup storage of other devices on the same VLAN To join the NAS to a VLAN select Enable VLAN and enter the VLAN ID a value between 0 and 4094 Please keep the VLAN ID safe and make sure the client devices are able to join the VLAN If you forgot the VLAN ID and were not able to connect to the NAS you would need to press the reset button of the NAS to reset the network settings Once the NA
191. ceive instant system error or warning messages and enter commands in the Windows Live Messenger conversation to inquire real time system information from the NAS Note To use this feature the NAS must be connected to the Internet The NAS supports Windows Live Messenger 2009 or above Register a dedicated Windows Live Messenger account for the NAS One Windows Live Messenger account can only be used by one NAS To use this feature follow the steps below 1 Sign up a Windows Live ID for the NAS from https signup live com 2 Download Windows Live Messenger for your Windows OS from http explore live com The NAS Supports Windows Live Messenger 2009 or above 3 Login the Windows Live Messenger account registered in Step 1 Add the authorized contacts up to 10 to interact with the NAS Make sure these contacts have also added the Messenger account of the NAS 4 Go to Notification gt Configure IM and enter the login information registered in Step 1 Click Apply The login status will be shown as On Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IMi CONFIGURE SPISC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Configure Instant Messaging Service Enable Instant Messaging Service Password ooeee Login Status On 71 5 Go to Notification gt Alert Notification Enable alert notification by Instant Messaging and enter the authorized contacts up to 10 under Instant Messaging
192. cess even if they were not published The NAS services can be published in private to allow only the users with the MyCloudNAS Access Code to view the private services on MyCloudNAS website To use this feature go to MyCloudNAS Service gt Configure MyCloudNAS gt Publish Services MyCloudNAS Wizard Enable and Publish NAS Services You can enable the WAS services which are currently disabled and publish them to MyCloudhaAs website Web Administration In Service Web File Manager In service Web Server In service Multimedia Station In service Secure Web Server F F Secure Multimedia Station L F otep 4 of fb 629 5 A summary will be shown You can access the NAS by the MyCloudNAS name and download the URLs of the published services Click Finish to exit MyCloudNAS Wizard Ta Summary Congratulations You have completed the following settings MyCloudNAS Name test 23 hitpiwew mevcloudnas com Published NAS services for remote access ea Web Administration Web File Manager Web Server Multimedia Station DOWNLOAD ACCESS URLS Auto router configuration PnP port forwarding a Step 6 of 6 Copy the URLs and access the NAS services by the web browser serviceURL txt Notepad Format View Help You can remotely access the NAS via the following links My CloudhAs Portal Hitt www my cloudnas cam My CloudhAs Name test 23 Web Administration httoeitest 23 my
193. cess the network through the RADIUS clients The maximum number of RADIUS users the NAS supports is the same as the maximum number of local NAS users supported See http docs qnap com nas en index html users htm for details a Click Create a New User RADIUS Server ee ee ee SERVER SETTINGS RADIUS CLIENTS ii RADIUS USERS Delete Total 0 Display 19 entries per page ir TT he ror b Enter the user name and password The user name supports alphabets a z and A Z and numbers 0 9 only The password must be 8 32 characters a z A Z and 0 9 only Click Apply RADIUS Users Ea ONAP Create a New User TURBO NAS Name Usei n l Password verify Password CANCEL 484 4 Specify to grant dial in access to local NAS users Enable this option to allow the local NAS users to access the network services through the RADIUS clients using their NAS login name and password Click Apply RADIUS Server SERVER SETTINGS RADIUS CLIENTS RADIUS USERS Server Settings Enable RADIUS Server Grant dial in access to system user accounts Note The RADIUS server only supports PAP EAP TLS PAP and EAP TTLS PAP authentication for local NAS user accounts 485 7 13 Backup Server Rsync Server Enable Rsync server to configure the NAS as a backup server for data backup from a remote Rsync server or NAS server The default port number for remote replication via Rsync is 873
194. cify the LUN location disk volume on the NAS Enter the capacity for the LUN Click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Create an iSCSI LUN TURBO NAS LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning Instant Allocation LUN Hame LUM Location Capacity a Step 4 of 6 BACK Eo CANCEL 139 8 Confirm the settings and click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard QONAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Target Name target Target ION ign 2004 04 com qnapts s09 iscsitargettd ealoot Target Alias target Header Digest Yes Data Digest Yes CHAP authentication Mo CHAP Username one2z345 Mutual CHAP authentication Yes Mutual CHAP Username ddri1111 LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning LUN Name 001 Step 5 of 6 BACK a CANCEL 9 When the target and the LUN have been created click Finish iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard NAP iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard TURBO NAS Created successfully YOU can perform advance settings atthe TARGET MANAGEMENT and ADVANCE ACL page otep 6 of 6 140 10 The target and LUN are shown on the list under the Target Management tab iSCSI Target List 01 ign 2004 04 comts 239 scsitarget01 8cbhcbc Ready L id 0 001 1 00 GB Enabled Total 1 141 4 5 2 Target Management Create iSCSI targets The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models run
195. ck Create Note To use this function the mail server settings must be properly configured in System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP Server Share the download links through email Indude the password To me ts Subject To Share with You Content I ve shared the following file s with you using QNAP Turbo NAS Mm fote Separate the email addresses by comma or a semi colon C Up to 5 email addresses can be sent r Create Cancel Confirm the information and click Start Sharing Sharing Links Please confirm the following information i Photo 2011 12 29 17 09 31 jpq http mcna mydoudnas com 8080 cgi bin filemanager futlRequest cgi ssid 0NAS9nKMa4 Period of validity 02 18 2012 23 56 Start sharing Cancel 330 7 2 Multimedia Station The Multimedia Station is a web based application for viewing the photos playing music and videos on the NAS by a web browser and sharing files to popular social networking sites such as Facebook Plurk Twitter Blogger and so on To use the Multimedia Station follow the steps below 1 Go to Administration gt Network Services gt Web Server Turn on the web server feature To allow access to the Multimedia Station by HTTPS turn on the option Enable Secure Connection SSL 2 Go to Administration gt Applications gt Multimedia Station Enable the servic
196. ck up LDAP Database Back up Database 1 Backup frequency 2 Start Time 3 Destination folder 4 Backup options Overwrite existing backup file LDAP Backup exp Create a new file for each backup and append the date to the flename LDAP_backup_yyy _mm_dd exp 5 Apply Restore LDAP Database You can import a backup file to restore the entire LDAP configuration and contents Select a backup file to import 521 8 Backup Remote Replication 52A Cloud Backup 54A Time Machine B5 External Drive 56A USB One Touch Copy B7 8 1 Remote Replication Rsync Replication The NAS data can be backed up to a remote NAS or Rsync server by Rsync remote replication If the backup destination is a NAS go to Applications gt Backup Server gt Rsync Server and enable the remote NAS as an Rsync backup server 1 To create a replication job click Create a Replication Job Remote Replication RSC f RTRR Current Jobs Rsync Replication allows you to replicate the files of a local folder to a folder of a remote server You must enable Rsyne server on the remote serer in order to use this function Create a Replication Job 522 2 Specify the server type NAS or Rsync server of the remote server Enter a job name Click Next Remote Replication ay CNAP TURBO NAS Remote Replication Wizard This wizard helps you c
197. click a video file on the web page the NAS will start playing it If you click a video file in a folder all other supported video files in the folder will also be shown in the playlist and played Click X to exit the playback page QNAP TS 639 Pro Turbo NAS MP4 QONAP TS 639 Pro Turbo HAS MP 4 00 01 19 00 07 27 seeking Volume Copyright 2010 GYAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 352 Transcode video If the video files are in AVI M4V MPG MPEG RM RMVB WMV formats you need to transcode the file in order to play it on the Multimedia Station properly A video file which can be transcoded is shown with an icon like below in thumbnail view Click the icon and confirm to perform video transcoding Wait patiently when transcoding is in process 2010 05 05 2 CMAP TS 639 vn test AWI The video will be converted to FLV format You can then play it on your web browser Only administrators are allowed to transcode a video QNAP does not guarantee all video formats or codecs are supported You are highly recommended to convert the video files into the formats that the Multimedia Station supports before uploading the files to the NAS Home viden Ane y sot Memet 5 Hame Date Type Size 22 2010 0547 Folder El 2010 05 05 24 00 07 22 01 09 avi 201005 7 video 2010kKB ANAF TS 639 Pro Turbo WAS MP4 2010 05 13 video 27e49kKa AMAF TS 639 Pro Turbo WAS 2 MP4 2010 0541 7 video 27 o57ka M
198. cloudnas cam s0e0 cqi binshtmiagin Atm Web File Manager htt test 43 mycloudnas cam s0s0 cqi binfilemanager Web Server httoitest 23 mycloudnas cam soy Multimedia Station httow test 23 mycloudnas com SO MSWA 630 6 To access the NAS services via MyCloudNAS website go to http www mycloudnas com enter the MyCloudNAS name and select the correct domain name Click Go to access the published NAS services NiyCloudNAS co Service Home Privacy Policy Terms of Use What s MyCloudNAS Service Copyright 2010 MyCloudNAS COM All Rights Reserved This site is best viewed in 1024 x 768 true color with IE7 0 or Firefox 3 0 631 7 Click the service icons and login the web based NAS services MyCloudNAS Service Multimedia Station Web File Manager Web Server Home Privacy Policy Terms of Use What s MyCloudwas Service Copyright 22010 MyCloudNas cOM All Rights Reserved This site is best viewed in 1024 x 768 true color with IE 0 or Firefox 3 0 8 To view the private NAS services published on MyCloudNAS website enter the user name and MyCloudNAS Access Code and click Login To publish the NAS services in private and configure the MyCloudNAS Access Code go to MyCloudNAS Service gt Configure MyCloudNAS gt Publish Services 632 9 Upon successful login the public and private NAS services published on MyCloudNAS website will be shown Click the servic
199. code and finish the setup 553 symferm Device Manager Welcome to Symform the world s safest and most cost effective cloud storage Let s get started Enter your email below and we ll take you step by step to get your data protected in Symform s Storage Cloud lf you need help at any point during the short installation please visit the Symform support forums Please enter your Email i Let s get you setup We just sent you a code to the above email address Check your spam folder justin case Activation Code First Name Last Name Password Confirm Password 554 Configure Symform according to the instructions symferm Device Manager Cloud Dashboard Home General eat SSS Getting Started nedele he Sieps below bo configure Siriar cn thts Grice Tou can configure this GrAcE lo both syne dale wen and comintute excess local disk space ip the Srian Gaui Shep 2 Enler network speed and business hows Siep 3 Configure folder synchronization Step 4 Configure local disk apace contribution Step S Coefigune bangah limils When done the folders chosen during the setup will be backed up to Symform Storage Cloud After Symform is activated you will be able to see the device configuration Click Cloud Dashboard to have access to Symform Cloud Dashboard and check the status of all the devices that are running Symform Storage Cloud 555 Note about Symform service Web administration interf
200. completed Enable this option to allow the system to send an alert email to the system administrator when a synchronization job fails or completes Mote The SMTP serwer must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server CANCE EE 573 Specify the backup policy in Policy and filter settings in Filter These will become the default settings for all the backup jobs Customize job property a M a EVENT Loss POLICY FILTER Delete extra files 2 Detect sparse files Overwrite the file ifthe source file is newer or the file size is different LI Check file contents 2 C ignore symbolic links Z CANCEL Customize job property M Max size 1000 KB ow To 2012 tO wis jw ee eee Cee ere errr rte rT ee Terre rere rrr treet ee CP terre rr reer ee rere include file toes 2 Documents _ Pictures U video Applications music Exclude file types 2 Documents Pictures U video Applications music CANCEL 574 Download Backup Logs 1 To download the logs of a backup job make sure the option Download Detailed Logs in Options gt Event Logs has been enabled Customize job property y Download Detailed Logs Maximum Log Size MBN MB hax 1GB Enable this option to include more information in the log file You can also specity the maximum file size e Send an alert email in the foll
201. count Delete Account __ Host User Name rapidshare com qqq123 Enabled 446 RSS Update Enable RSS download and specify the time interval to for the NAS to update the RSS feeds and check if any new contents that match the filters are available RSS Download Manager You can use RSS Download Manager to create and manage filters to download particular torrent files for BT Download 1 To add a filter click Add Enter the filter name and specify the keyword to include and exclude Ww N Select the RSS feed to apply the filter settings gt You may also specify the quality of the video torrent files leave it as All if you do not need this function or the torrent file is not a video 5 Episode number Select this option to specify particular episodes or a serial of episodes of a drama work For example to download episodes 1 26 of season 1 of a TV program enter 1x1 26 To download only episode 1 of season 1 enter 1x1 6 Select the time interval for automatic update of the RSS feeds The NAS will update the RSS feeds and check if any new contents that match the filters are available 7 Click Save to save the filter or Close to cancel or exit 8 To delete a filter select the filter from the list and click Delete Update New Delete RSS Download Manager Name Last Check Date Filter Settings Name Keyword Doesnt contain Feed Quality All z lepisode Number ex 1x12 14
202. count information on the NAS The NAS will update the WAN IP information to the DDNS provider automatically Connect to the NAS by the registered host name The DDNS provider will map the WAN IP updated by the NAS to the host name should the IP change 657 Register DDNS service If the NAS is set up to use a dynamic IP address you may register a free DDNS dynamic DNS account from a DNS service provider and assign a unique host name for easy access to the NAS on the Internet To register a DDNS account please refer to the steps below 1 Choose a DNS service provider The Turbo NAS currently supports the following DDNS service providers http www dyndns com http update ods org http www dhs org http www dyns cx http www 3322 org http www no ip com 2 Create an account Here we take http www dhs org as an example Visit http www dhs org Under Signup create an account Then click Signup C dhs Login The following form can be used for members to signup to the DHS Service Once you have finished mic this process you will be able to login at https members dhs or About us Contact us Please be aware that membership does require contribution Please click here for details Lists Userid a Search Name not nickname a Email Address __ la Signup J Clear 658 3 Agree to the terms of service Members Inorder to become a member you must agree to the foll
203. ct CD ROM contains the documentation including the Quick Installation Guide QIG user manual application notes and software utilities QNAP Finder NetBak Replicator and QGet duick Installation Suide Install QNAP Finder Install NetEak Replicator Install QGet User Manual and Application Notes Browse CD Product Website 15 Browse the CD ROM and access the following contents Finder The setup program of the QNAP Finder for Windows OS Firmware The firmware IMG file of the NAS model Mac The setup program of the QNAP Finder for Mac OS Manual The Quick Installation Guide software user manuals and hardware manual of the Turbo NAS QGet The setup program of the QGet download utility for Windows OS QSG View the hardware installation instructions of the NAS Replicator The setup program of NetBak Replicator Windows utility for data backup from Windows OS to the QNAP NAS The above contents are also available on the QNAP website http www qnap com v TSCD_ 3 2 8 E File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Ba p Search Folders Address Picture Tasks File and Folder Tasks Ca Other Places Details TSCD_ 3 2 6 E CD Drive File System CDFS Free Space 0 bytes Total Size 506 MB Name O AutoRun C Finder Firmware Mac Manual 2 OGet Boss Replicator 2 AUTORUN ICO T AUTORUN INF 621 bytes 16 Size Type File Folder File Folder F
204. d NAS Each job supports maximum 5 folder pairs 64 If your NAS models are not listed below please visit http www qnap com for details Intel based NAS TS x39 series TS x59 series TS x69 series TS 509 TS 809 TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS x59 Pro TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EG 1279U RP ARM based Non Intel based NAS TS x10 TS x12 TS x19 series 530 Follow the steps below to create a replication job 1 To create a real time or scheduled remote replication click Create a Replication Job Current Jobs RTRR Real time Remote Replication allows one way data replication between two servers ocations including FTP server in real time or according to the specified schedule You must enable ETRA or FTF server on the remote server in order to use this function Create a Replication Job When the wizard shows up click Next 2 Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Synchronization Job Wizard TURBO NAS This wizard helps you create a sync job through the following steps 1 Connectto a remote host 2 Greate folder pairs for sync operations 3 Configure real time or scheduled sync options Click Mext to start See ot NEXT CANCEL 531 3 Select the sync locations Make sure the destination device has been formatted and folders have been created The NAS supports Synchronize data from a local folder to
205. d Account Management A Scan music library To specify when to update the music library click ki 2 Under the Library tab select when the music library will be updated e Real time scan Update the music library immediately when new files are added e Scan by schedule Specify the time to update the music library daily e Manual scan Click Scan to update the music library Settings Library Music Library Setup Music library scans the files in the network share Multimedia Real time scan new files added to the library Scan by schedule Daily start time 00 00 Manual scan Scan Status Ready Last modified 2012 11 20 07 07 41 428 B Account Management 1 Click CMEA 2 To create an account click under the Account tab Account Name Email Description Enabled Local Playback Media Server Interi father 6 O mother 6 td add oe e bbb e Q d 429 3 Enter the user name max 32 characters password max 16 characters and description max 512 characters Only alphabets A Z and a z numbers 0 9 dash and underscore _ are Supported Settings E Account Add Account Name Required Fields Password venfy Password Email Description eEnabled Internet Radio Local Playback Media Server Edit Music Info Manage Playlist Save Cancel 430 4 Enable or disable the account and grant the
206. d Execute access rights for Owner Group and Public Owner Owner of file or folder Group Group owner of the file or folder Public Any other local or domain member users who are not the owner or a member of the group owner Properties Info Mame 1 doc Location Dept AdminiAdming i Size 10 5 KB Modified Time 2011 01 19 09 15 54 Permission Read write Execute OWNEF FOU Public JRK Cancel 322 If a folder is selected you can choose Apply changes to folder s subfolder s and file s to apply the settings to all the files and subfolders within the selected folder Click OK to confirm Properties Info Mame Admintt Location Dept Admin Size 31 5 KB Modified Time 2011 01 19 09 16 12 Permission Read write Execute OWNEF Group Public d Apply changes to the Folder s subfolders and File s OK Cancel 323 If the Advanced Folder Permissions option is enabled in Access Right Management gt Share Folder gt Advanced Options you will be able to specify the file and folder permissions by users and user groups Click 5A 1 doc DeptiAdmin AdminOt 10 5 KB Modified Time 201101499 09 15 54 324 Select the users and user groups and specify the Read Write Execute rights Click Add Local Users pail SS Execute E alex E testt234 El jauss ia testsss 23208A 325 z T
207. d firmware version are correct Follow the steps below to update firmware 1 Download the release notes ofthe same version as the firmware from QNAP website fitps www gnap com Read the release notes carefully to make sure you need to update the firmware 2 Before updating system firmware back up all disk data on the server to avoid any potential data loss during system update 3 Click the Browse button to select the correct firmware image for system update Click the Update System button to Update the firmware Browse Note System update may take tens of seconds to several minutes to complete depending on the network connection status please wait patiently The system will inform you when system update is completed UPDATE SYSTEM Note If the system is running properly you do not need to update the firmware Before updating the system firmware make sure the product model and firmware version are correct Follow the steps below to update firmware 1 Download the release notes of the firmware from the QNAP website http www qnap com Read the release notes carefully to make sure it is required to update the firmware 2 Download the NAS firmware and unzip the IMG file to the computer 3 Before updating the system firmware back up all the disk data on the NAS to avoid any potential data loss during the system update 4 Click Browse to select the correct firmware image for the system update Click Updat
208. d on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version 15 Disclaimer of Warranty THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 712 16 Limitation of Liability IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES 17 Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16 If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to
209. d on the NAS e Read only The connected initiator can only read the data from the LUN e Read Write The connected initiator has read and write access right to the LUN e Deny Access The LUN is invisible to the connected initiator Add a Policy Define the LUN Masking policy for the initiator you input below Policy Mame Initiator an iqn 1991 05 com microsottreink T TTTTETETTETTTETETETETELETETETTETETELTITETTLETETELTTEEETTELETELETETETIEEETETETCELTTELETELEELEETEELETETEECEEETELETETTEEEET 169 If no LUN masking policy is specified for a connected iSCSI initiator the default policy will be applied The system default policy allows read and write access from all the connected iSCSI initiators You can click Edit on the LUN masking list to edit the default policy Note Make sure you have created at least one LUN on the NAS before editing the default LUN policy LUN Masking 4 connected iSCSI initiator is authenticated by Target ACL and LUN Masking in order to access the iSCSI LUNs mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS For detailed instructions please click here LUN Masking Policy List Add a Policy 170 Hint How do I find the initiator IQN Start Microsoft iSCSI initiator and click General You can find the IQN of the initiator as shown below ISCSI Initiator Properties General Discovery Targets Persistent Targets Bound Volumes Devices The iSCSI protocol uses the following information to
210. d to turn off this option and select the language you specify in General Settings gt Language so that the file and folder names can be correctly shown If your FTP client Supports Unicode enable Unicode support for both your client and the NAS Anonymous Login You can turn on this option to allow anonymous access to the NAS by FTP The users can connect to the files and folders which are open for public access If this option is turned off the users must enter an authorized user name and password to connect to the server Passive FTP Port Range You can use the default port range 55536 56559 or specify a port range larger than 1023 When using this function make sure you have opened the ports on your router or firewall FTP Transfer Limitation Specify the maximum number of FTP connections maximum connections of a single user account and the maximum upload download rates of a single connection Respond with external IP address for passive FTP connection request When passive FTP connection is in use the FTP server NAS is behind a router and a remote computer cannot connect to the FTP server over the WAN enable this function When this option is turned on the NAS replies the IP address you specify or automatically detects the external IP address so that the remote computer is able to connect to the FTP server 279 6 5 Telnet SSH Turn on this option to connect to the NAS by Telnet or SSH encrypted connection only the
211. der Quick Configuration Wizard wy Configure synchronization policy Delete extra files 7 gt Detect sparse files 5 Overwrite the file ifthe source file is newer or the file size is different Check file contents E j O ignore symbolic links Z Step 5 of 4 CANCEL 567 8 Create filters for the backup job e File size Specify the minimum and maximum size of the files to be copied e File date time Specify the date and time of the files to be copied e Include file types Specify the file types to be copied e Exclude file types Specify the file types to be excluded for data copy Quick Configuration Wizard Configure synchronization filter File size TFile datetime Iminsize O KB From 2000 Ol s Ol a ATT fe e P eal i a no Peer eee ere tree reer er Terre rrr rr treet eet gt mannnnunnnnnnunnnnu Include file yes 2 Documents Pictures Video Applications Music Exclude file pes Z L Documents Pictures U Video Applications mWusic 568 9 Enter a name for the backup job A job name supports up to 63 characters it cannot start or end with a space Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP TURBO NAS Enter a sync job name Job Name aaaa JSBDisk1 g Speci a name forthe syne job tis a required field and cannot be empti Step 7 of 4 BACK er CANCEL 10 Confirm the settings and click Next Qu
212. direcion Troubleshooting Flea ts ith mintea 1 I Fag Thig ppan pecthes Pie meran behwegr of ihe gener get io 0 sutorneh c fescand ate Geiabled A popi value ee behvreen poiana Of conbeni arecionied in Mihuled 1 enghies Pe gera bo welch Comet deecores sulomatc ary os Soo Tine the Peed for rede are BH ghb raaereed 680 For ease of browsing if you have a large amount of media contents you can configure the navigation tree for your photos videos and music You can sort your media contents on the TV easily Media aServer Wank vedia Cont Picha mode 1 Pictae pode Z Coote Pichia e mode Felder Picton tide de An indhidual pichre rantgaton ree wih up io nodes may be specified Rimigaton ree and the node type hiwe to be specitied N rigation Thee Setup Custom w Thave is fhe choice of selectng diferent pre configured navagabon frees of defining a customized kee Sruti When you have completed the configuration make sure you have clicked the button Save Changes to save the settings You can now move the MP3 images and videos to the Qmultimedia or Multimedia folder or any custom folders you added via Windows mapped drives or FTP to the NAS for your media player 681 Set up the connection of media player About physical wiring We use a high definition HD media player with QNAP NAS is this example The media player is used to receive the streamed multimedia file sent by your UPnP media server on the
213. disk dev sdb Format the partition mkfs ext3 dev sdb1 Mount the file system mkdir mnt iscsi mount dev sdbi mnt iscsi You can test the I O speed using the following command hdparm tT dev sdb1 Below are some iscsiadm related commands Discover the targets on the host iscsiadm m discovery type sendtargets portal HOST_IP Login a target iscsiadm m node targetname THE_TARGET_IQN login Logout a target iscsiadm m node targetname THE_TARGET_IQN logout Delete a Target iscsiadm m node op delete targetname THE_TARGET_IQN 167 4 5 3 Advanced ACL The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only You can create LUN masking policy to configure the permission of the iSCSI initiators which attempt to access the LUN mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS To use this feature click Add a Policy under ADVANCED ACL iSCSI PORTAL MANAGEMENT TARGET MANAGEMENT ADVANCED ACL LUN BACKUP LUN Masking A connected iSCSI initiator is authenticated by Target ACL and LUN Masking in order to access the iSCSI LUNs mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS For detailed instructions please click here LUN Masking Policy List Add a Policy Default Policy 168 Enter the policy name the initiator IQN and assign the access right for each LUN create
214. duct Selection Please Select Product ee ee RE ee ee ee ee ee I Piease Select Product Clickatell Central API Communicator Messenger Pro Clickatell Affiliates Clickatell Wholesale 667 Fill out your personal information then click Continue Make sure you have carefully read the Terms and Conditions of the SMS service provider and that you agree to all the terms and regulations Complete our simple registrations process below to test our gateway and obtain your free test credits Indicates all fields thal are required otep 1 of 4 Select Product S lect one of the products below which you would lke to register for clickate Centra communicator Step 2 of 4 Account Setup Select a country specific or international account type based on your requirements for SMS traffic delivery destinations Intematonal Coverage Account o Local Coverage Account Oo oa al INTERNATIONAL Create Users J uri 46H o o eee et mme er Create Password 020888 Enter Security Code 468UH otep 3 of 4 Personal Information First Name SMS t Country Taiwan _ast Name Tester Mobile Number BAG Sa Email Address ec eg sample domain com Personal Use Only Ei t Company Personal Use Emails sent to me must be in Text format or HTML format Li I would ike to receive Cickatel News Balance Notifications Promotions V 1 accept Clickatel s Terms and Conditions CONTINU
215. e 3 Enable the option Rescan media library and specify the time for the NAS to scan the media library daily The NAS will generate thumbnails retrieve media information and transcode videos for the newly added files at the specified time every day Multimedia Station Multimedia Station Enable Multimedia Station After enabling this service you may click one of the following links to enter Multimedia Station http10 8 13 59 s0 MSve2 https310 8 13 59 808 1MSVA W Rescan media library The administrator accounts admin for local NAS administration and the application are the same Please login as admin Select either System Users or Standalone Application Users as the user accounts for the application lf System User is selected setup the users and the access rights in Access Right Management Users Otherwise goto the application s page to setup the user accounts 331 4 Select either System Users or Standalone Application Users default for the user account settings When System Users is selected the local NAS accounts will be used for the application You can create the user accounts in Access Right Management gt Users To use dedicated user accounts for the application select Standalone Application Users The user accounts can be created and managed after logging in the application under Control Panel gt User Management 5 Connect to the
216. e follow the steps below Locate the ISO file on the NAS Right click the file and select Mount ISO 7 test S150 O BE amp 7 o0 Mame Size Type m F TSCD 859U 20100514 32 6 cksum 526 CRSUM File F_TSCD_859L_20100514_3 2 Biso Eek ERTE Download J 5 439 3 44 _Build0815 img od IMG File es5 4399_3 7 1_Build0e1 5 zip IP File o Mount Io o Move o Copy amp 9 Delete Rename Properties Enter the share name and click OK Mount I50 1 share folder F_TScD_859U_ 20100 Mame Cancel Click OK to confirm System message i This 50 share F_TSCO 859 20100514 3 2 6 has been mounted successfully 319 The ISO share will appear on the folder list You can access the contents of the ISO image file You can login the NAS web interface with an administrator account and specify the access rights of the users in Access Right Management gt Share Folders gt ISO Share Folders Web File Manager F_TSCD_859U_ 70100514 _ 3 2 6 Welcome admin Loge NASBCECEC amp F Ey i F_TSCD_859U 20100514 3 2 6 T an Mame Type Modified Time Fermission 4 Finder Pa AutoRun Folder 20100544 10 33 41 555 r xr xr x lan blac Es ual Manual H P Get hac Folder 20100544 10 33 47 555 r xr xt x aD asG ae Replicator E Network Recycle Bin 1 J eset Folder 20100544 10 33 44 555 r xr xr x Fa Finder Folder 20100544 10 3341 555 r xr xr
217. e System to update the firmware The system update may take tens of seconds to several minutes to complete depending on the network connection status Please wait patiently The NAS will inform you when the system update has completed 86 Update Firmware by Finder The NAS firmware can be updated by the QNAP Finder Select a NAS model and choose Update Firmware from the Tools menu ONAP Finder Servers Connect seen Tools Help Map Network Brive Restart Server Shut down Server Remote Wake Up wake On LAN Search Network Camera Update Firmware r Type MAC Address Firmware Status Back ANASEEDOLS Ken est219p WaSbeccaTEST nas ANASC4EF3S TESTC30B5E WAS AABB TS 212 LSDEVR _SD S09 T5459 Fan 509 ANASBDOO2AA PM MWASBAISE 4 BMW S35 jausso09 CSD 409 cee AAT 10 10 10 QGet P MetBak Replicator VioGate Player 10 Violate Master 10 9 13 56 10 85 12 57 10 8 12 9 10 5 12 129 10 8 12 103 10 85 12 79 10 85 12 71 10 85 12 52 10 8 13 58 10 585 13 139 10 8 12 73 10 85 12 66 10 85 13 54 10 5 12 112 1a da Te 3 5 0 08247 1 1 4 O713T 3 5 0 0830T 3 4 4 OF 18T 3 3 2 6218 3 4 2 0331T 3 5 0 0820T 3 5 0 08157 3 5 0 08247 3 4 3 05207 4 3 5 0 0815T 3 5 0 O815T 3 5 0 0815T 3 3 0 0924T ae nm famant 079 59 Pro 12 L9F TS 250 Prot TS 219P II MIS 2000 Ta 212 MVR 104 T5 309 TS 459 T5 309 T5 659 T
218. e folder via Microsoft Networking If you have granted special permission with Read Write access to the user the user will have full access and is able to configure the folder permissions on Windows Note that all the files created by this user belong to admin Since admin does not have quota limit on the NAS the number and size of the files created by users with special permission will not be limited by their pre configured quota settings This option should be used for administrative and backup tasks only After changing the permissions click Apply and then YES to confirm Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Folder Name gt Dept g Applying the permissions to files and sub folders O Admin ff may take some time depending on the number of al HR files and folders to be processed Ea Productio Do you wantto apply the permissions now E Sal Ea ee EE Add Remove qeutieertcvsecdesccutecsdecstereivetteverce Owner admin Only the owner can delete the contents see online help Only admin can create files and folders see online help Apply changes to files and sub folders al Apply and replace all existing permissions ofthis folder files and subfolders For detailed instructions please click here 253 Microsoft Networking Host Access Control The NAS folders can be accessed via Samba connection Windows b
219. e icons and login the web based NAS services MyCloud NAS Service a Web File Manager Secure Web File Manager Web Server Secure Web Server 633 10 2 Configure MyCloudNAS Enable MyCloudNAS Service in MyCloudNAS Service gt Configure MyCloudNAS Register a host name for the NAS or change the host name anytime Specify the time interval to check the external IP address of the NAS The NAS will notify MyCloudNAS Service automatically if the WAN IP address of the NAS has changed To use MyCloudNAS Service make sure the NAS has been connected to a UPnP router and the Internet Home gt gt MyCloudNAS Service gt gt Configure MyCloudNas Welcome admin Logout Configure MyCloudNAS a CONFIGURE MYCLOUDNAS PUBLISH SERVICES Configure MyCloudNAS Name After enabling this service you can connect to the NAS by your desired hast name Enable WyCloudNAS Service MyCloUGNAS Name nipisti za mydoudnascom 4 _CHECK Click here to launch byCloudWAS Wizard Recent Update Result Current WycloudNAS Name httpuitestmycloudnas cam Current WAN IF 219 85 63 13 Last Check Time 2010 11 30 16 23 22 Mest Check Time 2010 11 30 17 23 22 Last Update Time 2010 11730 16 23 22 Server Response bWyCloudNAS name and WWAN IF updated successfully Note e The MyCloudNAS name of each QNAP NAS is unique One MyCloudNAS name can only be used with one NAS e A registered MyCloudNAS name will expire in 120 days if
220. e previous step for the operation procedure 109 Add a hard drive Follow the steps below to add a hard drive member to a RAID 5 or RAID 6 disk configuration i 2 Make sure the status of the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration is Ready Install a hard drive on the NAS If you have a hard drive which has already been formatted as single disk volume on the NAS you can add this hard drive to the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration You are recommended to use hard disk drives of the same storage capacity for the RAID configuration Select the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration on the RAID Management page and click ADD HARD DRIVE Select the new hard drive member The total drive capacity after adding the drive will be shown Click ADD HARD DRIVE All the data on the new hard drive member will be deleted during this process The data on the original RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration will be retained Click OK The NAS will beep twice To add hard drives member to a RAID 10 disk volume repeat the above steps Note that you need to add an even number of hard disk drives to a RAID 10 volume The storage capacity of the RAID 10 volume will increase upon successful configuration This process may take a few hours to tens of hours to complete depending on the number and the size of the hard drive Please wait patiently for the process to finish Do NOT turn off the NAS during this process You can use a RAID configuration o
221. e the WAS as one ofthe Mac OS a Time Machine backup destinations Enable Time Machine support Display Mame TiBackup UserName TimeMachine Password eseese O O volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 123 v Free Size 272G8 Capacity O GB 0 means unlimited Note When using the Time Machine function AFP serice willbe enabled automatically Mote that all the Time Machine users share the same network share for this function Enter the Time Machine password The password is empty by default Select a volume on the NAS as the backup destination Enter the storage capacity that Time Machine backup is allowed to use The maximum value is 4095GB To specify a larger capacity please enter O unlimited 5 Click Apply to save the settings All the Time Machine users share the same network share for this function 558 Configure the backup settings on Mac 1 Open Time Machine on your Mac and click Select Backup Disk a ht A e s Ls P 7 i k elect Backup Dliia l Time Machine Time Machine keeps copies of everything on your Mac including system files applications and settings as well as your music pictures and other important files Since Time Machine keeps daily backups you can revisit your Mac as it OFF J ON appeared in the past Mi Show Time Machine status in the menu bar a Click the lock to prevent further changes 2 Select the TMBackup on your NAS from the list and click
222. e the following command mount t nfs 192 168 0 1 public mnt pub Note You must login as the root user to initiate the above command Login as the user ID you define you can use the mounted directory to connect to your shared files 277 6 4 FTP Service When you turn on FTP service you can specify the port number and the maximum number of users that are allowed to connect to the NAS by FTP at the same time FTP Service General Enable FTP Servite Protocol Type FTP standard LI FTE with SSLTLS Explicit Port Number Unicode Support Enable Anonymous O Yes No Hote lf your FTF client does not support Unicode please select Mo for Unicode Support and select a supported filename encoding from Filename Encoding under General Settings so thatthe folders and files on FTP can be properly shown Connection Maximum Mumber of all FTP connections Advanced Passive FTP Port Range Use the default Hort range 55536 56559 To use the FTP service of the NAS enable this function Open an IE browser and enter ftp NAS IP Enter the user name and the password to login the FTP service Protocol Type Select to use standard FTP connection or SSL TLS encrypted FTP Select the correct protocol type in your client FTP software to ensure successful connection 278 Unicode Support Turn on or off the Unicode support The default setting is No If your FTP client does not support Unicode you are recommende
223. e the new encrypted volume Note that all the data on the selected drives will be DELETED Please back up the data before creating the encrypted volume All the data and network shares on the disk s you selected will be cleared The connections to the disk will be disconnected Are you sure to continue oe ener You have created a encrypted disk volume on the NAS 126 Verify that disk volume is encrypted To verify the disk volume is encrypted login the NAS as an administrator Go to Disk Management gt Volume Management You will be able to see the encrypted disk volume with a lock icon in the Status column The lock will be open if the encrypted volume has been unlocked A disk volume without the lock icon in the Status column is not encrypted 127 Behavior of an encrypted volume upon system reboot In this example we have two encrypted disk volumes on the NAS The first volume Single Disk Drive 2 has been created with the option Save Encryption Key enabled The second volume Single Disk Drive 5 has been created with the option Save Encryption Key disabled After restarting the NAS check the volume status The first drive has been unlocked and mounted but the second drive is locked Since the encryption key is not saved on the second disk volume you have to manually enter the encryption password to unlock it Current Disk Volume Configuration Logi
224. eccceeneccomead munsnnnnsnnnsnnnnsnann masnnunnnnnsnnnsnnanns munnnunnunnnnnnnnnnin a a ssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn n Perereeeeerreeeereee eis Subnet Mask 255 10 Bio Mo A mssnnnnnnnannnnnunnmnnna reer terete eee Tree rrr eer rere Access right i Readrite Read Orly Read yrite Step 1 of 1 FINISH CANCEL 488 After saving the access rule click Apply and the NAS will restart to apply the settings Network Access Protection Allow all connections Allow connections fram the list only 1 o C LAM 10 8 0 078 Readyyrite Delete Note Ifthe listis empty all connections to the server will be allowed Note The settings have been changed Please click Appl to restart the server APPLY 489 7 14 Antivirus Status Use the antivirus feature to scan the NAS manually or on recurring schedule and delete quarantine or report files infected by viruses malware Trojans and other malicious threats To use this feature select Enable antivirus and click Apply Update Select Check and update automatically and specify the interval in days to update the antivirus definitions automatically Click Update Now next to online update to update the antivirus definitions immediately Users can also download the update files from http www clamav net and update the antivirus definitions manually The NAS must be connected to the Internet to use this feature Quaran
225. ection shows you how to set up the DLNA media server on QNAP NAS to share the multimedia files to the media players on the local network and play them in the home entertainment system A 4 a DSUCabe MAT roulis LAR 192 160 1 1 LAN 192 168 1 34 678 Enable DLNA Media Server Go to Applications gt DLNA Media Server and select the option Enabled DLNA Media Server and click Apply The media server function is now ready Home gt gt Applications gt gt DLNA Media Server DLNA Media Server i DLNA Media Server l Enable DLNA Media Server lv After en abling this service click the following link to enter DLNA Media Server configuration page http10 8 13 59 9000 679 Set up TwonkyMedia Server The TwonkyMedia version shown in this example is 4 4 2 The actual version the NAS supports may vary from time to time without notice Point the web browser to http NAS IP 9000 you will enter TwonkyMedia configuration page You can specify the locations of the contents you would like to share in your home network under the Content Locations Simply type in the path to the contents on your QNAP NAS default folder is Qmultimedia or Multimedia In the example we added an extra share Qdownload MediaSsServer TwonkyMedia Conk C i naw content diretor Dinettories where he pome ghal gran for content Each deectory can be i all Cor end ype Shane Can be femporanty digahied by unchecking The
226. ecurity LAN Manager authentication level Properties eel a Local Secunty Setting Network secunty LAN Manager authentication level Modifying this setting may affect compatibility with clients services and applications For more information see Network security LAN Manager authentication level Q823655 208 Verify the settings To verify that the NAS has been joined to the Active Directory successfully go to Access Right Management gt Users and User Groups A list of users and user groups will be shown on the Domain Users and Domain Groups lists respectively If you have created new users or user groups in the domain you can click the reload button next to Domain Users drop down menu in Access Right Management gt Users or Domain Groups drop down menu in Access Right Management gt User Groups This will reload the user and user group lists from the Active Directory to the NAS The user permission settings will be synchronized in real time with the domain controller Home gt gt ACCESS Right Management gt Users _ _ Welcome admin Logout Engis Users Domain Users ACA ue Create a New User_ Create Multiple Users _ Import Export Users 209 5 1 2 Connect the NAS to an LDAP Directory LDAP stands for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol It is a directory that can store the information of all the users and
227. ecuted Monthly Select a day of the month and the time when a monthly backup should be executed Auto Backup Execute data backup automatically every time the device is connected and detected by the NAS To configure the backup policy and filter settings select Configure policy and filter Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard a ONAP Replication Schedule URBEGO AAS Real time Real time synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed trom the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made O Schedule Scheduled synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed fram the source folder to the target folder according to the pre configured schedule step 4 of 4 566 Select whether or not to enable the following options e Delete extra files Delete extra files in the target folder Deletions made on the source folder will be repeated on the target folder This option is not available for real time data backup e Detect sparse files Select this option to ignore files of null data e Overwrite the file if the source file is newer or the file size is different e Check file contents Examine the file contents date size and name to determine if two files are identical This option is not available for real time data backup e Ignore symbolic links Select this option to ignore symbolic links in the pair fol
228. ecycle Bin Network Recycle Bin After enabling Network Recycle Bin all the deleted files on the network folders ofthe WAS are moved to the Network Recycle Bin network folder Enable Network Recycle Bin Empty Network Recycle Bin Click EMPTY NETWORK RECYCLE BIN to delete all the files in network recycle bin EMPTY NETWORK RECYCLE BIN 79 3 9 Back up Restore Settings Back up System Settings To back up all the settings including the user accounts server name network configuration and so on click Backup and select to open or save the setting file Restore System Settings To restore all the settings click Browse to select a previously saved setting file and click Restore Back up Restore Settings Back up System Settings To backup all settings including user accounts server name and network configuration etc click BACK UP and selectto open or save the setting file BACK UP Restore System Settings To restore all settings click Browse to select a previously saved setting file and click RESTORE to confirm Browse J RESTORE 80 3 10 System Logs System Event Logs The NAS can store 10 000 recent event logs including warning error and information messages If the NAS does not function correctly refer to the event logs for troubleshooting Tip Right click a log and delete the record To clear all the logs click Clear nr System Logs SYSTEM EVE
229. ed 32 characters It is case insensitive and supports double byte characters such as Chinese Japanese and Korean The invalid characters are listed below ba PALS See ES e Password The password is case sensitive and supports maximum 16 characters It is recommended to use a password of at least 6 characters Users local users Username eseription Quotation admin administrators 2 A z Delete Total 1 Display 10 entries per page TT a Sr 218 Create a User To create a user on the NAS click Create a User Users Localusers w o a Multiple Users Import Export Users_ Home Folders UserName Description Quota Acton admin administrators aa DIARRE pnrrennannsnnnnnnnnn nnn Delete Total 1 Display 10 entries per page Mino Sele Follow the instructions of the wizard to complete the details Add A New User ONAP Create a User TURBO NAS This Wizard guides you through the following settings User Information auta User Group Personal Share Folder Privilege 219 Create Multiple Users 1 To create multiple users on the NAS click Create Multiple Users Users 2 Click Next Multiple Users Creation Wizard ONAP Create Multiple Users TURBO NAS This wizard helps you create multiple users Click NEXT to proceed Sten 1of5 CANCEL 220 3 Enter the name prefix e
230. ed and managed after logging in the application under Settings Home gt gt Applications gt gt Music Station _ Music Station i Enable Music Station After enabling this senice you may dick one of the following links to enter Music Station hitp10 8 13 59 80 musicstation hips 10 8 13 59 808 Timusicstation The administrator accounts admin for local NAS administration and the application are the same Please login as admin Select either System Users or Standalone Application Users as the user accounts for the application t System User is Selecied set up the users andthe access nights in Access Right Management gt Users Otherwise go to the application s page to set up the user accounts User Account Settings Standalone Application Users System Users 2 Upload music files to the NAS Upload the music files and folders to the network share Multimedia or Qmultimedia of the NAS The folders uploaded to the Music Station are for private viewing by default and can only be managed by the administrator or authorized admin groups Note The Music Station only supports audio files in MP3 OGG WAV AIFF AU FLAC M4A APE format 412 Login the Music Station Connect to the Music Station from the login portal of the NAS or enter http NAS IP musicstation in a web browser Internet Explorer Mozilla Firefox or Google Chrome ONAP nas Video Staton Multimedia Sta
231. ed instructions of using the Turbo NAS network attached storage Please read carefully and start to enjoy the powerful functions of the Turbo NAS e The Turbo NAS is hereafter referred to as the NAS e This manual provides the description of all the functions of the Turbo NAS The product you purchased may not support certain functions dedicated to specific models Legal Notices All the features functionality and other product specifications are subject to change without prior notice or obligation Information contained herein is subject to change without notice QNAP and the QNAP logo are trademarks of QNAP Systems Inc All other brands and product names referred to are trademarks of their respective holders Further the or symbols are not used in the text DISCLAIMER In no event shall QNAP Systems Inc QNAP liability exceed the price paid for the product from direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages resulting from the use of the product its accompanying software or its documentation QNAP makes no warranty or representation expressed implied or statutory with respect to its products or the contents or use of this documentation and all accompanying software and specifically disclaims its quality performance merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose QNAP reserves the right to revise or update its products software or documentation without obligation to notify any individual or entity
232. edium accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange b Convey the object code in or embodied in a physical product including a physical distribution medium accompanied by a written offer valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you 707 offer spare parts or customer support for that product model to give anyone who possesses the object code either 1 a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source or 2 access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge c Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially and only if you received the object code with such an offer in accord with subsection 6b d Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place gratis or for a charge and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code If the place to copy the object code is a network server the Corresponding Source may be on
233. eee ee ree eee eee ee ee ere eee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee 134 iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only A maximum of 256 iSCSI targets and LUNs can be created For example if you create 100 targets on the NAS the maximum number of LUNs you can create is 156 Multiple LUNs can be created for each target However the maximum number of concurrent connections to the iSCSI targets supported by the NAS varies depending on the network infrastructure and the application performance Too many concurrent connections may slow down the performance of the NAS Follow the steps below to configure the iSCSI target service on the NAS 1 Under the Portal Management tab enable iSCSI target service Apply the settings iSCSI PORTAL MANAGEMENT TARGET MANAGEMENT ADVANCED ACL LUN BACKUP iSCSI Portal Enable iSCSI Target Service C Enable iSNs iSMS Server IF 2 Go to the Target Management tab and create iSCSI targets on the NAS If you have not created any iSCSI targets the Quick Installation Wizard will show up and prompt you to create iSCSI targets and LUN Logical unit number Click OK 135 3 Select to create an iSCSI target with a mapped LUN an iSCSI target only or an iSCSI LUN only Click Next Quick Configurati
234. een GSOUnEE OS SGMEEGSOG SEES SSSMEEEE SOG EEESSSSSEEESSOGMEEEE SSE nna Domain Administrator Username administrator Domain Administrator Password LLLLTETT Note e Enter a fully qualified AD domain name for example qnap test com The AD user entered here must have the administrator access right to the AD domain WINS Support If you are using a WINS server on the network and the workstation is configured to use that WINS server for name resolution you must set up the WINS server IP on the NAS use the specified WINS server 199 Join the NAS to Active Directory AD by Quick Configuration Wizard To join the NAS to an AD domain by the Quick Configuration Wizard follow the steps below 1 Go to Access Right Management gt Domain Security Select Active Directory authentication domain member and click Quick Configuration Wizard Home gt gt Access Right Management gt Domain Security Domain Security Domain Security for File Services No domain security local users only active Directory authentication domain member O LDAP authentication CC lt 5 WUSMelcome admin Logout Epgish os OUICE CONFIGURATION WIZARD Quick Configuration Wizard will help you join the WAS to an Active Directory domain Server Description Optional Domain Netblos Name AD Server Mame Domain Organization Unit Optional Domain Administrator Username Domain Adminis
235. eive system warning alerts too besides the system error alerts Test if the email sending process works by clicking Send a test e mail HO camer Ad ministration 22 Notification vecon admin een 2 Et Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IM CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Alert Notification When a system event occurs do the following immediately Send system error alert by Email L sms J Instant Messaging send system warning alert by Email LJ Instant Messaging E mail Notification Settings E mail address 2 d SEND A TEST E MAIL Mote The SMTP server must be configured firstfor alert mail delivery 674 Set up Instant Messaging IM Alert 1 Sign up a Windows Live ID for the NAS from https signup live com 2 Download Windows Live Messenger for your Windows OS from http explore live com The NAS Supports Windows Live Messenger 2009 or above 3 Login the Windows Live Messenger account registered in Step 1 Add the authorized contacts Make sure these contacts have also added the Messenger account of the NAS 4 Go to Notification gt Configure IM and enter the login information registered in Step 1 Click Apply The login status will be shown as On Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IM CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Configure Instant Messaging Service Enable Instant Messaging Service Email
236. ense into a single combined work and to convey the resulting work The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License section 13 concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such 14 Revised Versions of this License The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License or any later version applies to it you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used that proxy s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions However no additional obligations are impose
237. entication authorization accounting management for computers to connect and use a network service To use this feature follow the steps below 1 Enable RADIUS Server on the NAS in RADIUS Server gt Server Settings Click Apply RADIUS Server j SERVER SETTINGS RADIUS CLIENTS RADIUS USERS Server Settings Enable RADIUS Server Cl Grant dial in access to system user accounts Note RADIUS server onb supports PAP EAP TLS PAP and EAP TTLS PAP authentication schemes for system user accounts 2 Add RADIUS clients such as Wi Fi access points and VPN on the NAS in RADIUS Server gt RADIUS Clients Up to 10 RADIUS clients are supported a Click Create a New Client RADIUS Server SERVER SETTINGS RADIUS CLIENTS RADIUS USERS Delete 482 b Enter the client information and click Apply RADIUS Clients TURBO NAS Create a New Client Name WirelessAP1 Padi TTS Peet tte 5 Prefix Length 24 Secret Key 87654321 c The clients are shown on the list RADIUS Server SERVER SETTINGS RADIUS CLIENTS RADIUS USERS Create a New dient WirelessAP1 192 168 1 0 24 Enabled o 1 Wirelessap2 192 168 2 0 24 Enabled mE O WirelessAP3 10 0 1 0 24 Enabled ii i 483 3 Create RADIUS users and their password in RADIUS Server gt RADIUS Users The users will be authenticated when trying to ac
238. ention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing against the work s users your or third parties legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures 4 Conveying Verbatim Copies You may convey verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee 5 Conveying Modified Source Versions You may convey a work based on the Program or the modifications to produce it from the Program in the form of source code under the terms of section 4 provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it and giving a relevant date b The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7 This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to keep intact all notices c You must license the entire work as a whole under this License to anyone who comes into possessio
239. er 30 2012 at 3 25 41 AM UTC 5 Transcript 665 Port Forwarding If your NAS is located behind an NAT router you need to open the ports of some services on the NAT router and forward these ports to the fixed LAN IP of the NAS so that you can connect to the services correctly from the Internet This function is available on most routers in the market and is often known as Port Forwarding NAT Server or Virtual Server For example to connect to the administration interface of NAS series you need to open port 8080 Current open service ports on QNAP NAS 8080 All models TS 101 201 with firmware v2 3 0 or later a Web based system management 666 14 Set up SMS Email and IM Alert on QNAP NAS The QNAP NAS supports SMS Short Message Service email and Instant Messaging IM alert to inform users of system error or warning TS 109 209 409 409U series only support email alert Set up SMS Alert 1 Sign up and set up an SMS service account Clickatell will be used in this example Go to Clickatell website http www clickatell com login php Under New Customers select Clickatell Central API New Customers Ifyou do not already have an account take a moment to create one You will benefit from Auser fiendly administration interface Free registration and no license fees 24 7 Senice amp Support Web based account accessible from anywhere Multiple payment options Pro
240. er can delete the contents see online help Only admin can create files and folders see online help Apply changes to files and sub folders O Apply and replace all existing permissions ofthis folder files and subfolders For detailed instructions please click here APPLY Select a user from the list or search a user name Then click Set Local Users Ne ea Search ta select the user or user group admin 123 456 messagebus alex var test Icecast 251 e Only the owner can delete the contents When you apply this option to a folder e g Dept only the folder owner can delete the first level subfolders and files Users who are not the owner but possess read write permission to the folder cannot delete the folders Admin HR Production Sales and test in this example This option does not apply to the subfolders of the selected folder even if the options Apply changes to files and subfolders and Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders are selected ERA Dept E i Admin C Adminot O Adminoz I HR HRI C HRZ Production Sales I test e Only admin can create files and folders This option is only available for root folders Select this option to allow admin to create first level subfolders and files in the selected folder only For example in the folder Dept only admin can create files and subfolders Admin HR Production
241. eriod and retry settings if a sync operation fails Quick Configuration Wizard ea Configure synchronization policy P Delete extra files Timeout and retry settings Detect sparse files Timeout seconds one 3 Check file contents Retry Intervals second 60 Compress files during transmission B Ignore symbolic links LE Extended attributes Step r of 1 i n T CANCEL 538 9 Specify the file size file types to include exclude and file date time to filter data synchronization e File size Specify the minimum and maximum size of the files to be replicated e Include file types Specify the file types to be replicated e Exclude file types Specify the file types to be excluded for replication e File date time Specify the date and time of the files to be replicated Quick Configuration Wizard Configure synchronization filter File size CIFile datetime Z LI Min size T KB iy From 2000 s 01 v 01 w M Max size 1000 MB ow To 2012 i 01 01 x CoOL eee eee ee eer rt ee eer eee reer rrr rr rr rt Mt tr rt eter et errr rrr Tere tt Tee rer rere Ta Include file types 2 Documents Pictures U video Applications Mim Music Temporary files L others Exclude file types Ll Documents Pictures Las LJ applications Lm Music Beane O ee Step 6 of 11 CANCEL 539 10 Enter a job name Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard O
242. ers C 2 No character in the new password may be repeated more than three times consecutively C 3 The new password must not be the same as the associated username or the username reversed 36 3 2 Network TCP IP i IP Address Configure the TCP IP settings of the NAS on this page Click the Edit button Lz to edit the network settings For the NAS with two LAN ports users can connect both network interfaces to two different Switches and configure the TCP IP settings The NAS will acquire two IP addresses which allow access from two different subnets This is known as multi IP settings When using the Finder to detect the NAS IP the IP of the Ethernet 1 will be shown in LAN 1 only and the IP of the Ethernet 2 will be shown in LAN 2 only To use port trunking mode for dual LAN connection see section iii TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 119P TS 219P TS 112 TS 212 provide one Giga LAN port only therefore do not support dual LAN configuration or port trunking Network Tep ip WEFT DDNS 1PV6 PROXY IP Address Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC address Speed MTU Link Edit Ethernet 1 Mo 10 8 13 59 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 00 08 98 C5 43 04 1000Mbps 1500 Default Gateway Use the settings from Ethernet 1 DNS Server C Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server address Primary DNS server 10 8 2 1 37 TCP IP Propert
243. es on their setup pages and then turn them on in this section so that the NAS will advertise this service with Bonjour UPNP DISCOVERY SERVICE BONJOUR Bonjour Before broadcasting the following services through Bonjour please DO NOT forgetto enable these services first W Select all Semice Name inasill MAI 311 7 Applications Web File Manager BIA Multimedia StationB34 Photo Station 384 Music Station 41 Download Station 43A Surveillance Station 5 amp iTunes Server 46A DLNA Media Serverl47 amp MySQL Server M7A QPKG Centerl475 Syslog Server A7A RADIUS Serverks Backup Server K8 Antivirus HIA TFTP Server B0 VPN Service bo LDAP Server b1 312 7 1 Web File Manager The Web File Manager allows the users to access the NAS on the Internet and manage the files by a web browser Enable the service in Administration gt Applications gt Web File Manager Click the link on the page to access the Web File Manager Home gt gt Application Servers gt gt Web File Manager Welcome admin Logout Englist oe Te 7 te eel Web File Manager Web File Manager Enable Web File Manager Show service link on the login page After enabling this service click the following link to enter to Yeb File Manager Att 0 8 7 SS S 808Olcgi bintilemanager Attys 0 6 13 59 445i cgi bintilemanager 313 You can upload download rename move copy or delete the files and folder on the NAS
244. essage in Message Box ty Connection Piase Note that Oickatel pre populates all fest cr dis with a standard test message Once you have purchased Converters Chciostel credits the test message will be removed and you wil be able to send personalized ted messages Two Way Messaging Application Forms Two Way Messaging SA Shortcode MO Namibkea Shortcode USA Shortcode USA Shortcode MFS UE Shorteode Canada Shortcode Clickatell IOM A Quick overview of each connection type Also take a look at a comparison of Ciac d Sup pored message epee Ppular connection HTTP a one of the simper Torma of communicating to the Cickabel APL Eis HTTPinternet Post Agd connection Set up the HTTP API by entering the minimum required information the Name Dial Prefix and Callback Type as the image shown below Click Submit once done This product provides an interface between your applications and the Messaging Gateway Is a lower level connectivity option but offers the most functionalty and flexib ty for the Developer and Systems Integrator Vith the API you can set up alert based SMS delivery from your server debrer information to your mobile sales staff and keep in contact with your customers This product i intended for machine generated to User messaging Name F Lock Down Dial Prefix Calback Type Calback Urt Calback Username Callback Password MOTE
245. eterrirerrrrrr rs Virtual Disk Marne VirtualDiskt LIJN List LUN File System ext3 Mote Make sure only this WAS can connectto the selected LUM Format virtual disk now File System EXT3 Step 2 of 3 i E CANCEL 193 Click Finish to exit the wizard Add Virtual Disk Setup complete A virtual disk has been created successfully Virtual Disk Marne YirtualDiskt File System ext3 Total Size 1023 MB Free Size 445 ME Status Ready LUM Serial Murmber bb febce cabh 4945 999e Od03sctaz5he The storage capacity of your NAS has been expanded by the virtual disk You can go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders to create new share folders on the virtual disk Virtual Disk E coe 10 8 12 111 iqn 2004 04 com qnapts Connected Mie jiii 439proiiiscsi 001 be23f2 L VirtualDisk ext3 1023 MB a43 MBE Ready z Mote Create a share folder for the virtual disks 194 jon fever O To edit a virtual disk name or the authentication information of an iSCSI target To connect to an iSCSI target Connect To disconnect an iSCSI target il Disconnect To format a virtual disk as EXT3 EXT 4 FAT 32 NTFS or HFS file system To delete a virtual disk or an iSCSI target Delete 195 5 Access Right Management Domain Security 19 Users 21 gt User Groups 23A Share Folders 23A Quota P6 5 1 Domain Security The NAS supports user authentication by
246. f concurrent downloads Settings a Global HTTP FIP BT Account List RSS Add on Connection Bandwidth Limit Connection Setting Global maximum concurrent downloads 10 Apply Cancel 439 FTP e Connection Specify the maximum number of concurrent FTP downloads e Bandwidth Limit Specify the maximum download rate of FTP download tasks 0 means no limit NAS models Maximum number of concurrent downloads Settings mer Global HTTP ea erT Account List RSS Add on Connection A Limit Connection Setting Global maximum concurrent downloads 10 Apply Cancel 440 BT Connection v Specify the ports for BT download The default port numbers are 6881 6889 v Enable UPnP port mapping Enable automatic port mapping on the UPnP supported gateway v Enable DHT network To allow the NAS to download the files even no trackers of the torrent can be connected enable DHT Distributed Hash Table network and specify the UDP port number for DHT v _ Protocol encryption Enable this option for encrypted data transfer Settings Global HTTP me eT Account List RSS Add on Conmectron Bendwadth Limit Connection Setting BT Search Port used for incoming connections 6881 6889 V Enable UPnP port mapping Enable DHT network UDP port to use for DHT 6531 Protocol Encryption Outgoing traffic Disabled Apply Cancel 441 e Bandwidth Limit Specify the maximum download rate of BT download tasks
247. f larger capacity after the process 110 Configure Spare Drive You can add a Spare drive to or remove a Spare drive from a RAID 5 6 or 10 configuration Follow the steps below to use this feature 1 Make sure the status of the RAID 5 6 10 configuration is Ready 2 Install a hard drive on the NAS If you have a hard drive which has already been formatted as single disk volume on the NAS you can configure this hard drive as the spare drive You are recommended to use hard disk drives of the same storage capacity for the RAID configuration 3 Select the RAID volume and click CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE 4 To add a Spare drive to the selected configuration select the hard drive and click CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE To remove a Spare drive unselect the spare drive and click CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE 5 All the data on the selected hard drive will be deleted Click OK to proceed The original data on the RAID 5 6 or 10 disk volume will be retained After the configuration completes the status of the disk volume will become Ready A hot spare drive must be removed from the disk volume before executing the following action e Online RAID capacity expansion e Online RAID level migration e Adding a hard drive member to a RAID 5 RAID 6 or RAID 10 volume 111 Bitmap Bitmap improves the time for RAID rebuilding after an unexpected error or removing or re adding a member hard drive of the RAID config
248. f you select read write access to the subfolders If you have specified read only access for a user on the root folder the user will have read only access to all the subfolders even if you select read write access to the subfolders To specify read only permission on the root folder and read write permission on the subfolders you must set read write permission on the root folder and use the option Only admin can create files and folders to be explained later Click ADD when you have finished the settings Select users and groups Name Read only Read Write Deny Access 456 messagebus alex wan test ma i i ic fh i i i icecast ADD CANCEL Specify other permissions settings below the folder permissions panel Owner admin LI Only the owner can delete the contents see online help L Only admin can create files and folders see online helpi Apply changes to files and sub folders LI Apply and replace all existing permissions ofthis folder files and subfolders 250 e Guest Access Right Specify to grant full or read only access or deny guest access e Owner Specify the owner of the folder By default the folder owner is the creator To change the folder owner click 2 Share Folders z SHAREFOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADYANCED OPTIONS oom l Admin HR Production Sales test Owner admin ka Only the own
249. facturer Generic Model Flash Disk Device Type USE 2 0 Total Free Size 1 56 GB 0 MB File System Unknow ri Status Unmoumted Format As EXT4 ha FORMAT NOW Advanced format options DISCONNECT DISK PARTITION Eject c REMOVE DEVICE To remove the hardware device please click Remove device When the system does not show the device anymore you can remove it safely Note Do NOT unplug the device when itis in use to protect the device 580 Advanced format options The NAS supports external drive encryption To encrypt an external storage device click Advanced format options Select the encryption method AES 128 192 or 256 bit and enter the password 8 16 characters Select Save encryption key to save the password in a hidden location on a hard drive of the NAS The NAS will unlock the encrypted external storage device automatically every time the device is connected Format As EXT4 FORMAT NOW Advanced format options Advanced format options Encryption AES 256 bits w Click Format Now All the data will be cleared The device will be Ready after disk initialization External Storage Device External Storage Device USBDisk1 Manufacturer Generic Model Flash Disk Device Type JSE 2 0 Total Free Size 1 88 GBS1 82 GB File System ExT 4 Status Ready m ENCRYPTION MANAGEMENT DISCONNECT DISE PARTITION REMOVE DEVICE 581 Encryption manage
250. file transfer is 69 Change the port number only when necessary Specify a folder on the NAS as the root directory of the TFTP server Enable TFTP Logging Enable this option and specify the directory to save the TFTP log file opentftpd log It is recommended to view the log file by Microsoft Excel or WordPad on Windows OS or by TextEdit on Mac OS Assign read only or full access to the clients Restrict the TFTP client access by specifying the IP address range or select Anywhere to allow any TFTP client access Click Apply TFTP Server TRIP Server Enable TFTP Server UDP Part 69 Prrerrerer reer ere retiree reer eee eee eee eer errr reer er err tri r rrr er etree ee Enable TFTP Logging The log file s will be saved in the selected folder Ifthe size of a log file exceeds 1MB the file will be archived automatically Sia La tl ASN ree ee ee cue Allow TFTP access from Anywhere Certain IP range only POPE eee eee rere rere tee eee eee eee eee rer eee re ee eee eee eer eee reer ee eer tere ere eee reece eee rere rere es nennusnznseuunennnanunens nunnsunnnsnnsanzuannmsnnu nuanuunemunnuunnnnnnnunne mamsusennsanunannnnnnnan s 500 7 16 VPN Service The NAS supports Virtual Private Network VPN service for users to access the NAS and resources ona private network from the Internet Follow the instructions below for the first time setup of the VPN service on the NAS 1 Select a network interface to
251. found Send an alert email after scanning Mote The SMTP server and recipient must be configured first for alert mail delivery in System Administration Notification Step 5of5 j BACK 496 8 The scan job will run according to the specified schedule Antivirus STATUS SCAN JOBS REPORTS QUARANTINE Scan Jobs E New Scan Job 01 201 108 22 17 25 38 00 01 45 Haa Total 1 Display 10 entries per page HE aoa Stop the scan job Edit the scan job settings Download the last virus scan summary The file can be opened by a text editor such as WordPad Delete the scan job 497 Reports View or download the reports of the latest scan jobs on the NAS a pe Download the virus scan report The file can be opened by a text editor such as WordPad Delete an entry on the list DOWNLOAD Download all the virus scan logs on the list as a zip file Report options e Specify the number of days 1 999 to keep the logs e Enable the option Archive logs after expiration and specify the network share to save the logs once the number of days to keep the logs has been reached Click Apply to save the changes Antivirus STATUS SCAN JOBS REPORTS QUARANTINE Reports 01 201 107 26 16 11 50 00 00 71 1 H i 2011 07126 16 06 24 00 00 21 1 Hx i 2011 07126 14 15 02 00 00 22 zt x Total 3 Display 10 entries per page M4 1 Se ee ie Download all logs DO
252. function select the option Enable IPv6 and click Apply The NAS will restart After the system restarts login the IPv6 page again The settings of the IPv6 interface will be shown Click the Edit button to edit the settings IPv6 Property ca Pye Auto Configuration D se static IF address Fixed IP Address Prefix Length a Default Gateway Preth Prefix Length a Step 1 of 1 EC A CANCEL IPv6 Auto Configuration If an IPv6 enabled router is available on the network select this option to allow the NAS to acquire the IPv6 address and the configurations automatically Use static IP address To use a Static IP address enter the IP address e g 2001 bc95 1234 5678 prefix length e g 64 and the gateway address for the NAS You may contact your ISP for the information of the prefix and the prefix length e Enable Router Advertisement Daemon radvd To configure the NAS as an IPv6 host and distribute IPv6 addresses to the local clients which Support IPv6 enable this option and enter the prefix and prefix length IPv6 DNS server Enter the preferred DNS server in the upper field and the alternate DNS server in the lower field Contact the ISP or network administrator for the information If IPv6 auto configuration is selected leave the fields as 59 Proxy Enter the proxy server settings to allow the NAS to access the Internet through a proxy server for live update of the firmware v
253. ge file you can specify the access rights of the users over different network protocols such as SMB AFP NFS and WebDAV by clicking the icons in the Action column 150 Shares Cerreerrrererre rer errr errr ere re reer ere reer er errr a Mount an IQ File NAS 4 29 MB No gomon a Display 10 4 Tae a The NAS supports mounting ISO image files by Web File Manager see here 313 for more information 259 Folder Aggregation You can aggregate the shared folders on Microsoft network as a portal folder on the NAS and let the NAS users access the folders through your NAS Up to 10 folders can be linked to a portal folder Note This function is supported only in Microsoft networking service To use this function follow the steps below 1 Enable folder aggregation Share Folders Folder Aggregation Enable Folder Aggregation Enable this function will allow you to aggregate all shared folders in local network into a portal folder in your MAS Folder Aggregation is for Microsoft Network Samba Service ONLY Folder Aggregation List Create A Portal Folder Import Export Folder Tree 2 Click Create A Portal Folder Folder Aggregation List Create A Portal Folder f lt Import Export Folder Tree 260 3 Enter the portal folder name Select to hide the folder or not and enter an
254. ght holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License for any work from that copyright holder and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10 9 Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer to peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance However nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or propagating a covered work you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so 10 Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients Each time you convey a covered work the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors to run modify and propagate that work subject to this License You are not responsible for enforcing c
255. groups in a centralized server Using LDAP the administrator can manage the users in the LDAP directory and allow the users to connect to multiple NAS servers with the same username and password This feature is intended for administrator and users who have some knowledge about Linux servers LDAP servers and Samba An LDAP server which is up and running is required when using the LDAP feature of the QNAP NAS Required information settings e The LDAP server connection and authentication information e The LDAP structure where the users and groups are stored e The LDAP server security settings Follow the steps below to connect the QNAP NAS to an LDAP directory Login the web interface of the NAS as an administrator 2 Go to Access Right Management gt Domain Security By default the option No domain security is enabled That means only the local NAS users can connect to the NAS 3 Select LDAP authentication and complete the settings Domain Security Domain Security for File Services No domain security ilocal users only active Directory authentication domain member LDAP authentication Select the type of LOAF server Remote LDAP Server eer Status Offline LDAP Server Host 0 9 ses 59 LDAP Security Idapff a BASE DN icing daman deea T Root DN eneadmin de my domain de local senna pice sears iin sear renee n a a aa save yoni E You can enable LOAP authentication for Microsot Netwo
256. gs are available on this page The NAS will record the logs when users access create delete move or rename any files or folders via the connection type specified in Options To disable this feature click Stop logging Beare y m Options Stop logging sise rora 0 Cex 0 See 2011 01 19 08 55 28 admin 10 8 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublictestNew Wicrosot ord Docume Delete 2011 01 19 08 55 26 admin 10 8 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublictestMew tlicrosott Word Docume Read 2011 01 19 08 55 71 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublicttestMew tlicrosoft Yord Docume Read 2011 01 49 08 55 20 admin 10 8 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublicitestMew tlicrosoft Word Docume Read 2011 01 49 08 5519 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublicttestMew tlicrosoft ord Docume Read 2011 01 19 08 5519 guest 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA Login OK 2011 01 19 08 5518 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublictestNew Microsoft Word Docume Write 2011 01 19 08 55 11 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA Publicfrename gt Publicitest Rename 2011 01 49 08 55 02 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PubliciNew Folder gt Publicfrename Rename 2011 01 49 08 54 55 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PubliciNew Folder WakeDir There are 10000 events Displays 10 records per page Tors ee Pee ee 83 On line Users The information of the on line users connecting to the NAS by networking services is shown on this page Tip Right click a log and disc
257. h Select the BT engines to enable for BT search on the Download Station a a a aA KeckAss Torrents PirateBay TorrentReactor Vertor TorrentDownloads Extratorrent Mininova BTDigg Gohut 444 Add on von 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 zB 1 0 1 0 Description Account List You can save the login information of maximum 64 HTTP FTP and RapidShare accounts To add login information click Add Account Global 4s HTTP me BT RSS Add on Edit Account Delete Account Hast i User Name Status The default host is rapidshare com To enter the login information for an HTTP or FIP server select Input manually Add a New Account Host rapidshare com x Input manually Name Password Enabled Enabled b Save Back 445 Enter the host name or IP user name and password To allow the login information to appear for account selection when configuring HTTP FTP or RapidShare download select Enabled from the drop down menu Click Save to confirm or Back to cancel Add a New Account Host rapidshare com Input manually Name qgqgql23 Password eecceee Enabled Enabled To edit the settings of an account select an entry on the list and click Edit Account To delete an account select an entry on the list and click Delete Account Global HTTP FP Account List Add on Add Account Edit Ac
258. h an ad hoc connection Quick Configuration Wizard ai ONAP Wi Fi Network Property TURBO NAS Network name i ee Security type No authentication Open No authentication y Ope f L Connect autarnatically WEP WPA Personal WWPA Personial CANCEL 54 Click Finish after the NAS has added the Wi Fi network Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Wi Fi Network Property TURBO NAS The system is tring to connectto a Vvi Fi network Click FINISH to exit FINISH 55 To edit the IP address settings click the Edit button 2 You can select to obtain the IP address automatically by DHCP or configure a fixed IP address IP Address Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit WLAN 1 Yes 192 168 11 6 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 00 1F 1F 55 4E 3C 54Mbps 1500 If the Wi Fi connection is the only connection between the NAS and the router AP you must select WLAN1 as the default gateway in Network gt TCP IP page Otherwise the NAS will not be able to connect to the Internet or communicate with another network Network TCP IP WI FI DDNS IPV6 PROXY IP Address Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask MAC Address Ethernet 1 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 56 DDNS To allow remote access to the NAS using a domain name instead of a dynamic IP address enable the DDNS service The NAS supports the DDNS providers http www dyndn
259. hanges or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Shielded interface cables if any must be used in order to comply with the emission limits C CE NOTICE Class B only 1 2 Symbols in this document A Warning Caution 3J Important This icon indicates the instructions must be strictly followed Failure to do so could result in injury to human body or death This icon indicates the action may lead to disk clearance or loss OR failure to follow the instructions could result in data damage disk damage or product damage This icon indicates the information provided is important or related to legal regulations 1 3 Safety Information and Precautions 10 11 12 The NAS can operate normally in the temperature of O C 40 C and relative humidity of 0 95 Please make sure the environment is well ventilated The power cord and devices connected to the NAS must provide correct supply voltage 100W 90 264V Do not place the NAS in direct sunlight or near chemicals Make sure the temperature and humidity of the environment are in optimized level Unplug the power cord and all the connected cables before cleaning Wipe the NAS with a dry towel Do not use chemical or aerosol to clean the NAS Do not place any objects on the NAS for normal system operation and to avoid overheat Use the flat head screws in t
260. hard disk drive The NAS is in degraded read only mode 2 member hard drives fail in a RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration the disk data can still be read Hardware self test error The NAS is in degraded mode one member hard Flashes red every 0 5 drive fails in RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 sec configuration 1 The NAS is starting up Flashes green every 0 5 2 The NAS is not configured sec 3 The hard disk drive is not formatted 18 Green The NAS is ready All the hard disk drives on the NAS are in standby Off mode The disk data is being accessed from the network Orange LAN Orange and a read write error occurs during the process Flashes orange The NAS is connected to the network Green The 10GbE network expansion card is installed 10 GbE Green Off No 10GbE network expansion card is installed Flashes red The NAS is being accessed from the network A hard drive read write error occurs HDD Red Green Flashes green The disk data is being accessed Green The hard drive can be accessed 1 A USB device connected to front USB port is being detected A USB device connected to front USB port Flashes blue every 0 5 is being removed from the NAS sec The USB device connected to the front USB port is being accessed The data is being copied to or from the USB Blue external USB or eSATA device A front USB device is detected after the device is mounted No USB device is detected The
261. he digital media players by default You can go to Basic Setup gt Sharing gt Content Locations to change the folder or add more folders After configuring the settings you can upload MP3 photos or video files to the specified folders on the NAS Note If you upload multimedia files to the default folder but the files are not shown on Media Player click Rescan content directories or Restart server on the Media Server configuration page For the information of setting up the DLNA media server of the NAS for media playing see herel67 amp 470 7 9 MySQL Server Note To use this feature on the TS x39 509 809 series please update the system firmware with the image file enclosed in the product CD or download the latest system firmware from http www qnap com You can enable MySQL Server as the website database Enable TCP IP Networking You can enable this option to configure MySQL server of the NAS as a database server of another web server in remote site through Internet connection When you disable this option your MySQL server will only be configured as local database server for the web server of the NAS After enabling remote connection assign a port for the remote connection service of MySQL server The default port is 3306 After the first time installation of the NAS a folder phpMyAdmin is created in the Qweb Web network folder You can enter http NAS IP phpMyAdmin in the web b
262. he encryption key Input your old encryption password and input the new password Note that after the password is changed any previously exported keys will not be working anymore You have to download the new encryption key if necessary see below e Save Encryption Key Save the encryption key on the NAS for automatic unlocking and mounting the encrypted disk volume when the NAS restarts e Download Encryption Key File Input the encryption password to download the encryption key file Downloading the encryption key file will allow you to save the encryption key in a file The file is also encrypted and can be used to unlock a volume without knowing the real password see unlock a disk volume manually below Please save the encryption key file in a secure place 129 Unlock a disk volume manually To unlock a volume login the NAS as an administrator Go to Disk Management gt Encrypted File System You will be able to see your encrypted volumes and their status locked or unlocked Encryption Key Management z Volume Total Sire Status Single Disk Drive 2 Single Disk Drive 5 To unlock your volume you can either input the encryption password or use the encryption key file that has been exported previously Encryption Key Management tz Volume Total Size Status Action Single Disk Drive 2 455 9 GB Unlocked Single Disk Drive 5 Volume Total Size Sta
263. he file name display on the printer job table is only available for printer jobs sent via IPP Internet Printing Protocol connection For the information of the supported USB printer models please visit http www qnap com Stop printer sharing and clear print spool Select this option to temporarily disable the selected printer for print sharing All the data in the printer Spool will also be cleared 590 Clean up spool space of printer Click Clean Now to clean up the data saved in the printer spool Bonjour printer support Select this option to broadcast printing service to Mac users via Bonjour Enter a service name which allows the printer to be found by Bonjour The name can only contain a z A Z 0 9 dot comma and dash You can configure other printer options in the Options tab USB Printer PRINTER OPTIONS Options Maximum printer jobs per printer Specify the maximum number of printer jobs for a printer A printer supports maximum 1 000 printer jobs The oldest printer job will be overwritten by the newest one if the printer has reached the maximum number of printer jobs 591 Enter IP addresses or domain names to allow or deny printing access To allow or deny particular IP addresses or domain names to use the printing service of the NAS select Allow printing or Deny printing and enter the IP address es or domain name s An asterisk denotes all
264. he product package to lock the hard disk drives in the NAS when installing the hard drives for proper operation Do not place the NAS near any liquid Do not place the NAS on any uneven surface to avoid falling off and damage Make sure the voltage is correct in your location when using the NAS If unsure please contact the distributor or the local power supply company Do not place any object on the power cord Do not attempt to repair the NAS in any occasions Improper disassembly of the product may expose you to electric shock or other risks For any enquiries please contact the distributor The chassis also known as rack mount NAS models should only be installed in the server room and maintained by the authorized server manager or IT administrator The server room is locked by key or keycard access and only certified staff is allowed to enter the server room ge nnn e Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions Do NOT touch the fan inside the system to avoid serious injuries 2 Getting Started Web based Setup of the NAS To perform system installation without a product CD ROM please visit http qnap com start en and click Start Now Follow the on screen instructions to select your NAS model and finish the hardware and software installation for your OS W
265. heck for update to check for the available updated version of the add ons Click the download link to install the updates if any OPKG Center INSTALLED AVAILABLE GET MORE a f M f S co Airplay 0 18_b Cristian amp amp ADoko AirVideoServer Alpha 6 r6 Cristian MM fo tf tm rm CL La Bo a pp Ea a D Ci gt CHECK FOR UPDATE No Description Available Mo Description Available Web Page http 10 8 127 95 80 avs https 0 6 17 95 808 avs AjaXplorer is a file explorer for remotely managing files on a web server or operation as a simple file sharing system Its rich layout More Web Fage http10 6 12 95 80 Ajaxplorer https 10 8 12 95 808 VAjaxplorer Enable Remove Enable Remove Remove 475 Offline Installation To install QPKG add ons when the NAS is offline or beta add ons that are not officially available on QNAP QPKG server users can download the QPKG files from QNAP website http www qnap com QPKG asp or forum http forum qnap com unzip the files and install the add ons manually in QPKG Center gt Get More OPKG Center INSTALLED AVAILABLE GET MORE Install a new QPKG plugin To install a package please follow the steps below 1 Click here to browse more QPKG add ons including those newly developed ones from the QPKG lab You can download and unzip the add ons to your computer QPRKG Develop
266. his group cannot be deleted The number of user groups you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of user NAS models groups TS 110 TS 210 TSsii2 15 119 TS 119P TS 212 TS 219P 15 410 TS 239 Pro I TS 259 Prot TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP 15 459 Pro 15 459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro II TS 659 Pro TS 659 Pro II TS 859 Pro TS 859U RP TS 859U RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP TS 879 Pro TS 1079 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC 879U RP To71279U RP TS EC1279U RP A group name must not exceed 256 characters It is case insensitive and supports double byte characters such as Chinese Japanese and Korean except the following ones ALI ag ee User Groups E Create a User Group Action administrators everyone test Delete 234 5 4 Share Folders Share Folders You can create multiple network shares on the NAS and specify the access rights of the users and user groups to the shares The number of network shares you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of network NAS models shares TS 110 TS 210 15 112 T5 119 15 119P To 212 Ts 219P4 TS 410 TS 239 Pro II T
267. ib J Board index iA EDuser Control Panel 0 new messages View your posts CIFAag FB Members Logout admin It is currently Tue Jun 30 2009 4 17 pm Last visit was Tue Jun 30 2009 4 14 pm Moderator Control Panel View unanswered posts View new posts View active topics Mark forums read TOUR FIRST CATEGORY Your first forum y admin Description of your first forum Tue Jun 30 2009 4 14 pm WHOIS ONLINE In total there are 2 users online 1 registered 0 hidden and 1 guest based on users active over the past 5 minutes Most users ever online was 2 on Tue Jun 30 2009 4 17 pm Registered users admin Legend Administrators Global moderators STATISTICS Total posts 1 Total topics 1 Total members 1 Our newest member admin C Board index The team Delete all board cookies All times are UTC Powered by phpBB amp 2000 2002 2005 2007 phpBB Group Administration Control Panel 698 17 NAS Maintenance Settings System Restart Shutdown 70e System Temperature Protection oA 699 17 1 System Restart Shutdown By the power button Press the power button for 1 5 seconds to turn off the NAS To force shut down the NAS press the power button for more than 5 seconds The NAS will beep once and shut down immediately To turn off the TS 1091 II TS 109 Pro I II TS 209 I II TS 209 Pro I II TS 409 TS 409 Pro TS 409U press the power button for 4 seconds By the web administration interface
268. ice of the NAS supports Postscript printer on Mac OS only 614 9 2 6 Linux Ubuntu 10 10 If you are using Linux Ubuntu 10 10 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 Click the System tab choose Administration Then select Printing System Preferences Administration al Additional Drivers Help and Support Computer Janitor About GNOME B Disk Utility Language Support Log File Viewer About Ubuntu mq Login Screen fa Network Tools a Printing 2 Click Add to add a printer Server Printer Group View Help ml Add v Filter Q Connected to localhost 615 3 Click Network Printer and then select Internet Printing Protocol ipp Enter the NAS IP address in Host printers is already present Enter the printer name after printers in the field Queue Select Device Devices IPP Printer Other Host 10 8 13 59 Network Printer Epson AL C1100 10 8 12 180 Brother MFC 7440N BRNOOT E I i Canon iR3235 iR3245 10 8 1 Verify i HP LaserJet M1120n NPI1D HP LaserJet 2200 NAS 10 8 Brother MFC 7440N BRNOO1 Find Network Printer Queue printers NASPR3 URI ipp 10 8 13 59 printers NASPR3 Windows Printer via SAMBA 4 Before you continue you may click Verify to test the printer connection IPP Printer Host 10 8 13 59 Queue printers NASPR3 URI ipp 10 8 1
269. icense for this particular work or 3 arrange in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License to extend the patent license to downstream recipients Knowingly relying means you have actual knowledge that but for the patent license your conveying the covered work in a country or your recipient s use of the covered work in a country would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid If pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement you convey or propagate by procuring conveyance of a covered work and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use propagate modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it A patent license is discriminatory if it does not include within the scope of its coverage prohibits the exercise of or is conditioned on the non exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work and under which the third party grants to any of the parties who would receive the covered
270. ick Configuration Wizard NAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Job Name Folder Pair Number Folder Pairs 1 Schedule Type Policy File size Exclude file types Step 8 of 4 569 aqaaa UWS8DiIsk1 faaaal PUSEBDIsSk1 Real time 1000 kh Temporary files 11 Click Finish to exit the wizard Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Setup complete TURBO NAS Congratulations You have finished all the steps for Quick Configuration 570 12 The backup job and the status will be shown on the list External Drive Current Jobs The backup function allows you to replicate the data between the local disk volume and an external storage device You can create a backup job and map itto a specific disk volume The external storage device with backup job assigned can always be recognized by the MAS whichever the USB or eSATA interface itis connected to Options E Create a new job L aaaa USBDisk Real time standby maa USB 2 0 Flash Disk EXT4 1 88 GB Start a backup job O D Stop a backup job Edit the settings of a backup job View the job status and logs Download the logs of a backup job Delete a backup job This button is available only after a backup job is stopped 571 Ej To disable the backup schedule of a backup job click and select Disabled under Settings gt Schedule
271. il to the system administrator when a synchronization job fails or completes Mote The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server CANCEL 543 Specify the replication policy in Policy and filter settings in Filter These will become the default settings for all RTRR replication jobs Customize job property Wl pelii carane al Timeout and retry settings Timeout second 120 Detect sparse files 2 u Number of retries PERRE Check file contents 2 Retry Intervals second 60 ae all Compress files during transmission Fa C Ignore symbolic links z C Extended attributes 7 CANCEL 544 Download replication job logs To view the status and logs of a replication job click a Options Create New Replication Job 10 8 13 133 Digable Deere Eee Cone a CCU ETE OCCT MT RCRECATeNT Failed Check the log for detail a You can view the details of a replication job Job Status and Logs Job Name Recordings Remote Qrecordings Schedule Type Schedule Weekly Monday 00 00 Folder Pairs 1 Total File s Total Folder s Total File Size Average Transmit Speed 0 KB Elapsed Time 00 00 00 Time Left 00 00 00 Status Failed 545 You can view the job logs or download the logs by clicking Download Logs The log file can be opened by Microsoft Excel or other
272. ile Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder Irfanview ITO F My Computer 2 2 Hard Disk Drive Compatibility List This product works with 2 5 inch and 3 5 inch SATA hard disk drives and or solid state drives SSD from major hard drive brands For the hard disk drive compatibility list please visit http www qnap com Important QNAP disclaims any responsibility for product damage malfunction or data loss oO recovery due to misuse or improper installation of hard disks in any occasions for any reasons Caution Note that if you install a hard drive new or used which has never been installed on the NAS before the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared 17 2 3 Check System Status LED and Alarm Buzzer LED Display amp System Status Overview The hard disk drive on the NAS is being formatted The NAS is being initialized Flashes green and red The system firmware is being updated alternately every 0 5 sec RAID rebuilding is in process Online RAID capacity expansion is in process Online RAID level migration is in process The hard disk drive is invalid The disk volume has reached its full Capacity The disk volume is going to be full The system fan is out of function TS 119 does not support smart fan System Red Green An error occurs when accessing read write Status the disk data A bad sector is detected on the
273. indows Mac or Linux The page also provides access to the download links of QNAP s software utilities and mobile apps amp gt English Global QNAP Hard Disk Compatible List User Manual Set Up Your Turbo NAS Firmware Installation Enjoy Hands on Applications for Turbo NAS Various handy tools are available to smooth your work with the Turbo NAS You can enjoy convenient data backup smart download management remote access to the Turbo NAS anytime and anywhere Back up data on your PC Access your Turbo NAS easily NetBak Replicators MyCloudNAS Connect Conveniently back up documents pictures 3 quick steps to connect to your Turbo NAS music videos and more to one or multiple with MyCloudNAS Connect via Virtual Private Turbo NAS units Network VPN to manage files by drag and Learn more drop within Windows Explorer Learn more Wind RRN EA windows G Manage download tasks Remote access on the go QGet i Mobile Apps Install QGet to manage BT HTTP and FTP Access and manage your Turbo NAS and download tasks on the Turbo NAS enjoy multimedia files on mobile devices Learn more whenever wherever Learn more Windows Mac Linux Gi b oB Qfile Qmanager kj Qmobile Online Resources Customer Service Online Support Form QNAP Forum User Manual Tutorials f g y D Hardware Installation For the information of hardware installation see the Quick Installation Guide QIG in the p
274. int v5 2 6 Simpli LaserJet 2200dtn HP LaserJet 2200 CUPS Gutenprint v5 2 6 en LaserJet 2300 HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic Postscript en LaserJet 2300 HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic j4dith en LaserJet 2300dn HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic jSqray en LaserJet 2300dtn HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic jet4 en LaserJet 23001 HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic pxlmono en LaserJet 2300n Laserlet 2410 LaserJet 2420 LaserJet 2420d LaserJet 2420dn AS Back Cancel Forward 1 8 You can rename this printer or enter additional information Click Apply to exit and finish New Printer Describe Printer Printer Name Short name for this printer such as laserjet HP Laserlet 2200 Description optional Human readable description such as HP LaserJet with Duplexer NASPR3 Location optional Humar readable location such as Lab 1 618 9 The network printer is now available for printing Server Printer Group View Help gaad gt C Filter 9 HP LaserJet 2200 Connected to localhost 619 9 3 UPS Settings By enabling the UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply support you can protect your NAS from abnormal system shutdown caused by power disruption In the event of a power failure the NAS will shut down automatically or enter auto protection mode by probing the power status of the connected UPS unit UPS Settings UPS Settings Enable UPS support After the AC power fails for 5 minuters turn of the
275. irus definition update and QPKG add ons download Network TCP IP WI FI DDNS IPVG PROXY Proxy iv Use a proxy server Proxy sever SSMmmm Port 60 3 3 Service Binding Note The service binding feature is only available for the NAS with more than one network interfaces wired and wireless The NAS services run on all available network interfaces by default To bind the services to one or more specific network interfaces wired or wireless enable service binding Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Service Binding Welcome admin Logout English Service Binding Service Binding The NAS services run on all available network interfaces by default To bind the sernices to one of more specific network interfaces wired or wireless enable serice binding and configure the settings The users will only be able to connect to the services via the 61 The available network interfaces on the NAS will be shown All the NAS services run on all network interfaces by default Select at least one network interface that each service should be bound to Then click Apply The users will only be able to connect to the services via the specified network interface s If the settings cannot be applied click Refresh to list the current network interfaces on the NAS and configure service binding again Note After applying the service binding settings the connection of the current
276. isable UPnP port forwarding When this option is enabled your NAS is accessible from the Internet via the UPnP router Click Rescan to detect the router if no UPnP router is found on the local network To view the router information click view details Note If there is more than one router on the network only the one which is set as the default gateway of the NAS will be detected Home gt gt MyCloudNaAS Service gt gt Auto Router Configuration Welcome admin Logout En glist Auto Router Configuration Auto Router Configuration Enable WPnP Port Forwarding Enable this function to allow access to your MAS from the Internet via an UPnP router Mote This function only works with the UPnP supported devices Status Found UPnP router on the network view details RESCAN Forwarded Services APPLY TO ROUTER Enabled Service Name Protocol Web Administration tinclides Web File Manager Download elk Station Surveillance Station eeg TEP OK Secure Web Administration 443 TCP Ok FIPIFTPS with SSLUTLS Server 20 21 TCP Ok Telnet Server 13131 TCP JK SoHISFTP Server 22 TOP Ok Web ServenrMultimedia Station a0 Ter OK Secure Web Server oOo TCP E Remote Replication ara TOP 641 If the UPnP router is incompatible with the NAS click the icon and then click UPnP Router Compatibility Feedback http www qnap com onlinesupport aspx to contact the technical support LANL Spee aR I AL RSLS Re
277. iscover F To remove a target porta select ti then dick Remove Enter the IP address or ONS name and port number of the portal you want to add To change the default settings of the discovery of the target portal click the Advanced button l IP address or DNS name Port Default is 3260 Toll 1527 158 0 10 3260 o dat 4 154 The available iSCSI targets and their status will then be shown under the Targets tab Select the target you wish to connect then click Connect Targets Discovery Favorite Targets Quick Connect To discover and log on to a target using a basic connection type the IP address or DNS name of the target and then cick Quick Connect Target ign 2004 04 com NAS HSCSI lun1 6927AD li JAA l To connect using advanced options select a target and then To completely disconnect a target select the target and For target properties induding configuration of sessions select the target and dick Properties For configuration of devices associated with a target select the target and then dick Devices 155 You may click Advanced to specify the logon information if you have configured the authentication otherwise simply click OK to continue Add this connection to the list of Favorite Targets This will make the system automatically attempt to restore the connection every time this computer restarts Enable multi
278. itor a Playlist a4 Add Delete 12 Household of Fath mp3 11 In Remembrance of Me mp3 10 Shine on Us mp3 09 How Beautiful mp3 08 Go There with You mp3 OY Lowe Will Be Our Home mp3 06 God Causes All Things to Grow mp3 05 Answered Prayer mp3 04 f You Could See What See mps 03 Celebrate You mps 02 Can t Live a Day mps 01 Lowe of My Life mp3 Close Cancel Save 358 Photo Frame Settings You can upload your photo frames for viewing the image files The suggested resolution is 400 width x 300 height pixels or you can use an image with 4 3 aspect ratio The supported format is PNG To add a photo frame click Add and upload the file Photo Frame Settings You can set up your own photo frames by uploading t here The suggested frame resolution i 400 yvidthy 300 height pixels or you can use an image with 4 3 aspect ratio in PHG format Fhoto Frame List Preview clasico marco blanco mosaico pelicula velloso add Delete 359 The name of a photo frame must be 1 to 16 characters long The maximum number of photo frames the Multimedia Station supports is 64 including the system default photo frames Note that the system default photo frames cannot be deleted Photo Frame Settings You can upload your own photo frames The suggested frame resolution i 400 yvicth x 300 height pixels or WOU Can Use an image with 4 5 aspect ratio in PMs format Phot
279. ived by the current Ethernet interface If the receiving Ethernet interface fails the other slave takes over the MAC address of the failed receiving slave Balance tlb mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance 46 Balance alb Adaptive Load Balancing Balance alb is similar to balance tlb but also attempts to General switches redistribute incoming receive load balancing for IPV4 traffic This setup does not require any special switch Support or configuration The receive load balancing is achieved by ARP negotiation sent by the local system on their way out and overwrites the source hardware address with the unique hardware address of one of the Ethernet interfaces in the bond such that different peers use different hardware address for the server This mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance 47 iv DNS Server Primary DNS Server Enter the IP address of the primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS server Note e Please contact the ISP or network administrator for the IP address of the primary and the secondary DNS servers When the NAS plays the role as a terminal and needs to perform independent connection for example BT download enter at least one DNS server IP for proper URL connection Otherwise the function may not work properly e If you select to obtain the IP address by DHCP there is no need to configure the primary and the secondary
280. k Browse to select the files and click File Upload Manage Album Mote The files of the same name as the files in the destination folder will be skipped File Copy File Upload Current Path Homefphotos music Song of Solomon 01 mp3 amp photos amp video File Copy You can click B to browse the multimedia contents in details and click the icons to open rename delete or download the files or folders Home music rs r amp F pe ES Views Sart ETET a Name Date f Type Size alburnid 2010 05 17 Folder various artists 2010 0511 7 Folder 2 Call Upon mps 2009 111725 audio 345 Set album cover 1 616 1970 1 12650 1600 1 1272 1600 17 12 61 5 pre flawers jpq Snowdroaps jpg 346 Select the image file and click Save Set Album Cover Save Cancel 347 Slide Show Click Go to view multiple image files in slide show Select the playback speed 3s 6s 9s 15s and the Slide show effect for full screen display from the drop down menu You can also select the photo frame for displaying the image file To view the image files in 3 dimensional 3D display click Ba N al 3s 6s 9s 2s 35 FadeZoom v i No Frame Copyright 2010 QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 348 Publish image files You can publish the image files on the Multimedia Station to social networking sites such as Facebook and Twitter Click Home ph
281. k or the Internet Enable this feature in Administration gt Applications gt Surveillance Station The following Turbo NAS models support the Surveillance Station by default NAS models Maximum number of supported IP cameras TS 259 Pro TS 419U II SS 439 Pro TS 410U TS 459 Pro TS 459 Pro II TS 412U 55 639 Pro 15 859 Pro TS 879 Pro TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1079 Pro TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP TS 1679U RP TS EC1679U RP Please visit http www qnap com en index php lang en amp sn 4056 for the IP cameras compatibility list Surveillance Station Enable Surveillance Station http 10 86 1359 8080 cgi binicamera view cgi Note The Surveillance Station only supports 32 bit Internet Explorer version 7 0 or above Download Surveillance Station Pro You can download Surveillance Station Pro for Installation Surveillance Station Pro supports more cam models and equipped with multiple monitoring advanced alarm settings intelligent playback features You can also perform remote management by Vmobile on iOS or Android devices Click HERE to download Surveillance Station Pro Note The Surveillance Station Pro offers one free recording channel To add extra number of recording channels please purchase the license at QNAP License Store http license qnap com or contact an authorized reseller for assistance 458 About Surveillance Station Pro The Surveillance Station Pro is an advanced version
282. k E to download the file Create folder i Select a network share or folder in which you want to create a new folder ii Click ke Create Folder iii Enter the name of the new folder and click OK Rename file or folder i Selecta file or folder to rename ii Click Rename iii Enter the new file or folder name and click OK Copy files or folders i Select the files or folders to copy li Click ESS Copy iii Select the destination folder iv Select to skip or overwrite the existing file in the destination folder Click OK Move files or folders i Select the files or folders to move ii Click Move iii Select the destination folder iv Select to skip or overwrite the existing file in the destination folder Click OK Delete file or folder i Selecta file or folder to delete ii Click x Delete on the toolbar iii Confirm to delete the file or folder 316 Extract files i To extract a zipped file on the NAS right click the zipped file and select Extract 900 BE amp o0 Hame Size Type Geg onan 276 93 ZIP File Download Extract Move Copy Delete Rename Properties ii Select the files to extract and configure the extraction settings Extract sky and flowers zip File List Settings Name Size Packed Moditied Time Blue hills jpg 27 05 KB 26 06 KB 2001 08 23 20 00 00 Sunset jpg 69 52 KA 67 95 KB 2001 08 23
283. k cameras to the NAS go to the Live View page The first time you connect to this page by the IE browser you have to install the ActiveX control in order to view the images of IP camera 1 and IP camera 2 You can start to use the monitoring and recording functions of the Surveillance Station To use other functions such as motion detection recording scheduled recording and video playback see the online help o Surveillance on _ r J Network Video l Live View Playback 3 0 0 0326T 463 Configure your NAT router for remote monitoring over the Internet To view the monitoring video and connect to the NAS remotely you need to change the network settings by forwarding different ports to the corresponding LAN IP on your NAT router J J Camera 1 Camera 2 LAN IP 192 168 1 10 LAN IP 192 168 1 20 LAN IP 192 168 1 60 Port 81 Port 82 Port 8000 Fa if af ey Internet SN A DSL Cable NAT router modem CAN IP 192 168 1 100 LAN IP 192 168 1 32 Change the port settings of the NAS and the IP cameras The default HTTP port of NAS is 8080 In this example the port is changed to 8000 Therefore you have to connect to the NAS via http NAS IP 8000 after applying the settings Then login the network settings page of the IP cameras Change the HTTP port of IP camera 1 from 80 to 81 Then change the port of IP camera 2 from 80 to 82 Next login the Surveillance Station Go to Settings gt Ca
284. lable at http www ubuntu com and for information and download location of Open iSCSI please visit http www open iscsi org Before you start Install the open iscsi package The package is also known as the Linux Open iSCSI Initiator sudo apt get install open iscsi Now follow the steps below to connect to an iSCSI target QNAP NAS with Linux Open iSCSI Initiator You may need to modify the iscsid conf for CHAP logon information such as node session auth username amp node session auth password vi etc iscsi iscsid conf Save and close the file then restart the open iscsi service etc init d open iscsi restart Discover the iSCSI targets on a specific host the QNAP NAS in this example for example 10 8 12 31 with default port 3260 iscsiadm m discovery t sendtargets p 10 8 12 31 3260 Check the available iSCSI node s to connect iscsiadm m node You can delete the node s you do not want to connect to when the service is on with the following command iscsiadm m node op delete targetname THE_TARGET_IQN Restart open iscsi to login all the available nodes etc init d open iscsi restart You should be able to see the login message as below Login session iface default target iqn 2004 04 com NAS iSCSI ForUbuntu B9281B portal 10 8 12 31 3260 OK Check the device status with dmesg dmesg tail 166 Enter the following command to create a partition dev sdb is the device name f
285. lization Disk configuration File System Encrypt disk volume Single Disk EXT4 Total available storage capacity 464 26 GB You may select to use the hard drives as single disk volumes However when a drive failure occurs all data will be lost Yes F Input Encryption Password Verniy Encryption Password Use DefauttValue Save Encryption Key Enter an encryption password which will be used to unlock the encrypted volume The encryption password must be 8 16 characters long and cannot contain spaces Try to select a long password which combines alphabets and numbers e Use Default Value Select to use the default encryption password admin e Save Encryption Key Save the encryption key on the NAS this option can be changed later gt If checked The NAS will unlock the encrypted disk volume automatically using the saved password when it starts up gt If not checked The encrypted disk volume is locked when the NAS starts up You have to login the NAS as an administrator and enter the encryption password to unlock the disk volume Then proceed to the next step and finish the NAS installation 124 Create a new encrypted disk volume with new hard drives If the NAS has been installed to create a new encrypted disk volume by installing new hard drives on the NAS follow the steps below 1 Install the new hard drive s on the NAS 2 Login the NAS as an administrator
286. lled point the browser to http NAS IP phpMyAdmin and enter the user name and password to login default user name and password is root admin You can also select your preferred language phpMyAdmin clear view Welcome to phpMyAdmin Language English Log in amp Usernamef root Password Once in enter the database name phpbb3 in the field says Create new database and choose a default encoding language you prefer UTF 8 for best compatibility then click Create Then proceed to the next step MySQL 127 0 0 1 utf _unicode_ci A MySQL connection collation utfG_unicode_ci 689 Start the phpBB3 web based installation Download the phpbb3 source archive from http www phpbb com downloads olympus php and download the Full Package one and unzip it to Qweb or Web network share Full Package Contains entire phpBB3 source and english language files Best suited for new installations es Download phpBB 3 0 5 zip IZE c a Fi mdSsum 69e4ec3 1495 518c amp bbaSdachb4aabh4 T Download phpBB 3 0 5 bz Size 1 43 HiB mdssum 734b8 9c2390d5ec8cSTicficbh29dai85 Point your browser to http NAS IP phpBB3 and you should see the phpBB3 web based installation page like below Click INSTALL tab to start Installation Panel Select language British English Ly Change Introduction Welcome to phpBB phpBe is the
287. llowing settings 50 Share Folder Settings e Privilege Hote Only 80 image files will be listed Step 1 ote CANCEL 256 3 The image file will be mounted as a network share of the NAS Enter the folder name Create An ISO Share Folder ONAP ISO Share Folder Settings TURBO NAS Folder Name NAS 0 Hide Folder Yes Nao ew Description Sten 2 of 7 CANCEL 4 Specify the access rights of the NAS users or user groups to the network share You can also select Deny Access or Read only for the guest access right Click Next Create An ISO Share Folder ONAP Privilege TURBO NAS You can select one of the following methods to configure the user access rightto the network share folder Grant read only access rightfor administrators only By Wiser By User Group Guest Access Right Deny Access Read only Step sot CANCEL Z57 5 Confirm the settings and click Next Create An ISO Share Folder ONAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Folder Hame MAS Hide Folder Mo Path INAS Description Grant read only access right tor Access right administrators only Access UserUser Group Step 6 of 7 BACK NEXT CANCEL 6 Click Finish Create An ISO Share Folder sis ONAP Setup complete TURBO NAS The new share folder has been created successfully Click FINISH to exit step r off 258 7 After mounting the ima
288. llows you to perform one way synchronization from the local WAS to a remote server or other way round Enable Real time Remote Replication Server Port Number 899 Maximum upload rate KB s Oo Maximum download rate KB s 0 Password Password TTTTTIT Verify Password L Network Access Protection Allow all connections O Allow connections from the list only 487 You can specify the IP addresses or host names which are allowed to access the NAS for remote replication Up to 10 rules can be configured To allow all connections select Allow all connections To specify the IP addresses or host names select Allow connections from the list only and click Add Network Access Protection Allow all connections Allow connections from the list only Note Ifthe listis empty all connections to the server willbe allowed Enter an IP address or specify a range of IP addresses by entering the IP and subnet mask Select the access right Read Only or Read Write By selecting Read Write the client server is allowed to delete the files on the local NAS Click Finish to exit Add IP Address x QNAP TURBO NAS Enter the IF aore epa mata are allowed to connect tothe server O Single IF a IF Address See munssnuussouussunssnus msununsunuusuununnunnn Specify IF addresses Senet ee a ue IP sites and netmask 5 E poe i oe es Mecsccm
289. local access right management Microsoft Active Directory Windows Server 2003 2008 and Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP directory By joining the NAS to an Active Directory or a LDAP directory the AD or LDAP users can access the NAS using their own accounts without extra user account setup on the NAS No domain security Only the local users can access the NAS Active Directory authentication domain members Join the NAS to an Active Directory The domain users can be authenticated by the NAS After joining the NAS to an AD domain both the local NAS users and AD users can access the NAS via the following protocols services e Samba Microsoft Networking e AFP e FIP e Web File Manager e WebDAV LDAP authentication Connect the NAS to an LDAP directory The LDAP users can be authenticated by the NAS After connecting the NAS to an LDAP directory either the local NAS users or the LDAP users can be authenticated to access the NAS via Samba Microsoft Networking Both the local NAS users and LDAP users can access the NAS via the following protocols services e AFP e FTP e Web File Manager 196 Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Domain Security Welcome admin Logout Domain Security Domain Security for File Services No domain security local users only Active Directory authentication domain member LDAP authentication 197 5 1 1 Join the NAS to Active Directory Windows Ser
290. lume Configuration eter ae ona aas m io Single Disk Drive 1 915 42 GB EXPAND CAPACITY ADD HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE or detailed instructions please click here The process may take from hours to tens of hours to finish depending on the hard drive size You can connect to the web page of the NAS to check the status later 108 Use Online RAID Capacity Expansion and Online RAID Level Migration Scenario You had a tight schedule to set up a file server and an FTP server However you had only one 250GB hard drive Therefore you set up the TS 509 Pro with the single disk configuration The original plan was to set up a 3TB RAID 5 network data centre with the TS 509 Pro You now plan to upgrade the disk configuration of the TS 509 Pro to RAID 5 and expand the total storage capacity to 3TB with all the original data retained after the hard drives are purchased RAID Level Migration Single to RAID 5 RAID Capacity Expansion 750GB to 3TB Execute online RAID level migration to migrate the system from single disk to RAID 5 The total storage Capacity will be 750GB RAID 5 with one 250GB hard drive and three 1TB hard drives the disk usage will be 250GB 4 for RAID 5 You can refer to the previous step for the operation procedure Execute online RAID capacity expansion to replace the 250GB hard drive with a new 1TB hard drive and then expand the logical volume from 750GB to 3TB of RAID 5 You can refer to th
291. ly online users will be kept even if they were not connecting to the services via the specified network interface s The specified network interface s will be used for the next connected session Enable Service Binding Refresh Use Default Value R E eE a EEEE Network Services 4 lt K lt K Microsott Networking Apple Networking MFS Service FTF Service iSCSI Service TFTP service K E fs E lt 1 E K E E E E Management Sernices MAS Web Management Interface SSH Service Telnet Service SNMP lt s e fs I K s e fs I Application Servers Web Sener hyStL Server RTRA Server Risvic Server K s lt lt s s s 62 3 4 Hardware Configure the hardware functions of the NAS Hardware Enable configuration reset switch POOP errs Enable write cache EXT4 only Buzzer Control Enable alarm buzzer System operations startup shutdown and firmware upgrade System events error and warning Smart Fan Configuration Peete tri iritt rire irrretiiiirii iii iitiiiiiiiiiir When ALL of the following temperature readings are met the fan will rotate at low speed The system temperature is lower than 40 C 104 F When ANY of the folowing temperature readings are met the fan will rotate at high speed The system temperature is higher than or equal to S5 C 135 F The CPU temperature is higher than or equ
292. ly when accessing the NAS from Windows File Explorer Users connecting to the NAS via FTP AFP or Web File Manager will only have share level permissions e When Windows ACL and Advanced Folder Permissions are both enabled users cannot configure Advanced Folder Permissions from the NAS UI The permissions Read only Read Write and Deny of Advanced Folder Permissions for AFP Web File Manager and FTP will automatically follow Windows ACL configuration 265 5 5 Quota To allocate the disk volume efficiently you can specify the quota that can be used by each user When this function is enabled and a user has reached the disk quota the user cannot upload any data to the server anymore By default no limitations are set for the users You can modify the following options e Enable quota for all users e Quota size on each disk volume Quota Quota Enable quota for all users Hote Individual user quota size can be changed in Users Quota Settings Users After applying the changes the quota settings will be shown Click GENERATE to generate a quota settings file in CSV format After the file has been generated click DOWNLOAD to save it to your specified location Mirroring Disk Volume Drve 1 2 admin 167 MB No size limitation test 1 95 GB 0 MB Available1 95 GB usero1 1 95 GB 0 MB Available 1 95 GB userd2 1 95 GB 0 MB Available1 95 GB user03 1 95 GB OMB Available1 95 GB userd4 1 95 GB 0 MB Available1 95 GB u
293. manually Description Step 2 ot CARCEL 237 4 Select the way you want to specify the access right to the folder and specify the guest access right Create A Share Folder ONAP Privilege TURBO NAS You can select one ofthe following methods to configure the user access rightto the network share folder Full access Grant full access right tor everyone By User By User Group Only the system administrator admin has full access General users have Read Only access Guest Access Right Deny Access Read only ReadMyrite Step 3 of f CANCEL 238 5 If you select to specify the access right by user or user group you can select to grant read only read write or deny access to the users or user groups Create A Share Folder Access Control By User User Name Deny Access admin test userut user users useru4 users SEES NEEE Step 4 of CANCEL 239 6 Confirm the settings and click Next Create A Share Folder ONAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Folder Name Hide Folder Lock file oplocks Path Description Access right Access UserUser Group Step 6 of F 240 Mo YES Mirroring Disk Volume Drive 1 2 ftest By User admin test userd users user 4 Userus CARCEL 7 Click Finish to complete the setup Create A Share Folder ONAP Setup complete TURBO NAS The new share folder has been created successfully lick FINISH to
294. mba password For example e LDAP Account Manager LAM with a Web based interface available at http www ldap account manager org e smblidap tools command line tool e webmin ldap useradmin LDAP user administration module for Webmin 2 Samba schema To import the samba schema to the LDAP server please refer to the documentation or FAQ of the LDAP server The samba schema file is required and can be found in the directory examples LDAP in the Samba source distribution Example for open ldap in the Linux server where the LDAP server is running it can be different depending on the Linux distribution Copy the samba schema zcat usr share doc samba doc examples LDAP samba schema gz gt etc Idap schema samba schema Edit etc Idap slapd conf openldap server configuration file and make sure the following lines are present in the file include etc Idap schema samba schema include etc Idap schema cosine schema include etc Idap schema inetorgperson schema include etc Idap schema nis schema 215 Configuration examples The following are some configuration examples They are not mandatory and need to be adapted to match the LDAP server configuration 1 Linux OpenLDAP Server Base DN dc qnap dc com Root DN cn admin dc qnap dc com Users Base DN ou people dc qnap dc com Groups Base DN ou group dc qnap dc com 2 Mac Open Directory Server Base DN dc macserver dc qnap dc com Root DN uid
295. ment If an external storage device is encrypted by the NAS the button Encryption Management will appear Click this button to manage the encryption password key or lock or unlock the device External Storage Device External Storage Device pe eE Manufacturer Generic ISEO isk 1 Noel Flash Disk Device Type USA 2 0 Total Free size 1 68 GB 0 MB File System EATS Status Locked ENCRYPTION MANAGEMENT gt Format As EXT FORMAT Now Advanced format options DISCONNECT DISK PARTITION Eject po REMOVE DEVICE 582 Lock the device Note The external storage device cannot be locked if a real time or scheduled backup job is running on the device To disable the backup job go to Backup gt External Drive 1 To lock an encrypted external storage device click Encryption Management External Storage Device External Storage Device UEPDisk1 Manufacturer Generic Model Flash Disk Device Type USB 2 0 Total Free Size 1 855 GB 1 52 GB File System Status Format As EXT4 ka FORMAT MOW Advanced format options SECC ai ETET m Eject 2 Select Lock this device and click Next Encryption Management QNHP TURBO NAS Encryption Management Manage encryption key 583 3 Click Finish to lock the device Encryption Management QNAP TURBO NAS Encryption Management Click Finish
296. ment Ifyou would like to develop QPKG add ons the GOK has the tools documentation and sample codes you need to create great applications 2 Browse to the location where the unzipped file is and then click INSTALL Browse_ INSTALL 476 7 11 Syslog Server Server Settings To configure the NAS as a Syslog server and allow it to receive syslog messages from the clients enable Syslog Server Select the protocols TCP and or UDP the NAS uses to receive syslog messages Specify the port numbers if necessary or use the default port number 514 Click Apply to save the settings After enabling the NAS as a syslog server enter the NAS IP as the syslog server IP on the syslog clients to receive the syslog messages from them Log Settings Specify the maximum log size 1 100 MB of the syslog messages the location NAS network share to which the logs will be saved and the file name Once the logs have reached the maximum size the log file will be automatically archived and renamed with the archive date as MyLogFile_yyyy_mm_dd for example MyLogFile_2011 12 31 If multiple log files are archived on the same day the file will be named as MyLogFile_yyyy_mm_dd number For example MyLogFile_2011_ 12 31 1 MyLogFile_2011_ 12 31 2 and so on Click Apply to save the settings Syslog Server Configuration SERVER SETTINGS FILTER SETTINGS SYSLOG VIEWER Server Settings Enable Syslog Server C Enable TCP UDF Po
297. mera Settings Enter the port numbers of IP camera 1 and IP camera 2 as 192 168 1 10 port 81 and 192 168 1 20 port 82 respectively Enter the login name and the password for both IP cameras Besides enter the WAN IP address or your domain address on the public network for example MyNAS dyndns org and the port on the WAN for the connection from the Internet After finishing the settings click Test to verify the connection Camera Number Camera Model Camera Name IP Address Port WAN IP for monitoring from public network If your IP camera is installed behind NAT router you may input the public IP address or URL and the corresponding forwarded port of the router Port User Name administrator Password Note All the camera configuration will not take effect until you click the Apply button 464 Go to the configuration page of your router and configure the port forwarding as below e Forward port 8000 to the LAN IP of the NAS 192 168 1 60 e Forward port 81 to the LAN IP of IP camera 1 192 168 1 10 e Forward port 82 to the LAN IP of IP camera 2 192 168 1 20 Note When you change the port settings make sure remote access is allowed For example if you office network blocks the port 8000 you will not be able to connect to your NAS from the office After you have configured the port forwarding and the router settings you can start to use the Surveillance Station for remote monitoring over
298. messaqebus C F L alex F F F iwan F F F test CI d d icecast E d LI testoon E d test 003 E a testooo4 F E testuoos F F F testO006 O C Fi ADD CANCEL 246 Click Remove to remove any configured permissions You can select multiple items by holding the Ctrl key and left clicking the mouse Click Apply to save the settings Share Folders everyone Kk O K Kk O L LI dl a a For detailed instructions please click here 247 Subfolder Permissions The NAS supports subfolder permissions for secure management of the folders and subfolders You can specify read read write and deny access of individual user to each folder and subfolder To configure subfolder permissions go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders gt Advanced Options tab Select Enable Advanced Folder Permissions and click Apply Note You can create maximum 230 permission entries for each folder when Advanced Folder Permission is enabled Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Advanced Options Enable Advanced Folders Permissions Go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders gt Share Folders tab Select a root folder for example Dept and click 2 Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Shas ln Dent 80 KB 17 2 Mo
299. most widely used open source bulletin board saluton in the world phpBes is the latest instalment in a package ine started in 2000 Like its predecessors phpgB3 is feature rich user fnendly and fully supported by the phpBB Team phpBea greatly improves on what made phpBB popular and adds commonly requested features that were not present in previous versions We hope it exceeds your expectations This installabon system will guide you through instaling php updating to the latest version of phpBB3 from past releases as well as converting to php8B3 from a different discussion board system inducing phpBB2 For more information we encourage you to read the installation guide To read the phpBB3 license or learn about obtaining support and our stance on it please s lect the respective optons from the side menu To continue please select the appropnate tab above 690 Click Proceed to next step m ttm Getabass carver part te pre Oy bw cacabuss vaver moe of a ts this is not needed The Database name the name of the database on the server The Database username and Database password the login data to access the database iia in tha DSN feki and leave tha usamama and password heids blank For seairky reasons you should make sure that the database file is not stored in a location MYSQL 3 23 of above MySQU supported PostgreSQL 7 3 a SQLite 2 8 2 Firebird 2 0 a MS SQL Server 2000 or above
300. n 525 Remote Replication ONAP Replication Options TURBO NAS ETETEEEETTTTETTETITEETETITTITEETETETETTITITEETETTA mussssnnsnuusnsnnnunnnnunnnuununnnnnunnnnnnnnnnn n Note You have to enable SSH connection on the remote host and use the admin accountto execute the encrypted replication job Besides the port number must be the same as the SSH port of the remote host Activate file compression Stop network file services while replicating Perform incremental replication Delete extra files on remote destination Handle sparse files efficiently m lc fe Step 6 ot CANCEL 8 Click Finish The job will be executed according to your schedule Note that the job is recursive Do not turn off the local NAS and the remote server when remote replication is running Remote Replication ps ONAP TURBO NAS Setup complete The remote replication settings have been completed Click FINISH to exit the Wizard Step r otf 526 RSYNC RTRR Current Jobs Rsync Replication allows you to replicate the files of a local folder to a folder of a remote server You must enable Rsync server on the remote server in order to use this function Options Create New Replication Job L Job Name Schedule Status LJ backup 00 00 Monthly 1 Ready Delete Teon Deseriptiom O oO Start a replication job immediately oO Stop a running replication job o
301. n icon to open the service page in a new tab A admin 7 lt Photo Station Music Station Video Station Multimedia Station Download Station Web File Manager Surveillance Station DJ Station Administration Customer Service QNAP Wiki QNAP Forum Feedback 25 5 To configure the system settings click Administration on the login portal Home gt gt Overview Overview gt C System Administration System Administration b Disk Management b Access Right Management b C Network Services gt Applications gt Backup gt C External Device b MyCloudNAS Service b System Status General Settings Network Service Binding Hardware ge Notification Power Management Network Recycle Bin AN Back up Restore Settings System Logs Firmware Update Restore to Factory Default Disk Management 6 Click the triangle icon next to the section name to expand the tree and view the items listed under each section 4 System Administration LA General Settings del Network pa service Binding Hardware oe Security Notification 3 Fower Management 3 Network Recycle Bin amp Hack UpfRestore Settings gt System Logs T Firmware Update i Restore to Factory Default 26 7 To switch to another application select the service from the drop down menu on top of the page ft nas NAS Photo Station Za Music Station 4 Video Station
302. n of a copy This License will therefore apply along with any applicable section 7 additional terms to the whole of the work and all its parts regardless of how they are packaged This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it d If the work has interactive user interfaces each must display Appropriate Legal Notices however if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices your work need not make them do so A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium is called an aggregate if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation s users beyond what the individual works permit Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate 6 Conveying Non Source Forms You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5 provided that you also convey the machine readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License in one of these ways a Convey the object code in or embodied in a physical product including a physical distribution m
303. nager and WebDAV However if the firmware version of the NAS is earlier than 3 2 0 only the local NAS users are allowed to login the NAS by Web File Manager and WebDAV For TS 109 209 409 509 series NAS if the AD domain is based on Windows 2008 Server the NAS firmware must be updated to version 2 1 2 or above 206 Windows 7 If you are using a Windows 7 PC which is not a member of an Active Directory while your NAS is an AD domain member and its firmware version is earlier than v3 2 0 change your PC settings as shown below to allow your PC to connect to the NAS a Go to Control Panel gt Administrative Tools am E t Control Panel All Control Panel Items Adjust your computer s settings ka Action Center Shes BitLocker Drive Encryption i Color Management b Click Local Security Policy P J All Control Panel Items gt Administrative Task 4 Search Administrative Tools p Organize sk Favonte Name Date modified Type Size ai Component Services 14 07 2009 12 46 Shortcut 2 KB Libraries ae Computer Management 14 07 2009 12 41 Shortcut 2KB Data Sources ODBC 14 07 2009 12 41 Shortcut 2 KB Computer fal Event Viewer 14 07 2009 12 42 Shortcut 2 KB ae iSCSI Initiator 14 07 2009 12 41 Shortcut 2 KB th Network SE i J r 207 c Go to Local Policies gt Security Options Select Network security LAN Manager authentication level gt Local
304. nal playlists The playlists that can be viewed and played by the user only Maximum 200 playlists can be created e Shared playlists The playlists that can be viewed and played by all the users of the Music Station Maximum 200 playlists can be created Each playlist can contain maximum 600 items including the music files on the NAS or a media server TuneIn Radio stations and Internet radio stations rem perenne EE a Play the music file s selected EE Add one or more music files or an album to the now playing list Add to My Favorites Add one or more music files to My Favorites es Remove Remove the music file from the playlist Song Info View the information of a music file Add to Playlist Add one or more music files to an existing playlist E Save as Playlist Replace an existing playlist Save as New Playlist Create a playlist and specify if itis a personal or shared playlist Save the settings 416 3 Network Users can listen to the Internet radio stations or play the music files on any UPnP media servers My Favorite Radio User s favorite Internet radio stations added by entering the radio URL or by searching TuneIn Radio Maximum 1024 items are supported Note that the type of the radio stations must be MP3 rem wesen OOOO EE a Play the radio station s selected EE Add one or more radio stations to the now playing list Add an Internet Radio Edit Internet Radio Settings Delete an
305. network location A shortcut for this location will appear in Computer Open this network location when I click Finish 297 8 You can locate the web folder in the Network Location section in Computer Total Size Free Space Devices with Removable Storage 6 Favente Links F Documents E Pictures a DVD RW Drive E 2 CD Drive k ia Music jy Recentty Chan mi Y ged Removable Disk F oy Removable Disk 5 E Searches lt di Public p3 Removable Disk Hz a Removable Disk E lt Network Location 3 Qmultimedia 10 8 12 119 ey QBackup James di AUETA MyWebDAV TS 509 Folders IW PC Workgroup WORKGROUP Processor Intel R Pentium R 0 CPU 2 80GHz Memor 300 GE 298 9 You can connect to the folder though this link via HTTP WebDAV Internet Address http 10 8 12 101 MyWebDAV Testing Feed ami 624 Bytes Favonte Links i Documents E Pictures 1 4 Music More x Folders BE Desktop E w d Public JE Computer E Local Disk C cow Local Disk I i DVD RW Drive E a Removable Disk F ee Baro cuable Dick fey l y 1 item 299 Mac OS X Follow the steps below to connect to your NAS via WebDAV on Mac OS X Client Operating System Mac OS X Snow Leopard 10 6 1 1 Open Finder gt Connect to Server and enter the URL of the folder Format http NAS_IP_or_HOST_NAME SHARE_FOLDER_NAME I Loz
306. ning firmware version 3 2 0 or later only You can create multiple LUNs for an iSCSI target Follow the steps below to create more LUNs for an iSCSI target 1 Click Quick Configuration Wizard under Target Management iSCSI 1 PORTAL MANAGEMENT TARGET MANAGEMENT ADVANCED ACL LUN BACKUP Target Management QUICK CONFIGURATION WIZARD Quick Configuration Wizard will assist you to create an iSCSI target and LUM 2 Select iSCSI LUN only and click Next Quick Configuration Wizard iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard lwant to create f iscsi Target with a mapped LUM f iSCSI Target only f iSCSI LUN only 142 3 Select the allocation method Enter the name of the LUN select the LUN directory and specify the capacity for the LUN Click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Create an iSCSI LUN TURBO NAS LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning Instant Allocation LJN Name Capacity 143 4 Select the target to map the LUN to optional step iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard QNAP Map to Target Optional TURBO NAS Do not map itto a target for now iqn 2O04 04 com qnapts BUY iscsia oauout iqn 2004 04 com qnapts BUS iscsiallen daogout ign 2004 04 com qnap ts BUY iscsi targetl Baloour ign 2004 04 com qnap ts SOUSiscsi rrreagoor Step 2 of4 BACK Ea CANCEL 5 Confirm the settings and click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration
307. nistrator can give you this address Internet address fExample Conteso com or 157 54 0 1 or 3ffe1234 lt 1111 Destination name VPN Connection F Use a smart card G F Allow other people to use this connection This option allows anyone with access te this computer te use this connection 5 Enter your user name and password which is added from the NAS for VPN access Click Connect 4 ee A Type your user name and password User name Password Show characters Remember this password Demain optional Connect 507 PPTP on Mac OS X 10 7 1 Choose Apple menu gt System Preferences and click Network w Gg aratai Language Security Spotlight Universal amp Text amp Privacy ACCESS _ D amp Mouse Trackpad Print amp Scan Sound oo System Preferences Personal COs amp DVDs Displays Energy Internet amp Wireless Mail Contacts MobileMe amp Calendars a Users amp Parental Date amp Time 3 Software Speech Time Machine Startup Disk Groups Controls Update 2 Click Add at the bottom of the list and choose VPN as the interface Select the interface and enter a name for the new service Interface v Wi Fi Bluetooth DUN dai Jula mj e Bluetooth PAI Hot Connected iw Ask to join new networks Known networks will be joined automatically If no known ne
308. nly the LDAP users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Note Both the LDAP users and local NAS users can access the NAS via Web File Manager FTP and AFP LDAP authentication options ONAP LDAP authentication options URBGO NAS LOAP users and NAS local users can be authenticated and access the WAS via Web File Manager FTP and AFP For NAS access via Microsot Networking Samba either the WAS local users or the LDAP users willbe authenticated Specify the users who willbe authenticated for WAS access via Microsoft MWetworking Local users only Only MAS local users can access the MAS via Wicrosot Metworking LDAP users only Only LOAP users can access the MAS via Wicrosot Metworking FINISH 212 If Microsoft Networking is enabled after the NAS has already been connected to the LDAP server select the authentication type for Microsoft Networking gt Standalone Server Only local NAS users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking gt LDAP Domain Authentication Only LDAP users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Microsoft Networking 2 22222 Welcome admin Logout Ene lish Microsoft Networking 4 MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADVANCED OPTIONS hicrosoft Networking Enable file service for Microsoft networking Server Description Optional NAS Server rare T T 3 Ke Standalone Serer
309. nning replication job completes Otherwise the NAS will ignore the running replication job and execute scheduled system restart or Shutdown EuP Mode Configuration EuP also Energy using Products is a European Union EU directive designed to improve the energy efficiency of electrical devices reduce use of hazardous substances increase ease of product recycling and improve environment friendliness of the product When EuP is enabled the following settings will be affected so that the NAS maintains low power consumption less than 1W when the NAS is powered off e Wake on LAN Disabled e AC power resumption The NAS will remain off after the power restores from an outage e Scheduled power on off restart settings Disabled When EuP is disabled the power consumption of the NAS is slightly higher than 1W when the NAS is powered off EuP is disabled by default so that you can use the functions Wake on LAN AC power resumption and power schedule settings properly This feature is only supported by certain NAS models please visit http www qnap com for details Wake on LAN Turn on this option to allow the users to power on the NAS remotely by Wake on LAN Note that if the power connection is physically removed in other words the power cable is unplugged when the NAS is turned off Wake on LAN will not function whether or not the power supply is reconnected afterwards This feature is only supported by certain NAS models please vi
310. nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn aasennsenannn iPublic x i Step 1 of 5 4 Define the schedule for the scan job Click Next Scan Job Creation Schedule Select the scan frequency for the previously selected folders fl Scan now Scan frequency H ee minuteis nnssnnnannnnannnnnunnnn mannnmsnnnnunnnnssnnnnnnnnuusmnnnnnnnnnm Scan daily Start time a0 eo iw rere eer ert Teh er tre rr ert reer errr Scan weekly Starttime 0 W io W msssnusssnnsnnnnunn monssunonusnennsnne day Monday v Step 2 0f 5 CANCEL 493 Select to scan all the files in the network share s or quick scan to scan only potentially dangerous files Select Exclude files or folders and specify a file a folder or a file extension to be excluded from the virus scan Separate each entry by a space in the same line or enter one entry per line For example Public testfile txt Download log exe com Dt Click Next Scan Job Creation v File Filter Scan all Tiles Quick scan scan only potentially dangerous files class cmd cnim com cpl cxq cyw dbd dev db Ef dl dl dik dr eml exe ezt git Alp As Ata ini Viva iws jpeg jpg Sr Ink lok mid oar ocx asa a ozd puet pdit pam php phpz phopa php phpds pid 4 d Exclude files or folders step 3 ots CANCEL 494 6 Enable other scan options a Specify the maximum file size 1 4096 MB all
311. nt scsssccncnncnnccneceeeeeeneeeennennnnenenneeneeeeeeeeeneneaeeegusgonn 196 SPIDOM Se CUIILY aa a a nnd a AEE aac aas OEE manana 196 5 1 1 Join the NAS to Active Directory Windows Server 2003 2008 ssccecsensescsenseneeaeees 198 5 1 2 Connect the NAS to an LDAP DI CtOry cicccccenneccecnnnnnsccsunnnanecesnnnecesatsnsneesannnsnags 210 De IS Sis Sra tans aasru tee ane a beara ioctnread tea bsaaneed ae hh na aruba aot Saar ARS e eteaa nan eee 217 DO Ser GlOUDS renere AAA AERA AAEN 234 SA SNIE POIUCKS sai a a a A T A 235 MO QUOL asics n A EE aE A nue RE eee wenntaE 266 Gi N twork S rvic Seisis a a a a Aa a aa aaa 267 Gul IMIEFOSOTE Net WOKING nisser nex u ANE D A E 268 6 2 ApPle INGCWOFKING isis ineen a Aene a aeaii 272 DNES SONIC E e e a ai a a aa a weaaarts 275 GA FT PU OECO aA E AA A E 278 oS FENESS Poa aaa ln ba a a a a a a e a 280 676 SNMP SEUNS crre A E E RE 281 O27 WED SCRY Cli Tors enh anana A r A E ean E rei 283 GFL VUI FOS orri i nta ir EA OEA O OAE O E EE E E 306 6 8 Network Service D SCOVEY ssessssssesrresrrnsrnnsrnnsrnnsrnnsrnnernnsrnnernnernnernrrrnrrne 310 TAPPION S train a aE a a a a a 312 7A Web FilesManaGGl ainiin NEA a ERAT BD NEA EEE E EN 313 7 2 MULE Gia Statio Msi cacants suet peewaannde a a eatoreiaraacnbnceurehendounetanate 331 TPA OMODE aeree E a A A A A AE 362 72 gt PIOLO SCA ON are E a AAAS TE ENEE A NEETA 386 7 A MUSIC SLALOM ahve ei eN E E A E A E A OT A e R E 412 AS DOWNICAG SLALO naear en ATA a Aa 436
312. o Frame List Preview blogue clasico marco blanco mosaico pelicula velloso Hame Select File m E E iTe Upload Cancel 360 Set Folder Public To publish the image files to the Web you have to make the folder public Select the folder to allow public access and click gt Then click Save Note that the public folders will be seen and accessed by anyone without logging in the Multimedia Station Set Folder Public The folder must be made public before t can be published Mote that if the folder has become public others can see it without lagging in Inaccessible Folder Accessible Folder MUSIC photos viden Save Cancel 361 7 2 1 QMobile QMobile is an application for you to use your handheld devices such as iPhone iPod touch iPad and Android phones to stream music digital pictures and videos from your QNAP NAS servers and play the files directly on your devices from anywhere As long as you have Internet access you may access all the contents on the NAS remotely Note QMobile is applicable to QNAP Turbo NAS running firmware version 3 3 0 or later Make sure you have enabled Multimedia Station and Web Server and configured the shared contents to allow QMobile to access the multimedia files on the QNAP NAS The user accounts created on the NAS and Multimedia Station are independent of one another Please access Multimedia Station with an authorized user account 362 Install
313. o clear all the logs click Clear System Logs 3 SYSTEM EVENT LOGS SYSTEM CONNECTION LOGS ON LINE USERS oYSLOG Todas los eventos Options Stop iogging Clear Save 2010 12 28 15 57 43 admin 10 85 12 68 HTTP Administration Login OK 2010 12 28 14 59 58 admin 10 8 12 43 HTTF Administration Login Ok 2010 12 29 14 54 43 9 admin 10 8 12 68 SSH Login Ok 2010 12 28 14 53 00 admin 10 85 12 68 HTTP Administration Login OK 2010 12 28 14 22 23 admin 10 6 12 43 HTTP Administration Login OK i 2010 12 28 12 39 24 admin 10 858 12 43 HTTF Administration Login OK 3010 12 28 10 56 12 admin 10 85 12 43 HTTP Administration Login Ok Ch 2010 12 27 06 50 29 admin 10 85 12 43 HTTF Administration Login OK 2010 12 27 03 3726 admin 10 8 12 51 HTTP Administration Login OK Ch 2010 12 27 10 24 19 admin 10 85 12 43 HTTP Administration Login OK There are 994 events Displays 10 records per page TT ae TES 82 Archive logs Turn on this option to archive the connection logs The NAS generates a CSV file automatically and saves it to a specified folder when the number of logs reaches the upper limit Connection Type Select the connection tae to be logged t HTTP W FTP Telnet W SSH AFP SAMBA Lise si When the number of logs reaches 10 000 archive the connection logs and save the file in the folder CANCEL The file level access lo
314. o remove the permissions on the list select the user s or user group s and click Mame 1 doc Location DeptiAdminiAdmnini Size 105 KE Modified Time 201700199 09 1 5 54 Name amp admin guest ees 326 You can also define the file and folder owner by clicking 2 Select a user from the list or search a user name Then click Set Local Users el Search to select the user admin Alex AUSS test test test 234 327 The following options are available for folder permission settings You are recommended to configure folder permissions and subfolder permissions in Access Right Management gt Share Folders 234 e Only the owner can delete the contents When you apply this option to a folder the first level subfolders and files can be deleted only by their owner e Apply changes to files and subfolders Apply changed permissions settings except owner protection to all the files and subfolders within the selected folder The option Only the owner can delete the contents will not be applied to subfolders e Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Select this option to override all previously configured permissions of the selected folder and its files and subfolders except owner protection The option Only the owner can delete the contents will not be applied to subfolders Properties Info Mame Location S ZE Modified Time Permission
315. o the same drive slots and use this function to recover the volume status from Not active to Normal The disk volume can be used normally after successful recovery pravome fe Supports RAID recovery Maximum number of disk removal allowed fe Eo o oO SSO so 2 or more 3 or more Note After recovering a RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 disk volume from not active to degraded mode by the RAID recovery you can read or write the volume normally The volume status will be recovered to normal after synchronization If the disconnected drive member is damaged the RAID recovery function will not work 113 Degraded mode Read Only Protection for immediate data backup amp hard drive replacement RAID Recovery RAID Status Not Active RAID Crash Standard RAID 5 QNAP RAID 5 N 1 bad blocks found in the Surviving hard drives of the If re plugging in all original hard drive to the NAS and they can be spun up identified accessed and the hard drive superblock is not damaged N 2 failed hard drives and any of the remaining hard drives cannot be spun up identified accessed N Number of hard disk drives in the array 114 Standard RAID 6 QNAP RAID 6 N 2 bad blocks found in the Surviving hard drives of the If re plugging in all original hard drives to the NAS and they can be spun up identified accessed and the hard drive superblock is not damaged
316. o view the private NAS services on MyCloudNAS website MyCloudNAS Access Code Set the MyCloudNAS Access Code 111111 Note The code must be 6 16 characters a z A 0 9 only Click Add Users and specify maximum 9 local NAS users who are allowed to view the private NAS services published on MyCloudNAS website User Management Click Add User and specify the local NAS users who are allowed to view the private NAS services published on MyCloudNAS website These users may also use the MyCloudNAS Connect at the same time for remote access Maximum 9 users can be specified Select the users and click Send Invitation to send an email with instruction to access the services Add Users Add Users admin User E E Useri Q 1 Delete 23 Send Invitation Select the connection method MyCloudNAS Connect VPN utility and or MyCloudNAS website Click Add 636 Select users and their privileges Number of users selected 3 Total 14 rit ae oo avahi messagebus tomcat avahi autoipd aaa openidap Akon Kenny Hees eeaoeaeaaga SOOORORR008 ADD fm CANCEL 637 Click Apply to save the settings User Management Click Add User and specify the local NAS users who are allowed to view the private NAS services published on MyCloudNAS website These users may also use the MyCloudNAS Connect at the same time for remote access Maximum 9 users can be specified Select
317. ome public others can see it without logging in Private folder s Public folder s Edward Jason Photo Photo Album tana Samples An album can also be changed to public or private by clicking Home F Photo Sort slideshow ohare Manage Album Change to Public Album Enable Disable Slideshow Link 409 7 3 Advanced settings Customize the banner of the Photo Station on the home page in Advanced Settings Settings Account set Folder Pubic Advanced Settings Photo Station title Stores Start from Here Photo Station description share your memories without distance F Hide Photo Station title amp description banner Banner settings System default sl 1 Enter the title max 35 characters and description max 120 characters of the Photo Station or select to hide the information 2 Select the banner settings When 2x2 3x3 or 4x4 photo wall banner is selected click Browse to choose a public album 3 Click Select Banner settings 2x2 photo wall banner eane 7 1 Select a public album Browse 4 The photos in the public album will be shown at the bottom Select a block of the banner highlighted in red and choose an image file Empty blocks will be shown with system default images Click Save to save the changes 1 Select a public album Edward 410 8 Advanced search Advanced search offers more options for searching a folder album
318. ompliance by third parties with this License An entity transaction is a transaction transferring control of an organization or substantially all assets of one or subdividing an organization or merging organizations If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party s predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License For example you may not impose a license fee royalty or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License and you may not initiate litigation including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making using selling offering for sale or 710 importing the Program or any portion of it 11 Patents A contributor is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based The work thus licensed is called the contributor s contributor version A contributor s essential patent claims are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor whether already acquired
319. on When you press Reset on this page all drive data user accounts network shares and system settings are cleared and restored to default Please make sure you have backed up all the important data and system settings before resetting the NAS RESET 90 4 Disk Management Volume Managementl9 RAID Managementl9 amp Hard Disk SMART 124 Encrypted File System M2 iSCSIf3h Virtual Disk9 4 1 Volume Management This page shows the model size and current status of the hard drives on the NAS You can format and check the hard drives and scan the bad blocks on the hard drives When the hard drives have been formatted the NAS will create the following default network shares e Public The default network share for file sharing by everyone e Qdownload Download The network share for Download Station e Qmultimedia Multimedia The network share for Multimedia Station e Qusb Usb The network share for data copy function using the USB ports e Qweb Web The network share for Web Server e Qrecordings Recordings The network share for Surveillance Station The default network shares of the TS x59 and TS x69 Turbo NAS series are Public Download Multimedia Usb Web and Recordings Note The default network shares of the NAS are created on the first disk volume and the directory cannot be changed 91 Volume Management z Single Disk Volume RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume Poa Create single disk volume s f
320. on Wizard ONAP iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard TURBO NAS lwvantto create iSCSI Target with a mapped LUN C iSCSI Target only C iSCSlLUN only 4 Create iSCSI target with a mapped LUN Click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard NAP iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard TURBO NAS This wizard will guide you through the following settings Create an iSCSI target Create an iSCSI LUM and map itto the target 136 5 Enter the target name and target alias You may check the options Data Digest and or Header Digest optional These are the parameters that the iSCSI initiator will be verified when it attempts to connect to the iSCSI target iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard QONAP Create New iSCSI Target TURBO NAS ISS Target Profile Target Mame ISS Target iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts Ia BUS isesi target ealoor Target Alias CROMChecksum foptional Data Digest Header Digest Step 2 of 6 BACK er CANCEL 137 6 Enter the CHAP authentication settings If you enter the user name and password settings under Use CHAP authentication only only the iSCSI target authenticates the initiator i e the initiators have to enter the user name and password settings here to access the target Mutual CHAP Enable this option for two way authentication between the iSCSI target and the initiator The target authenticates the initiator using the first set of user name and password The initiat
321. onfiguration Physical Disks Hitachi HO5721010KL4330 GKAO 31 51 GB Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GKAO 921 51 G6 Hitachi HO5721010KLA330 GRAD 831 51 G5 Hitachi HOS721010KL4330 GRAD 931 51 GB Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GKAO 931 5168 Current Desk Volume Configuration Logical Volumes el Linmounted 104 Go to Disk Management gt RAID Management select the drive configuration for migration and click Migrate This function natles Capacty aapansion RAID cond qurabon migrabon of spare dnt Cond gurabon wih ihe sianal aed data Mote Make sure you haat raed fie instructions cally and pou fully understand fhe comrect operation procedure balore ussite Tits Curren Desk Wiodunee Comfiqeeaion cet en The operation s pou can execute pte 9154208 Ready No operabon can be executedtor this diva it No ppkn Cin be dabcuted te hig Grieg congu abo Ho obeabon can be daecuted ie hig crave Ho operaben can be executed tor this drive ee oo i E BITMAP RECOVER For palais ONS piege coi he 105 Select one or more available drives and the migration method The drive capacity after migration is shown Click Migrate RAID Management Migrate Select the dive to add Model WD1000FYPS 01ZKB02 0 WO1000F YPS 012K 802 0 WD 1000FYPS 01ZKB02 0 piilu ienai hatena Single Disk volume gt RAD
322. onfiguration UPnP port forwarding 3 Enable and publish WAS services to MycloudMAS Service Express Setup fe Manual Setup Step 1 of amp CANCEL 626 2 Enter a host name MyCloudNAS name for your NAS and select a domain name Click Check to check the availability of the host name Then click Next MyCloudNAS Wizard a Enter your MyCloudNAS name Enter a name for your MAS for remote access from the Internet 627 3 Select the ports to open on the UPnP router The router will be configured to open and forward the ports to the NAS services automatically Click Next Port Number a MyCloudNAS Wizard Select Services for Remote Access Select the services to be opened for Internet access via auto router configuration UPAP port forwarding a m B j a P HTTP f8080 web Administration Web File Manager HTTP au Web Server Multimedia Station OQMobile FIPIFTPS 20 213 FTIRPIFTPS SSL 443 Secure Web Administration i eee Step 3 of CANCEL 628 4 Publish NAS services The NAS services which use the ports opened in the previous step will be shown You can enable the services which are currently disabled and publish the web based NAS services such as web administration Web Server Multimedia Server and Web File Manager to http www mycloudnas com Click Next By enabling the NAS services in this step they are opened for remote ac
323. onnect the IP connection and block the IP System Logs 2010 12 26 15 34 55 admin 10 6 12 43 Administration 2010 12 26 14 54 45 admin 10 85 12 68 TE SSH aaa There are 2 events is Add to the block list Disconnect this connection and block the IP 84 Syslog Syslog is a standard for forwarding the log messages on an IP network Turn on this option to save the event logs and connection logs to a remote syslog server System Logs SYSTEM EVENT LOGS SYSTEM CONNECTION LOGS ON LINE USERS SYSLOG Syslog Settings Syslog Server IP Sn UDP Part Sh ae Select the logs to record System Event Logs d System Connection Logs Crou must enable system connection logs to use this option When converting the connection logs into a CSV file the connection type and action will be number coded Please refer to the table below for the code meaning 0 UNKNOWN 0 UNKNOWN 1 SAMBA 1 DEL 2 FIP 2 READ 3 HTTP 3 WRITE 4 NFS 4 OPEN 5 AFP 5 MKDIR 6 TELNET 6 NFSMOUNT_SUCC 7 SSH 7 NFSMOUNT_FAIL 8 ISCSI 8 RENAME 9 LOGIN_FAIL 10 LOGIN_SUCC 11 LOGOUT 12 NFSUMOUNT 13 COPY 14 MOVE 15 ADD 85 3 11 Firmware Update Update Firmware by Web Administration Page Firmware Update FIRMWARE UPDATE LIVE UPDATE Firmware Update Current firmware version 3 8 0 Build 20121114 Before updating system firmware please make sure the product model an
324. onnect to the NAS After changing the settings click Apply to save the changes The network services will be restarted and current connections to the NAS will be terminated Security SECURITY LEVEL NETWORK ACCESS PROTECTION SSL SECURE CERTIFICATE amp PRIVATE KEY Security Level High Allow connections from the list only Medium Deny connections trom the list Low Allow all connections Enter the IP address or network from which the connections to this server will be allowed or rejected HE IF address or network domain Time lef for IF blocking 67 Network Access Protection The network access protection enhances system security and prevents unwanted intrusion You can block an IP for a certain period of time or forever if the IP fails to login the NAS from a particular connection method Security L SECURITY LEVEL WETYORK ACCESS PROTECTION SOL SECURE CERTIFICATE amp PRIVATE KEY Network Access Protection Enable network access protection SSH In I minutes ater unsuccesstul attempts for 5 time s blockthe IP for Srminutes Telnet In minutes after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s M blockthe IP for S minutes 4 HTTP In i minutes Y after unsuccessful attempts for 15 tmelsj Y blockthe IP for 5 minutes Y I FTP in minutes after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s _ 3 blockthe IP for 5 minutes Y 0 samba in 1minutes X after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s
325. onnection Change your networking settings Gia Set up a new connection or network Set up a wireless broadband dial up ad hoc or VPM connection or set up a router or access pont Connect to a network Connect of reconnect to a wireless wired dial up or VPN network connection Choose homegroup and shanng options See also ecess filles and printers located on other network computers or change sharing settings HomeGroup Troubleshoot problems Internet Options Diagnose and repair network problems or get troubleshooting information Windows Firewall 505 2 Select Connect to a workplace and click Next Choose a connection option Connect to the Internet E Set up a wireless broadband or dial up connection to the Internet Set up a new network d Configure a new router or access point i Set up a dial up connection Connect to the Internet using a dial up connection 3 Select Use my Internet connection VPN How do you want to connect gt Use my Internet connection VPN Connect using virtual private network VPN connection through the Internet gt Dial directly Connect directly to a phone number without going through the Internet 506 4 Enter the MyCloudNAS name or the WAN IP of the NAS and enter a name of the connection Then click Next Type the Internet address to connect to Your network admi
326. oomla bi phpBB3 gt d WordPress m E Ft aMi lm ms E F ES TUCIA E Pr Lo T from Joomla C Users Joomla to sitel_mysite P sitel_mysite About 3 Minutes and 30 Seconds remaining M More details Once the files transfers complete point your web browser to the websites by http NAS_host_name or https NAS_host_name according to your settings In this example the URLs are http sitel mysite com http site2 mysite com http www mysite2 com You should see the Joomla phpBB3 and WordPress web pages respectively 309 6 8 Network Service Discovery UPnP Discovery Service When a UPnP device is added to the network the UPnP discovery protocol allows the device to advertise its services to the control points on the network By enabling UPnP Discovery Service the NAS can be discovered by any operating systems that support UPnP Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Network Service Discovery Welcome admin Logout Englist Network Service Discovery UPNP DISCOVERY SERVICE BONJOUR UPnP Discovery Service After enabling this service your MAS can be discovered by any operating systems that support UPnP Enable UPnP Service 310 Bonjour By broadcasting the network service s with Bonjour your Mac will automatically discover the network services such as FTP running on the NAS without the need to enter the IP addresses or configure the DNS servers Note You have to activate the servic
327. opology 2 Setup the IP cameras 3 Configure the camera settings on the NAS 4 Configure your NAT router for remote monitoring over the Internet Plan your home network topology Write down your plan of the home network before setting up the surveillance system Consider the following when doing so i The IP address of the NAS ii The IP address of the IP cameras Your computer the NAS and the IP cameras should be connected to the same router on the LAN Assign fixed IP addresses to the NAS and the IP cameras For example e The LAN IP of the home router 192 168 1 100 e Camera 1 IP 192 168 1 10 fixed IP e Camera 2 IP 192 168 1 20 fixed IP e NAS IP 192 168 1 60 fixed IP a gt Camera 1 Camera 2 LAN IP 192 168 1 10 LAN IP 192 168 1 20 Internet _ Sx A DSL Cable NAT router modem LAN IP 192 168 1 100 LAN IP 192 168 1 32 460 Set up the IP cameras In this example two IP cameras will be installed Connect the IP cameras to your home network Then set the IP address of the cameras so that they are in the same LAN as the computer Login the configuration page of the Camera 1 by IE browser Enter the IP address of the first IP camera as 192 168 1 10 The default gateway should be set as the LAN IP of the router 192 168 1 100 in this example Then configure the IP address of the second IP camera as 192 168 1 20 Some IP cameras provide a utility for IP configuration You may refer to the user manual of the camer
328. optional comment for the portal folder Create A Portal Folder ONAP Create A Portal Folder TURBO NAS Step 1 oft APPLY CANCEL 261 4 Click 2 Link Configuration and enter the remote folder settings Make sure the folders are open for public access Note If there is permission control on the folders you need to join the NAS and the remote servers to the same AD domain Folder Aggregation List amp Create A Portal Folder amp Import Export Folder Tree Shares Delete Delete Remote Folder Link Remote Folder Link Portal Folder Mame Shares Link Name Host Name Remote Share Folder 1 2 3 4 5 Fi B g Step 1 of CANCEL 262 5 Upon successful connection you can connect to the remote folders through the NAS shares on 172 17 23 107 File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help Back gt Address Mame File and Folder Tasks 7 Media on 172 17 27 249 Public on 10 8 12 103 Other Places Details 263 Advanced Options Advanced Folder Permissions and Windows ACL provide subfolder and file level permissions control They can be enabled independently or together Share Folders 1 SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Advanced Options When this option is enabled you can assign the folder and subfolder permission to individual users and user groups Enable Advanced Folder Permissions Enable Windows ACL
329. or authenticates the target using the Mutual CHAP settings Field User name limitation Password limitation Use CHAP e The only valid characters are 0 e The only valid characters are 0 9 9 a z A Z a z A Z e Maximum length 256 characters Maximum length 12 16 authentication characters Mutual CHAP e The only valid characters are 0 9 e The only valid characters are 0 9 a z A Z colon dot and a z A Z colon dot and dash dash e Maximum length 12 16 Maximum length 12 16 characters characters iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP CHAP Authentication Settings m TURBO HA Wo Use CHAF authentication User Mame Password Re enter Password W Mutual CHAP User Mame Password Re enter Password Step 3 of 6 CANCEL 138 7 Create an iSCSI LUN An iSCSI LUN is a logical volume mapped to the iSCSI target Select one of the following modes to allocate the disk space to the LUN e Thin Provisioning Allocate the disk space in a flexible manner You can allocate the disk space to the target anytime regardless of the current storage capacity available on the NAS Over allocation is allowed as the storage capacity of the NAS can be expanded by online RAID capacity expansion e Instant Allocation Allocate the disk space to the LUN instantly This option guarantees the disk Space assigned to the LUN but may take more time to create the LUN Enter the name of the LUN and spe
330. or network locaton that this shortcut wall open 5 Enter the user name and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to the folder 288 6 Type a name for this network place Add wehwork Hace Wirara What do you want to name this place Lreate name for rs Sheorboul rat Va h Sip YOU gg H ary J AS 44 th E E aid Fo me ALA ii http 192 168 7 39 Mywrebb Ay ft ip ae eat TT ns ee ey ae Type a name for this nebveok place mi Es a MyWebDA on 192 168 1 39 289 7 The network place has been created and is ready to be used Add Network Place Wizard Completing the Add Network Place Wizard You have successfully created this nebvwork place A shortout for this place will appear in My Network Places Open thie network place when click Finish To close this vazard click Finish 290 8 Now you can connect to this folder anytime through WebDAV A shortcut has also been created in My Network Places MyWebDAY on 197 168 139 291 Windows Vista If you are using Windows Vista you might need to install the Software Update for Web Folders KB907306 This update is for 32 bit Windows OS only http www microsoft com downloads details aspx FamilyId 17c36612 632e 4c04 9382 987622ed1d64 amp displaylang en 1 Right click Computer and select Map Network Drive Disconnec
331. ore at the bottom right of the UI to load the next 500 items rT x mi iL ER Te Ko Py i b Wa m p of F ot A AMNH JHL TIVAJ I a gt Search music library To search for a music file or an album enter the keyword in the search box and click senor as 421 an bi Before starting to play the music click to select the playing mode e Streaming Mode Stream the music files to the computer or the device and play them by the web browser e NAS USB Mode Play the music files by the USB speaker connected to the NAS 422 Save the now playlist list to replace an existing playlist or as a new one Delete an item on the playlist Delete all items on the playlist 423 Play music files mM O Browse the contents under My Library Playlist or Network Select an item and click Ea Play now or he Add selected entries to now playing list or double click the item to play it immediately or drag and drop the item to the now playing list To play multiple files press and hold the Ctrl key and click to select the files or drag the mouse to select multiple items Then click gt Play now or he Add selected entries to now playing list or drag and drop the items to the now playing list Play a folder Select a folder and click he Add Selected Entries to Playlist or drag and drop the folder to the now playing list Note If a folder contains more
332. ork is not broadcast 52 2 Manually connect to a Wi Fi network TO manually connect to a Wi Fi network that does not broadcast its SSID network name click CONNECT TO A Wi Fi NETWORK Interface DHCP IP Address MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit You can choose to connect to an ad hoc network in which you can connect to any wireless devices without the need for an access point Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Connect to a Wi Fi network TURBO NAS lwantto connectto a VVi Fi network lwvantto connectto a VVi Fi ad hoc network 53 Enter the network name SSID of the wireless network and select the security type e No authentication Open No security key required e WEP Enter up to 4 WEP keys and choose 1 key to be used for authentication e WPA Personal Choose either the AES or TKIP encryption type and enter the encryption key e WPA2 Personal Enter a security key Note e The WEP key must be exactly 5 or 13 ASCII characters or exactly 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 and A F If you have trouble connecting to an encrypted wireless network check the wireless router AP settings and change the transfer rate from N only mode to B G N mixed or similar settings Users of Windows 7 with WPA2 encryption cannot establish ad hoc connection with the NAS Please change to use WEP encryption on Windows 7 A fixed IP address is required for the wireless interface in order to establis
333. ork master mode A network UPS master is responsible for communicating with network UPS slaves on the same physical network about critical power status To set up your NAS with UPS as network master mode plug in the USB cable on the UPS to the NAS and follow the steps below de i 3 Make sure the NAS is connected to the same physical network as the network UPS slaves Select the option Enable UPS Support Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores Click Enable network UPS master This option appears only when your NAS is connected to the UPS by a USB cable Enter the IP address of other network UPS slaves to be notified in the event of power failure Click Apply to confirm and continue the setup for the NAS systems which operate in network slave mode below Network slave mode A network UPS slave communicates with network UPS master to receive the UPS status To set up your NAS with UPS as network slave mode follow the steps below Make sure the NAS is connected to the same physical network as the network UPS master Select the option Enable UPS Support Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after A
334. orts configured for the previous network printer if any 5 Restart your PC 6 Open Printers and Faxes 7 Click Add a printer and click Next 8 Select Local printer attached to this computer Click Next 9 Click Create a new port and select Local Port from the drop down menu Click Next 10 Enter the port name The format is NAS IP NAS namepr for example NAS IP 192 168 1 1 NAS name myNAS the link is 192 168 1 1 myNASpr 11 Install the printer driver 12 Print a test page 601 9 2 3 Mac OS 10 6 If you are using Mac OS 10 6 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 First make sure the Bonjour printer support is enabled on the NAS in External Device gt USB Printer You may change the Service Name to better represent the printer Home gt gt External Device gt gt USB Printer Welcome admin Logout Eng USB Printer USB Printer Stop printer sharing and clear print spool Em Manufacturer Hewlett Packard mA Model HF LaserJet 2200 ai Status Ready Clean up spool space of printer CLEAN NOW S 3 Appearance Desktop amp Dock Expos amp Language amp Security Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Text Hardware CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard Mouse Saver 602 3 In the Print amp Fax window click to add a printer Printers _ 239 Pro2PS 1PR i Idle 659 60 Idle
335. ost Web Server WEB SERVER VIRTUAL HOST Virtual Host After enabling this function you can create multiple websites by uploading Web files to each folder Enable Virtual Host APPLY Create New Virtual Host 3 Enter the host name and specify the folder under Web or Qweb where the web files will be uploaded to 4 Specify the protocol HTTP or HTTPS for connection If you select HTTPS make sure the option Enable Secure Connection SSL in Web Server has been turned on 5 Specify the port number for connection 6 Click Apply 307 7 Continue to enter the information for the rest of the sites you want to host on the NAS Modify Virtual Host ONAP Modify Virtual Host TURBO NAS Host Name sitel mysiiecom o h y Protocol BeBe eeeee H pasannna P a H PS Port 80 Step 1 of APPLY CANCEL Web Server virtual Host After enabling this function you can create multiple websites by Uploading Yeb files to each folder Y Enable Virtual Host APPLY Create New virtual Host C sitet jnysite com fweblsital_miysite HTTP a CJ site 2 mysite com fweblsitas miysite HTTP a0 E Wn ry Site cam Web hay my site HTTP a 308 8 Create a folder for each website sitel_mysite site2_mysite and www_mysite2 and start transferring the website files to the corresponding folders Organize Burn New folder 4 pi Downloads a Web Sites b J
336. ost name for the NAS configure automatic port forwarding on the UPnP router and publish NAS services for remote access over the Internet To use MyCloudNAS Service make sure the NAS has been connected to a UPnP router and the Internet Home gt gt MyCloudNAS Service Welcome MyCloudNASs Service MyCloudNAS Wizard Configure MyCloudNAS Auto Router Configuration 625 10 1 MyCloudNAS Wizard The first time you use MyCloudNAS Service you are recommended to use MyCloudNAS Wizard to complete the settings The wizard shows up automatically if you have never configured the settings before You can also click Start to use the wizard e AIM AE RRL earn AR AIO REMUS MyCloudNAS Wizard Configure MyCloudNaAs Configure MyCloudwaAS Service to allow remote access to the NAS Com Follow the steps below to set up MyCloudNAS Service To use MyCloudNAS Service make sure you have connected the NAS to a UPnP router and the Internet 1 Select to use Express Setup default or Manual Setup Express Setup opens the ports for HTTP 8080 HTTP 80 FTP 21 FTPS 20 services automatically To select the ports of the NAS services to open select Manual Setup Click Next MyCloudNAS Wizard Mote Remote access may not be applicable in certain environments This wizard will help you setup your NAS for remote access from the internet by the steps below 1 Register a WyCloudWaAs Mame 2 Set up auto router c
337. ote Qdownload Real time Initializing 26 filets all 541 O reon peemion OOOO O e Enable connection to a remote server e Start a replication job D Stop connection to a remote server or external drive Stop a replication job O View job status and logs download logs G e Edit the connection settings of a remote server e Edit the settings of a replication job e Delete connection settings to a remote server e Delete a replication job This button is available only after a replication job is stopped or the connection to the remote server is stopped 542 To edit the replication job properties click Options Create New Replication Job Enabled MEE 10 8 13 133 Under Event Logs you can select to enable Download Detailed Logs and specify the maximum file size of the log file You can also select to send an email alert when synchronization fails or completes Note that the SMTP server settings must be properly set up on the NAS System Administration gt Notification Customize job property Seventiocs Pouey Fumer OOOO Maximum Log Size MB 1000 ME Max 1GB Enable this option to include more information in the log file You can also specify the maximum file size Send an alert email in the following condition s Synchronization failed Synchronization has completed Enable this option to allow the system to send an alert ema
338. otos A G TR EEE e Sc 14650 1600 1 1272 1600 12 12 61 527 pre flawers jpg Jw Missing A Snowdrops jpq 349 Select the image files to publish You can publish maximum 5 photos ata time Enter the title and description Then select the website to publish the files to and enter the login information of the website Note that the album must be set to public Control Panel gt Set Folder Public before it can be published and the Multimedia Station must be accessible from the Internet It is suggested to set up the DDNS for the NAS before using this feature Fit Hmitaon Te Maximum number of characters 256 Link the IP address or host name Support alphanumeric characters dot and slash only of the NAS Maximum number of characters 256 Maximum number of characters 1024 ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION a Eaa 1 0 6 12 46 iMSvey B z u elg 350 Email image files To email the image files make sure SMTP server settings have been correctly configured on the NAS Click Enter the information and click Send B nn Subject Maximum number of characters 128 My Name The name only supports alphabets A Z and a z numbers 0 9 dash and underscore _ ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION Subject My Mame My Ernail Friend s Mame Friend s Ernail You can post your personal message here 351 Play video The NAS supports playing video files on the web browser Simply
339. owed for scanning e To scan compressed files in the network share s enable Scan compressed files Specify the maximum amount of data 1 4096 MB in an archive file for scanning if applicable 3 To scan MS Office and Mac Office files RTF PDF and HTML files select Scan documents Click Next Scan Job Creation em Scan Options Scan documents Step 4of5 i IL CANCEL 495 7 Specify the actions to take when infected files are found e Only report the virus The virus scan reports are recorded under the Reports tab No actions will be done to the infected files Move infected files to quarantine The infected files will be quarantined and cannot be accessed from the original network shares Users can view the virus scan reports under the Reports tab and delete restore the infected files under the Quarantine tab o Delete infected files automatically The infected files will be deleted and cannot be recovered To receive an alert email when an infected file is found or after scanning has completed configure the SMTP server settings in System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP Server Click OK to create the scan job Scan Job Creation a Action to take when infected files are found Only report the virus hove infected files to quarantine Delete infected files automatically Use with caution send an alert email if an infected file is
340. owing Terms of Service Agree to terms of Service TERMS OF SERVICE This Agreement contains all of the terms and conditions between DHS International Pty Ltd DHS and the individual or organization user participating in services from DHS In this Agreement we and us means DHS International Pty Ltd and you means the user participating in the services DHS International Web Site or Our Site means the web site located at http www dhs org or any other of the sites DHS has under it s direct control and Your Site means the site s which you the user use our hostnames to resolve to Services means any such services that DHS International may provide to users l Registration at DHS International To begin the registration process you must submit a properly completed registration application via Our Site We will evaluate your application in good faith and will notify you of your acceptance or rejection in a timely manner We may reject your application at any time if we determine in our sole discretion that Your Site is unsuitable for resolution from one of our hostnames Your Site may be deemed by us to be unsuitable if in our view 1t 659 4 A confirmation email will be sent to the email address dhs Giese Account created Your account has been created and details have been emailed to qm Inside that email are the details on how to activate your account so you can login to the Members area
341. owing condition s Synchronization failed d Synchronization has completed Enable this option to allow the system to send an alert email to the system administrator when a synchronization job fails or completes Mote The SMTP serwer must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server _re CANCEL 2 Click in Action column of a backup job Options Create a new job Create a new jal 5 USB 2 0 Flash Disk EXT4 1 88 GB L aaaa gt USBDICK Real time Standby OGee 575 3 Go to Job Logs and click Download Logs The log file can be opened by Microsoft Excel or any other text editor software Note that this button is only available after you have enabled Download Detailed Logs in Options gt Event Logs and executed the backup job once Job Status and Logs 20110905 17 12 00 Job faaaa USEDisk1 started 2011 09 05 17 1201 Synchronize files between a local folder and an external drive with volume ID 26101c59 1c04 473b baff 036caaabar h5 20110905 17 1201 The number of folder pairs 1 20110905 17 12 01 Pairl aaaa USBDisk1 20110905 17 1201 Schedule type Realtime 20110905 17 1201 The deleting extra files option is disabled 576 8 5 USB One Touch Copy Enable the USB one touch copy button to back up data from the front USB drive to the NAS or vice versa This feature is no
342. pecify the connection port and select whether or not to enable secure connection The default port number for remote replication via RTRR is 8899 Enter the password for RTRR connection Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard aa RRNA Configure Remote Host Settings TURBO NAS padae tettem CE S a RTRR service v 2 Fort 5899 ae Enable Secure Connection SSL Se Step 3 of 534 5 Select the folder pair for data synchronization Note If a folder or its parent folder or child folder has been selected as the source or destination in a folder pair of a replication job you cannot select the folder as the source or destination of another folder pair of the same job Quick Configuration Wizard a ONAP Select Folder Pair URBO NAS Double click to select the folder Local source folder Remote destination folder WRecordings a O fOdownload an 2 Ea Download E Netwark Recycle Bin E Public download Ea armultimedia recordings E Qush E Gweb A LRMCFRE_ Tw OWE O Multimedia 4 E Network Recycle Bin PRISON BREAK a Public gt Recordings F fo rornrd_ nwr nro wl il Ade More Folder Pairs Step 4 of 11 CANCEL 535 6 Select Add More Folder Pairs to add more folder pairs for backup Each sync job supports maximum 5 folder pairs Select the folder pairs and click ADD Click Next Quick Configura
343. permission Notwithstanding any other provision of this License for material you add to a covered work you may if authorized by the copyright holders of that material supplement the terms of this License with terms a Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License or b Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it or c Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version or d Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material or e Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names trademarks or service marks or f Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material or modified versions of it with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors All other non permissive additional terms are considered further restrictions within the meaning of section 10 If the Program as you received it or any part of it contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a fur
344. plains that there is no warranty for this free software For both users and authors sake the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them although the manufacturer can do so This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users freedom to change the software The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use which is precisely where it is most unacceptable Therefore we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products If such problems arise substantially in other domains we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future 704 versions of the GPL as needed to protect the freedom of users Finally every program is threatened constantly by software patents States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general purpose computers but in those that do we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary To prevent this the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non free The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0 Definitions This License refe
345. plications Spread the applications such as database and virtual machines that need high Read Write performance on different LUNs For example if there are two virtual machines which read and write data intensively on the LUNs it is recommended to create two LUNs on the NAS so that the VM workloads can be efficiently distributed 153 4 5 2 1 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Microsoft iSCSI Initiator on Windows Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS iSCSI initiator on Windows Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator v2 07 is an official application for Windows OS 2003 XP and 2000 to allow users to implement an external iSCSI storage array over the network If you are using Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator is included For more information and the download location visit http www microsoft com downloads details aspx familyid 12cb3c1a 15d6 4585 b385 befd1319f825 amp displaylang en Start iSCSI initiator from Control Panel gt Administrative Tools Under the Discovery tab click Add Portal Enter the NAS IP and the port number for the iSCSI service ange ts Volumes and Devices RADIUS Configuration Target portas The system will look for Targets on following portals Ador ess Part Adapter IP adoaress To add a target portal cick D
346. pn and replace OPENVPN_SERVER_IP with OpenVPN server IP 5 Put ca crt and openvpn ovpn into the configuration folder under OpenVPN configuration subdirectory 6 Run OpenVPN 515 OpenVPN on Mac Download the disk image of OpenVPN client from http code google com p tunnelblick Launch Tunnelblick Download OpenVPN configuration file and certificate from the NAS Applications gt VPN Service gt VPN Server Settings gt OpenVPN Settings 4 Edit openvpn ovpn and replace OPENVPN_SERVER_IP alfred myqnapnas com with OpenVPN server IP 5 Put ca crt and openvpn ovpn into the configuration folder under OpenVPN configuration subdirectory 6 Run OpenVPN 516 7 17 LDAP Server The LDAP server of the NAS allows the administrator to create users to access multiple NAS servers with the same user name and password Follow the instructions below to configure the LDAP server Enable LDAP Server Login the NAS as admin Go to Applications gt LDAP Server and enable LDAP server Enter the full LDAP domain name and the password for the LDAP server then click Apply LDAP Server LDAP SERVER USERS GROUPS BACKUP RESTORE LDAP Server Enable LDAP Server Full Domain Name my domain com Password A E Verify Password FRONT TT MTT ETT Root DN cn admin dc my domain dc com Users Base DN ou people dc my domain dc com Group Base DN oU group dc m
347. provides the capability to host more than one domain website on one physical host offers a cost effective solution for personal and small business with such need You can host multiple websites maximum 32 on the NAS with this feature In this tutorial we will use the information provided in the table below as the reference guide WAN IP 111 222 333 444 Qweb sitel_mysite Joomla site1l mysite com LAN IP 10 8 12 45 NAS Qweb site2_mysite WordPress site2 mysite com Port 80 NAS Qweb www_mysite2 phpBB3 www mysite2 com Before you start make sure you have checked the following items e Web Server Enable Web Server in Network Services gt Web Server e DNS records The host name must point to the WAN IP of your NAS and you can normally configure this from your DNS service providers e Port forwarding If the web server listens on port 80 you need to configure port forwarding on your router to allow inbound traffic from port 80 to the LAN IP 10 8 12 45 of your NAS e SSL certificate import If you are going to enable SSL connection for the website and intend to use your own trusted SSL certificates you may import the certificate from within the administration backend under System Administration gt Security gt Import SSL Secure Certificate 306 Follow the steps below to use virtual host 1 Select Enable Virtual Host and click Apply 2 Click Create New Virtual H
348. r CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IM CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Alert Notification When a system event occurs do the folowing immediately send system error alert by LJemail Ml sms instant Messaging Send system warning alet by Email LJ instant Messaging E mail Notification Settings SEND A TEST E MAIL Mote The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Instant Messaging Settings Cell Phone Mo 2 886 SEND A TEST SMS MESSAGE Mote You must configure the SMSC serverto be able to send SMS notification properly Congratulations It is all set up and now you may want to test if your have configure the SMS notification properly by clicking SEND A TEST SMS MESSAGE If nothing goes wrong you should be able to receive it in less than 10 seconds 673 Set up Email Alert Go to System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP server and enter a valid SMTP information Home gt gt System Administration gt Notification Welcome admin Logout English Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IM CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION cece een eee een eee scan eens CGS OSE SOG HOSE SSG HOSE SSE ESSE SSS EOSE SSS EOSESSGHOSSSSSSOSESSSEOSESSEEOSE SEES a Next go to System Administration gt Notification gt Alert Notification and enter your email address and specify whether you want to rec
349. r the drive is busy i _EXPAND CAPACITY BACK 98 After plugging in the hard drive wait for the NAS to beep The system will start rebuilding Status Description No operation can be executed on this drive or the drive is busy 2 Rebuilding 0 anc age larcamins silos No operation can be executed on this drive or the drive is busy No operation can be executed on this drive or the drive is busy M Idina i No operation can be executed on this Rebuilding 0 drive or the drive is busy t Rebuilding 0 Je Rebuilding 0 3 lt Rebuilding 0 After rebuilding has completed repeat the steps above to replace other hard drives RAID Management Expand capacity Select the drive to add Expand capacity Disi O Moda Capacity Description Hitachi HOST21010KLA330 GKAO 931 51 GB ad Change You can replace this drive 232 6968 3 Change You can replace this drive WOC WD2500AAKS 00VYA120 232 69 GB Change You can replace this drive WDC WO2SO044KS 00V7A 12 0 Drive 4 WOC WO2S00AKS O0VYAI2 0 232 69GB Change You can replace this drive Drive 5 WOC WO250044KS D0VYA12 0 222 89 GB Change You can replace this drive i Target Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Dive 12345 EXPAND CAPACITY BACK 99 After changing the hard drives and disk rebuilding has completed click EXPAND CAPACITY to execute RAID capacity expansion RAID Management z
350. rd drive damage and data loss Therefore you planned to upgrade the disk configuration to RAID 5 You can install one hard drive for setting up the TS 509 Pro and upgrade the RAID level of the NAS with online RAID level migration in the future The migration process can be done without turning off the NAS All the data will be retained You can do the following with online RAID level migration e Migrate the system from single disk to RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 or RAID 10 e Migrate the system from RAID 1 to RAID 5 RAID 6 or RAID 10 e Migrate the system from RAID 5 with 3 hard drives to RAID 6 STEP 3 STEP 5 EI ACA I o Single Disk Add New Disks single Disk to RAIDS 3TB RAID 5 You need to e Prepare a hard drive of the same or larger capacity as an existing drive in the RAID configuration e Execute RAID level migration migrate the system from single disk mode to RAID 5 with 4 hard drives 102 Go to Disk Management gt Volume Management The current disk volume configuration displayed on the page is single disk the capacity is 1TB Current Disk Volume Configuration Physical Disks Drive 1 Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GRAD Drive 2 Total Size 931 5168 103 Plug in the new 1TB hard drives to drive slots 2 3 4 and 5 of NAS The NAS will detect the new hard drives The status of the new hard drives is Unmounted i current Disk Volume C
351. re for pricing and offers The free cloud storage is earned by contributing your excess local storage from your ONAP device Click Configure Symform Up to 200GB Free Cloud Storage powe red py gu symferm E Patented RAID 96 technology for safe distributed cloud backup E Extending NAP device to the Symform cloud for secondary backup and disaster recovery Enable Symform E Fast data seeding and instant restore E File sharing across multiple devices and locations Oe OnE Click here for pricing and offers The free doud storage is earned by contributing your excess local storage from your OMAP device Disclaimer The cloud storage services are provided by the third party vendors on an as is basis QNAP is mot liable for the data security or any loss or damage of data that may have been caused by using these services Enter your email address and click Sign In to activate Symform on the NAS An activation code will be sent to this address 552 SYM ferm Device Manager Welcome to Symform the world s safest and most cost effective cloud storage Let s get started Enter your email below and we ll take you step by step to get your data protected in Symform s storage Cloud lf you need help at any point during the short installation please visit the Symform support forums Please enter your Email 5 2011 Symform Inc All Rights Reserved Check your email to get the activation
352. re the data to the MAS by LUN backup Current Jobs Create a new job 2 Select Restore an iSCSI LUN and click Next Create a LUN Snapshot aya ONAP LUN Backup Restore Snapshot TURBO NAS This wizard helps you back Up or restore an iSCSI LUM or create a LUM snapshot Please selectthe action Backup aniSCSl LUN fe Restore an iSCSI LUN _ Create a LUN Snapshot NEXT CANCEL 179 3 Specify the protocol IP address host name and folder path of the restore source Click Test to test the connection Then click Next Restore an iSCSI LUN ONAP Select the restore source TURBO NAS Protocol A aD cio mon 92 166 0 100 nas com nas Folder or Path iFublic Backup g Examples share HDA _databackup Femote Host Testing TEST Step 1 ats 4 Browse and select the LUN image file Click Next Restore an iSCSI LUN ONAP Select Source Location TURBO NAS Folder List LUN List Ehackup a a1 00GB Step 2 of 5 180 5 Select the destination e Overwrite existing LUN Restore the iSCSI LUN and overwrite the existing LUN on the NAS All the data on the original LUN will be overwritten e Create a new LUN Restore the iSCSI LUN to the NAS as a new LUN Enter the name and select the location of the new LUN Click Next Restore an iSCSI LUN ONAP Select Destination TURBO NAS Warning The LUN is busy Mote The original dat
353. reate a remote replication job Enter the name ofthe remote replication job and click Next Server type MAS server w Peer eee error eter iret iieirrrterriris 3 Enter the IP address port number user name and password to login the remote server The default port number is 873 Note that the login user name must have read write access to the remote server and sufficient quota limit on the server Click TEST to verify the connection Then click Next Remote Replication pa Remote Destination ONAP TURBO NAS Name or IP address of the remote server 172 17 20 77 CEEEEELLLECEELCELELELLELLELEELLEEEELETEEEELELELLEE Port Number W cass User Name admin o Password eeeee Remote Host Testing Step 2 of f CANCEL 523 4 Specify the destination folder where the data will be replicated to Remote Replication ONAP Remote Destination TURBO NAS ed ShareFolder Directory Remain Capacity O Mb Sten 3 of 7 BACK NEXT CANCEL 5 Specify the local folder where the data will be replicated from Remote Replication No ONAP Local Source Local Path ae e g ShareFolder Directory FIAME BACK Ea CANCEL 524 6 Select to replicate the data immediately or specify the backup schedule Remote Replication ONAP Replication Schedule TURBO NAS Select schedule Replicate Mow O Daily OWeekty Monday y Sjmonthly Ow Time o gc Step Soff att aa
354. rive m WOC WoSss0044KS 00V AI2 0 232 8968 Change You can replace this drive Target Disk Volume RAID 5 Desk Volume Dre 12345 EXPAMD CAPACITY BACK Tip After replacing the hard drive the description field shows You can replace this drive This means you can replace the hard drive to a larger one or skip this step if the hard drives have been replaced already Y Caution When the hard drive synchronization is in process do NOT turn off the NAS or plug in or unplug the hard disk drives 97 When the description displays Please remove this drive remove the hard drive from the NAS Wait for the NAS to beep twice after removing the hard drive RAID Management Expand capacity Expand capacity WOC WD2S500A4KS D0VYA12 0 Cancel Piease remove the drive WOC WO2S00AAK SOV 7 A120 drive or the drive is busy dre of the drive if Carty B i No operation can be executed on ihig ADC WO2SOAKS OOVTA 12 0 drie or the drive is busy A WDC WO2S0044KS 00VVA12 0 WDC WD2S00AAKS D0VTA12 0 h drive orthe drive is busy Target Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drwe 12345 EXPAND CAPACITY BACK When the description displays Please insert the new drive plug in the new hard drive to the drive slot No speration can be executer vi Or the drove is busy No operation can be executed on this drive or the drive is busy MHo operation can be executed on fhis drive of ihe tive is busy _ drive o
355. rking Samba Current Samba ID S 1 5 21 14961 76302 4157 969542 1 551159741 210 LDAP Server Host The host name or IP address of the LDAP server LDAP Security Specify how the NAS will communicate with the LDAP server gt Idap Use a standard LDAP connection default port 389 gt Idap ldap SSL Use an encrypted connection with SSL default port 686 This is usually used by older version of LDAP servers gt Idap ldap TLS Use an encrypted connection with TLS default port 389 This is usually used by newer version of LDAP servers BASE DN The LDAP domain For example dc mydomain dc local Root DN The LDAP root user For example cn admin dc mydomain dc local Password The root user password Users Base DN The organization unit OU in which users are stored For example ou people dc mydomain dc local Groups Base DN The organization unit OU in which groups are stored For example ou group dc mydomain dc local Click Apply to save the settings Upon successful configuration the NAS will be able to connect to the LDAP server 211 5 Configure LDAP authentication options e If Microsoft Networking has been enabled Network Services gt Microsoft Networking when applying the LDAP settings specify the users who can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Samba gt Local users only Only the local NAS users can access the NAS via Microsoft Networking gt LDAP users only O
356. roduct package You can also find the QIG in the product CD ROM or QNAP website http www qnap com Software Installation Using the CD ROM After installing the NAS hardware proceed to the software installation The following demonstration is based on the Windows OS 1 Install the QNAP Finder from the product CD ROM duick Installation Suide Install QNAP Finder Install Netbak Replicator Install Get User Manual and Application Notes Browse CO Product Website 10 Run the Finder If the Finder is blocked by your firewall unblock the utility The Finder detects the NAS which has not been configured Click Yes to perform quick setup of the NAS OMAP Finder Servers Connect Settings Tools Help Name IP Address o Version o Server Type MAC Address o Firmware Status AMASAABE jauss509 AMASEEOQ l Mashecca l The server TESTC30B5E 10 858 12 57 is not configured yet do you NASSCRCA want to set it up nov nas ANASBDOZ The Quick Setup Wizard will guide you through the configuration process P409 Quick Setup Wizard _ Don t ask me this question again I will set up the server manually TESTCSOBSE 10 8 12 5 1 1 4 O07 13T jauss1079 10 8 13 45 3 5 0 0815T Fan 309 10 8 12 52 3 5 0 0815T BMW S33 10 8 12 66 3 5 0 0815T TS 219F II O0 08 96 C3 06 5E W Update ayailat T5 1079 00 00 10 79 00 31 Up to date 75 509 UO 08 96 6D DB 10 y Up to date 75 509 00 05 956 54 64 45 y
357. rowser to enter the phpMyAdmin page and manage the MySQL database Note e Do not delete the phpMyAdmin folder You can rename this folder but the link on the MySQL server page will not be updated To connect to the renamed folder you can enter the link http NAS IP renamed folder in the web browser e The phpMyAdmin folder is created after the first time installation When you update the firmware the folder remains unchanged 471 Database Maintenance e Reset root password Execute this function to reset the password of MySQL root as admin e Re initialize database Execute this function to delete all the data on MySQL database For the information of hosting a phpBB forum on the NAS see herekea MySQL Server MySQL Server You can enable MySQL server as the website database Enable WS OL Server Enable this option to allow remote connection of MySQL server Note You can install the phphtyadmin package to manage your MySQL server To install the phphyAdmin please click here Database Maintenance You can resetthe database password or re initialize the database RESET ROOT PASSWORD RE INITIALIZE DATABASE 472 7 10 QPKG Center The QPKG center is a management platform for installing third party software add ons on the NAS Go to QPKG Center gt Available to browse the add ons Click Install to install them Note Make sure the NAS is connected to the Internet QNAP is
358. rr rer otep 2 0f 3 JON CANCEL 5 If you failed to join the NAS to the domain you could copy the error logs or go back to modify the settings Active Directory Wizard Fa ONAP Summary TURBO NAS Domain information DANS Server Tie 7 25 2350 DAS name adtestlocal MethlOs Mame ADTEST Domain controller VWih MBBMEPORWEC adtest local Failed to join the domain MWMcrasoft Networking configured failed Authentication Al failed please check Domain Administrator Username and Domain Administrator Password Copy to clipboard mes Step 3 of 3 CANCEL 203 6 Upon successful login to the domain server the NAS has joined to the domain Click Finish to exit the wizard Active Directory Wizard iza ONAP TURBO NAS Summary Domain information DMS Server 7217 243 230 OMS name adtestlocal MethlOsS Name ADTEST Domain controller WWih MBBMSEPORWUEC adtestlocal Time Server WIK MBBMEPORLUSC adtest local The NAS has joined the domain successfully Step 3 of 3 FINISH 7 Go to Access Right Management gt Users or User Groups to load the domain users or user groups to the NAS Home gt Access Right Management gt gt Users Welcome admin Logout Engli Users Domain Users tJ oe a Import Export Users amp Create a New User Create Multiple Users ec rere _ o Quota acion ADTEST krbtgt J MWaae ADTEST administrator FF Ala
359. rs to version 3 of the GNU General Public License Copyright also means copyright like laws that apply to other kinds of works such as semiconductor masks The Program refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License Each licensee is addressed as you Licensees and recipients may be individuals or organizations To modify a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission other than the making of an exact copy The resulting work is called a modified version of the earlier work or a work based on the earlier work A covered work means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program To propagate a work means to do anything with it that without permission would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy Propagation includes copying distribution with or without modification making available to the public and in some countries other activities as well To convey a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies Mere interaction with a user through a computer network with no transfer of a copy is not conveying An interactive user interface displays Appropriate Legal Notices to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that 1 displays
360. rt 51 Log Settings Log File Public v i messages Email Notification If the severity of a received log message is higher the selected severity level the system will send an alert email automatically L Enable the email notification Severity level Emerg Mote The SMTP serwer must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server 477 Email Notification The NAS supports sending email alert to dedicated email addresses maximum 2 configured in System Administration gt Notification gt Alert Notification when the severity of the received syslog messages match the specified level To use this feature configure the SMTP server settings in System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP Server Next enable email notification and select the severity level in Applications gt Syslog Server gt Server Settings Click Apply to save the settings Severity Level smallest Description number the highest Emergency the system is unusable Alert emails will be sent when syslog messages of levels 0 4 are received Alert immediate action required Alert emails will be sent when syslog messages of levels 1 4 are received Critical critical conditions Alert emails will be sent when syslog messages of levels 2 4 are received Error error conditions Alert emails will be sent when syslog messages of levels 3
361. rt UPnP 4 Register MyCloudNAS service You can connect to the NAS by WAN IP or MyCloudNAS name To enable MyCloudNAS service go to MyCloudNAS Service gt Configure MyCloudNAS For more information see http www qnap com pro_application asp ap_id 637 5 Add VPN users Go to Applications gt VPN Service gt VPN Client Management click Add VPN Users The local NAS users will be listed Select the users who are allowed to use the VPN service and their connection method PPTP OpenVPN or both Click Add VPN Service VPN SERVER SETTINGS VPN CLIENT MANAGEMENT CONNECTION LIST E hikaru Ready F admin Ready 503 Select users and their privileges Create a User wee Reece eee i bee PSO Total 3 CE 1 hh User Name PPTP OpenVPN bbb jason iT Step 1 1 ADD CANCEL 504 6 Connect to the private network by a VPN client Now you can use your VPN client to connect to the NAS via the VPN service PPTP on Windows 7 1 Go to Control Panel gt Network and Sharing Center Select Set up a new connection or network onare ee View your basic network information and set up connections Change adapter settings A N amp See full map Change advanced sharing dha pe Network internet ae This computer View your dite networks Connect or disconnect Network Access type Internet Public network Connections QJ Local Area C
362. rvice on the NAS under Network Services gt Network Service Discovery gt UPnP Discovery Service Network Service Discovery UPNP DISCOVERY SERVICE BONJOUR UPnP Discovery Service After enabling this service your WAS can be discovered by any operating systems that support UPnP vy Enable UPnP Discovery Service QMobile will find all the NAS servers which have enabled Bonjour UPnP on the local network Select the NAS and login with your user name and password iPod 4 07 Ea 3 03 Cancel Mobile Mobile QONAPTony QMobile Name A 439 local PM 439PROII QMobile Host IP A 439 local ios 4 99 local QNAP NAS QMobile User Name A 439 QMobile pee var seen Pow cde opoonooonaa neoccoece seoc0o00s 369 Add Server Manually 7 A A r inden atte Mobile Connect to Server No servers Add Server Automatic Discovery Add Server Manually ONAP Enter the name host IP user name and password of the NAS Mobile Name My 439 HostiP User Name Password ajwlefRit yfulijoje GEOGEOESE BZ x chvpeining amp 123 Next 370 Select the NAS you wish to connect Delete 45 29 Mobile Connect to Server My 439 Add Server Automatic Discovery Add Server Manually ONAF To delete a NAS from QMobile swipe the NAS name and tap 371 My 439 ONAP Demo Add Server EERE Mobile Connect to Server Automatic Discovery Add Server Manually
363. s and find the workgroup of the NAS If the NAS cannot be found browse the whole network to search for the NAS Double click the name of the NAS for connection b Use the Run function in Windows Enter WAS_name or NAS_IP Type the name of a program Folder document or A Internet resource and Windows will open it For you Open 1 m Type the name of a program Folder document or Sim Internet resource and Windows mill open it For you Open 14169 254 100 100 2 Enter the default administrator name and password Default user name admin Default password admin 3 You can upload files to the network shares 21 Mac Users 1 Choose Go gt Connect to Server 2 There are two ways to mount a disk e AFP type NAS_IP or afp NAS_IP e SMB type smb NAS_IP or NAS_name For example 169 254 100 100 or smb 169 254 100 100 3 Click Connect Linux Users On Linux run the following command mount t nfs lt NAS IP gt lt Network Share Name gt lt Directory to Mount gt For example if the IP address of the NAS is 192 168 0 1 to connect to the network share public under the mnt pub directory use the following command mount t nfs 192 168 0 1 public mnt pub Note You must login as the root user to initiate the above command Login the NAS with the specified user ID use the mounted directory to connect to the shared files 22 2 5 Connect to the NAS
364. s com http update ods org http www dhs org http www dyns cx http www 3322 org http www no ip com For the information of setting up the DDNS and port forwarding on the NAS see here lb5A Network TCP IP WI FI DDNS IPV6 PROXY DDNS Service After enabling DONS Service you can connect to this server by domain name M Enable Dynamic DNS Service Select DONS server lwww dyndns com Enter the account information you registered with the DDNS provider Username sR Dossworc O paaa Pere TTT etree er eee er ere rere re ere err eter etree errr rere teeter err ere etree eee ee ee eer ered Hostname Check the external IP address automatically 1 hour Current WAN IP A1 62 22074 Recent DDNS Update Result Connection IP last checked Next check for connection IP Last DONS update time Update server response 57 IPv6 The NAS supports IPv6 connectivity with stateless address configurations and RADVD Router Advertisement Daemon for IPv6 RFC 2461 to allow the hosts on the same subnet to acquire IPv6 addresses from the NAS automatically The NAS services which support IPv6 include e Remote replication e Web Server e FTP e iSCSI Virtual disk drives e SSH putty Network terre wrer pons eve f Prov OOO IP Address Enable IPv Interface Auto Configuration IPv Address Prefix Length Gateway Link Edit Ethernet 1 feso 208 9bhfesc bcbe 58 To use this
365. s information including user name password quota and user group The quota setting can be exported only when the quota function is enabled in Access Right Management gt Quota 232 Home Folders Enable Home Folders to create a personal folder to each local and domain user on the NAS Users can access their folders home via Microsoft networking FTP AFP and Web File Manager All the home folders are located in the network share Homes which can only be accessed by admin by default To use this feature click Home Folders Users n L G T LO Create a user O create Multiple Users E admin administrators F Z Ala user01 1000 MB MIAIRE user 1000 MB PAHE user03 1000 MB 2 Ala user04 1000 MB DAAL user05 1000 MB PAHE Delete Totat 6 Display 10 entries per page ai aio Select Enable home folder for all users and the disk volume where the home folders will be created in Click Finish Home Folders Home Folders ONAP TURBO NAS a Enable iome folder for all users step 1 1 FIRS 233 5 3 User Groups A user group is a collection of users with the same access right to the files or folders The NAS has created the following user groups by default e administrators All the members in this group have the administration right of the NAS This group cannot be deleted e everyone All the registered users belong to everyone group T
366. s on ma iw Seer Yii Media Center My Jukebox ss a My Favorites Once the audio file has been streamed completely it will be saved in the cache in Recently Played Pod T439 Back Recently Played Melt The Snow Shayne Weed Shayne Vard That s My Goal ne Wiaed Si Wael Stand By Me 7 Ulil oy ie nye Faded share Tard 3 songs 384 You can edit the cache settings under Settings Media Center My Jukebox Upload Photos A My Favorites Fod F446 Back Settings Global Settings Auto Lock OFF ff you turn this off Wifi will abvays be on Bul battery might drain faster Opening media files when under cellular network might exceed your data plans limits My Jukebox Cache Settings Maximum songs Downloaded 1 Fod a ee ry Settings Cache Settings Maximum number of songs to cache 100 200 385 7 3 Photo Station The Photo Station is a web album for organizing and sharing your photos and videos on the Internet Requirements e Enable the Web Server and Multimedia Station of the NAS The Photo Station utilizes the media library of Multimedia Station When enabling the Photo Station the Multimedia Station if disabled will be enabled automatically e Adobe Flash Player 9 or above To use the Photo Station do the following 1 Login the NAS as admin Go to Administration gt Applications gt Photo Station and enable this fe
367. secure certificate to default and access the system again Status Uploaded secure certificate being used Download Certificate Download Private Key Restore Defaut Certificate amp Private Key Please enter a certificate in X 509PEM format below View sample Please enter a certificate or private key in X 509PEM format below View sample CLEAR UPLOAD 69 3 6 Notification Configure SMTP Server The NAS supports email alert to inform the administrator of system errors and warning To receive the alert by email configure the SMTP server e SMTP Server Enter the SMTP server name for example smtp gmail com e Port Number Enter the port number for the SMTP server The default port number is 25 e Sender Enter the sender information e Enable SMTP Authentication When this function is turned on the system will request the authentication of the mail server before a message is sent e User Name and Password Enter the login information of the email account e Use SSL TLS secure connection If the SMTP server supports this function turn it on Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Notification Welcome admin Logout English i Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE IM CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Configure SMTP Server SMTP Server 70 Configure IM The NAS supports instant messaging IM service to allow multiple authorized Windows Live Messenger contacts to re
368. selected the NAS will create a point in time snapshot for the LUN automatically Back up an iSCSI LUN ONAP Select source LUN TURBO NAS a Enabled 1 00 GB a Ob Enabled 1 00 GB a O nnn Unmapped 10 00 GB ay 173 4 Specify the destination where the LUN will be backed up to The NAS supports LUN backup to a Linux share NFS a Windows share CIFS SMB and a local folder on the NAS Click Test to test the connection to the specified path Then click Next Back up an iSCSI LUN ONAP Select Destination TURBO NAS Protocol Linux Share NFS Examples 192 168 0 100 nas com nas Folder or Path Public Backup Examples sharesHDA databackup Remote Host Testing Step 2 0of6 CANCEL 174 5 Enter a name of the backup LUN image or use the one generated by the NAS Select the subfolder where the image file will be stored Select to use compression or not Click Next Use Compression When this option is enabled more CPU resources of the NAS will be consumed but the size of the backup LUN can be reduced The backup time may vary depending on the size of the iSCSI LUN Back up an iSCSI LUN ea QNAHP Select Location TURBO NAS LUN Image Name Folder List LIUN List Wi Use Compression Step 3 of ae CANCEL 175 6 Specify the backup schedule The options available are e Now e Hourly e Daily e Weekly e Monthly Click
369. serds 1 95 GB OMB Available1 95 GB guest 1 95 GB 0 MB Available1 95 GB Total 6 Display entries per page GENERATE DOWNLOAD Note 2010 05 12 Local User Quota Volume csv is ready to be downloaded 266 6 Network Services Microsoft Networking 268 Apple Networking 27 NFS Service275 FTP Service 278 Telnet SSHI 28h SNMP Settings R8A Web Server 283 Network Service Discovery B10 267 6 1 Microsoft Networking Microsoft Networking To allow access to the NAS on Microsoft Windows Network enable file service for Microsoft networking Specify also how the users will be authenticated Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Microsoft Networking Welcome admin Logout English iv Microsoft Networking MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADVANCED OPTIONS Microsoft Networking Enable file service for Microsoft networking Serwer Description Optional MAS Server REN NAS eee PT Poe Oo PROOF Fo Tor PPP A SEPP Standalone Server AD Domain Member To enable Domain Security please click here O LOAP Domain Authentication To enable Domain Security please click here Current Samba ID S 1 5 21 32517 207 26 1639715159 2191485818 268 Standalone Server Use local users for authentication The NAS will use the local user accounts information created in Access Right Management gt Users to authenticate the users who access the NAS e Server Description optional Describe the NAS so that the users c
370. settings DownloadStation i Download Tasks AIL 437 Global Settings Download Schedule Select continuous download or specify the download schedule When setting the download schedule select Full speed to use the global speed limit unlimited for all the download tasks Select Limited to apply the speed limit settings of the downloaded services Location of Downloaded Files Specify the default directory on the NAS for the downloaded files Notification Select to send a notification by email and or instant messaging when a download task has completed Note that the SMTP and IM settings must be configured properly in System Administration gt Notification Location of Downloaded Notification Settings miim FTP BT Accountust Rss Add on Continuous download Download Schedule ee ee ee eee 14 1S LG L7 10 19 20 2l 22 zo sunday P PTE E E i Ee Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday iH Eat fe a H Sen Peg COs A sturdy En Vea oo on oe E Full speed Bl tum of Mi imited Limited applies speed limitation settings of the download services Full Speed ignores speed limitation of the download services Apply Cancel 438 HTTP e Connection Specify the maximum number of concurrent HTTP downloads e Bandwidth Limit Specify the maximum download rate of HTTP download tasks 0 means no limit NAS models Maximum number o
371. setup of a TS 509 Pro NAS and configured RAID 5 disk configuration with the four hard drives A half year later the data size of the department has largely increased to 1 5TB In other words the storage capacity of the NAS is running out of use At the same time the price of 1TB hard drives has dropped to a large extent STEP 2 STEP 5 Replace the drive 1 2 3 4 96 Operation procedure In Disk Management gt RAID Management select the disk volume for expansion and click EXPAND CAPACITY E Grenin t C Smem samina RAID Management z This Aoi enaites cigi expansion RAID condquraben aa of spare deve bauri wih Ht oiga a dala i Hota Wain sare you hag read fie insidos canal and pou fell undestand he comed operon procedure before using his function Current Disk Volume Configerathon pn on ano HARD nerve muckaTe CONFIGURE SPARE Derve DsaBLE eTmaP RECOVER I System Status For Seta d ms incticeds pipggg Oc are Click Change for the first hard drive to be replaced Follow the instructions to proceed RAID Management Expand capacity Select the drive to add Ex panel capacity een sacl Descrit 232 8968 TP Change You can replace this drive 232 89GB ead Change You can replace this drive 272 89GB i You can replace this drive WOC WD2500AAKS 00VYA12 0 222 99GB ead Change You can replace this d
372. sit http www qnap com for details Power resumption settings Configure the NAS to resume to the previous power on or power off status turn on or remain off when the AC power resumes after a power outage 77 Power on power off restart schedule Specify the schedule for automatic system power on power off or restart Weekdays stand for Monday to Friday weekend stands for Saturday and Sunday Up to 15 schedules can be set Power Management Restart Shutdown Execute system restart shutdown immediately RESTART SHUTDOWN EuP Mode Configuration O Enable Disable Configure Wake on LAN O Enable Disable When the AC power resumes Resume the server to the previous power on or power off status The server should remain of Set power on power off restart schedule Enable schedule Ej Postpone the restamtishutdown schedule when a replication job is in progress 78 3 8 Network Recycle Bin Network Recycle Bin The Network Recycle Bin keeps the deleted files on the NAS Enable this feature and specify the number of days 1 9999 to keep the deleted files You may also specify the file extensions to be excluded from the bin Click Apply The NAS will create a network share Network Recycle Bin automatically Note that this feature only supports file deletion via Samba and AFP Empty Network Recycle Bin To delete all the files in the bin click Empty Network Recycle Bin Network R
373. smallest capacity disk in the array N 2 N is the number of hard drives in the volume 94 4 2 RAID Management Online RAID capacity expansion online RAID level migration and RAID recovery are not supported by one bay NAS models TS 210 and TS 212 You can perform online RAID capacity expansion RAID 1 5 6 10 and online RAID level migration single disk RAID 1 5 10 add a hard drive member to a RAID 5 6 or 10 configuration configure a Spare hard drive RAID 5 6 10 with the data retained enable Bitmap and recover a RAID configuration on this page To expand the storage capacity of a RAID 10 volume you can perform online RAID capacity expansion or add an even number of hard disk drives to the volume RAID Management This function enables capacity expansion RAID configuration migration or spare drive configuration with the original drive data reserved Hote Make sure you have read the instructions carefully and you fully understand the correct operation procedure before using this function Current Disk Volume Configuration Volume Total Size Bitmap Status Description The operationis you can execute Mirroring Disk Volume Drive 1 2 145 24 GB Mo Ready ta Expand capacity EXPAND CAPACITY ADD HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE BITMAP RECOVER 95 Expand Capacity Online RAID Capacity Expansion Scenario You bought four 250GB hard drives for initial
374. strator A 610 3 Click Add Printer List Pelete Utility Colorsync Show Info Status 611 ed option 4 Press and hold the alt key on the keyboard and click More Printers concurrently eae Printer Browser Default Browser 3 IP Faen Search Bonjour Name Location Print Using Please select a driver or printer model More Printers Add 612 5 In the pop up window a Select Advanced b Select Windows Printer with SAMBA c Enter the printer name d Enter the printer URI the format is smb NAS IP printer name The printer name is found on the Device Configuration gt USB Printer page e Select Generic for Printer Model f Click Add Printer Browser Advanced HH Device Windows Printer via SAMBA Device Name myprinter Device URI smb 192 168 2 11 nastestPR Printer Model Generic Location No Selection Print Using _ More Printers Note that you must hold and press the alt key and click More Printers at the same time to view the Advanced printer settings Otherwise this option does not appear 613 6 The printer appears on the printer list It is ready to use OBOA Printer List a SOX O Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info Status kind myprinter Generic PostScript A Note The network printer serv
375. submission of this form wil delete any session_id currently vald for this api_id Any application using this session_id wil have to re authenticate 670 You should now obtain an API ID that is required before using the SMS service Write this down somewhere as we will need it for the setup in the NAS administration in the next step Type HTTP j 1to 10f 1 Up to this point you have completed the account registration and mobile number verifications with Clickatell and have successfully obtained an API ID You may now proceed to the next step 671 2 Set the SMSC settings and SMS alert on the NAS Go to System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMSC server and enter the information we got from the previous step to configure the SMSC server Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Notification Welcome admin Logout English Notification Configure SMSC Server You can configure the SMSC settings to send instant system alerts via the SMS service provided bythe SMS provider Enable SSL Connection SOL Port NE ta POPPE REE Peter eee eee eee eee eer eee Peer eee Pere ee eee reer rere eee rere eee ee rer rere rere eee reer eee rere e 672 Next go to System Administration gt Notification gt Alert Notification and enter the mobile number max 2 to receive the alert Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Notification Welcome admin Logout E
376. system clock automatically for daylight saving time C Enable customized daylight saving time table To enter the daylight saving time table manually select the option Enable customized daylight saving time table Click Add Daylight Saving Time Data and enter the daylight saving time schedule Then click Apply to save the settings Adjust system clock automatically for daylight saving time Customized Daylight Saving Time Tables Add Daylight Saving Timne Data 35 Language Select the language the NAS uses to display the files and directories Note All the files and directories on the NAS will be created using Unicode encoding If the FTP clients or the PC OS does not support Unicode select the language which is the same as the OS language in order to view the files and directories on the NAS properly General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH Language EE E Dn Dee ee eee Password Strength Specify the password rules After applying the setting the NAS will automatically check the validity of the password General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH Password Strength LJ 1 Please select a new password that contains characters fram atleast three of the following classes lowercase letters upper case letters digits and special charact
377. t Pt 2 The Forgiveness Test Pt 1 The NAS will start to download the file automatically You can view the download status in the Downloading list To manage the RSS feeds subscription right click an RSS feed label You can open the RSS Download Manager add update edit or delete an RSS feed T RSS Alicia K aa All Feeds DJ Quill EN J Meyer A music RSS Download Manager Add RSS Feed Update RSS Feed Edit RSS Feed Delete RSS Feed 453 The common reasons for slow BT download rate or download error are as below 1 The torrent file has expired the peers have stopped sharing this file or there is error in the file 2 The NAS has configured to use fixed IP but DNS server is not configured or DNS server fails 3 Set the maximum number of simultaneous downloads as 3 5 for the best download rate 4 The NAS is located behind NAT router The port settings have led to slow BT download rate or no response You may try the following means to solve the problem a Open the BT port range on NAT router manually Forward these ports to the LAN IP of the NAS The new NAS firmware supports UPnP NAT port forwarding If your NAT router supports UPnP enable this function on the NAT Then enable UPnP NAT port forwarding of the NAS The BT download rate should be enhanced A54 Use Download Software QGet QGet is a utility to manage the download tasks on multiple NAS servers over LAN or the Internet You
378. t MTU refers to the size in bytes of the largest packet that a given layer of a communications protocol can transmit The NAS uses standard Ethernet frames 1500 bytes by default If the network appliances support 38 Jumbo Frame setting select the appropriate MTU value for the network environment The NAS supports 4074 7418 and 9000 bytes for MTU Note The Jumbo Frame setting is valid in Gigabit network environment only All the network appliances connected must enable Jumbo Frame and use the same MTU value 39 DHCP Server A DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol server assigns IP addresses to the clients on a network Select Enable DHCP Server to set the NAS a DHCP server if there is none on the local network where the NAS locates Note e Do not enable DHCP server if there is one the local network to avoid IP address conflicts or network access errors e The DHCP server option is available to Ethernet 1 only when both LAN ports of a dual LAN NAS are connected to the network and configured as standalone IP settings Start IP End IP Lease Time Set the range of IP addresses allocated by the NAS to the DHCP clients and the lease time The lease time refers to the time that an IP address is leased to the clients During that time the IP will be reserved to the assigned client When the lease time expires the IP can be assigned to another client WINS Server optional WINS Windows Internet Naming Servi
379. t Messaging Send system warning alert by Email Instant Messaging E mail Notification Settings EEEE TEETE e eee ere ere eer e rere ert Teter rete treet rete eee r ere E mail address 2 i SEND A TEST E MAIL Mote The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Instant Messaging Settings Authorized Contacts nan MACK S Remove Eee ee eee eee er eer ee rere eee eee ere eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eer ee eee ere eee eee eee eee ee Country Code SAY Te E E eE vaesnaimecuauniususur lo i Cell Phone Mo 1 93 OEETTTETTTTTETETITTTETTTTTETTETETTEEETTETETETETTETETTTTIETTITITTETITTITTETITETETETTITTEEETEN Cell Phone Mo 2 93 SEND A TEST SMS MESSAGE Mote You must configure the SMSC server to be able to send SMS notification properly 76 3 7 Power Management You can restart or shut down the NAS specify the behaviour of the NAS after a power recovery and set the schedule for automatic system power on off restart on this page Restart Shutdown Restart or shut down the NAS immediately If you try to restart or turn off the NAS from the web based interface or the LCD panel if available when a remote replication job is in process the NAS will prompt you to ignore the running replication job or not Turn on the option Postpone the restart shutdown schedule when replication job is in process to allow the scheduled system restart or shutdown to be carried out after a ru
380. t Network Drive Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties 292 2 Click Connect to a Web site that you can use to store your documents and pictures What network folder would you like to map Specify the drive letter for the connection and the folder that you want to connect to Drive X ki Folder Example server share V Reconnect at logon 293 3 Select Choose a custom network location Where do you want to create this network location Choose a custom network location saa Specify the address of a website network location or FTP site 294 4 Enter the URL of your NAS with the folder name Format http NAS_IP_or_HOST_NAME SHARE_FOLDER_NAME Specify the location of your website Type the address of the website FTP site or network location that this shortcut will open 5 Enter the user name and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this folder 295 6 Type a name for this network location Add h etwork Locatic What do you want to name this location Create a name for this shortcut that will help you easily identify this network location http 10 8 12 111 MyWebDAV Type a name for this network location MyWebDAV TS 509 296 7 The Web folder has been successfully created Completing the Add Network Location Wizard You have successfully created this
381. t mask gateway and DNS of LAN 1 and LAN 2 653 Physical disk In Physical disk you can view the following options 1 Disk Info 2 Back to Main Menu The disk info shows the temperature and the capacity of the hard drives Ol EE Fee P sts tote te Volume This section shows the hard drive configuration of the NAS The first line shows the RAID configuration and storage capacity the second line shows the member drive number of the configuration Eee SIS eel If there is more than one volume press the Select button to view the information The following table Shows the description of the LCD messages for RAID 5 configuration LCD Display Drive configuration RAID5 S RAID5 spare RAID5 D RAID 5 degraded mode RAID 5 B RAID 5 rebuilding RAID 5 S RAID 5 re synchronizing RAID 5 U RAID 5 is unmounted RAID 5 X RAID 5 non activated 654 System This section shows the system temperature and the rotation speed of the system fan cfr fel ttfetmto tet tstete tet shy yey epee ode sisi ici siyde fe yete ys fetets tate dey Shut down Use this option to turn off the NAS Press the Select button to select Yes Then press the Enter button to confirm Reboot Use this option to restart the NAS Press the Select button to select Yes Then press the Enter button to confirm Password The default password of the LCD panel is blank Enter this option to ch
382. t supported by TS 809U RP TS 879U RP TS EC879U RP TS 1279U RP TS EC1279U RP USB One Touch Copy USB One Touch Copy Configure the behavior of the USB one touch copy button to back up the data from the front USB drive to the NAS or vice versa Enable one touch copy button WARNING Files are copied from the source to the destination Extra files on the destination will be deleted files of the same names will be overwritten by the source Source data will remain unchanged Handle sparse files efficiently Source folder Destination folder Download Download i 5 ADD Options j FrontuUSB Docs WMulimediatemp Ej Unmountthe front USE drive manually V Enable alarm buzzer Backup direction From the front USB drive to the NAS or vice versa Backup method Create directory A new directory will be created on the destination and the source data will be copied to this directory The new directory will be named as the backup date YYYYMMDD If there are two or more backups on the same day the directory will be named with YYYYMMDD 1 YYYYMMDD 2 and so on Copy Back up data to the destination share If the same file exists the destination file will be overwritten Synchronize Back up data to the destination share and clear the redundant files If the same file exists the destination file will be overwritten 577 Note If there are multiple partitions on the source storage device a ne
383. te The GPT partition she is not recognized by al previous versions of Windows E or disks used on tanium based computers 157 After disk initialization and formatting the new drive is attached to your PC You can now use this iSCSI target as a regular disk partition f Comp ter Ma ager F Computer Management Local a id System Tools b E Task Scheduler gt Ge Shared Folders b a Local Users and Groups p i Performance am Device Manager a Storage tay Disk Management y services and Applications Volume Layout Type File System Status amp C a9 2506 0 O a 2506 1 E Basic 232 89 GB Online Disk 1 Basic 465 76 GE Online Disk 2 Basic 2048 00 GB Online Basic 10 00 GE Online Simple Basic NTFS Healthy System Boot Page File Activ Simple Basic NTFS Healthy Primary Partition Simple Basic NTFS Healthy Logical Drive 2506 0 D3 50 00 GB NTFS Healthy Primary Partition 250G 1 E 182 88 GB NTFS Healthy Logical Drive cs 465 76 GB NTFS Healthy System Boot Page File Active Crash Dump Primary iSCSLLUNI G3 2048 00 GB NTFS Healthy Primary Partition iSCSI Target F ie 10 00 GB NTFS 227 POLLAN Healthy Primary Partition 7A E Unallocated Primary partition I Extended partition I Free space J Logical drive 158 4 5 2 2 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator on
384. ters long It can only contain A Z a z 0 9 T P Add User Username Password verify Password Description a Is Admin m Disabled Inaccessible Folder Accessible Folder IMUSIC photos viden Save Cancel The users are shown on the list You can edit the user information delete the user or change the login password Note that the default account admin cannot be deleted User Management Username Description Disabled Is Admin admin system Administra M Y EditUser test Edit User Delete User Change Password 356 Change Password You can change the administrator password in this section The password must be 1 to 16 characters long The password can only contain A Z a z 0 9 _ Media Center My Jukebox a Username Dracon Diiabind is Acne Control Panel SAFER ES a y Change Password lher Mana t hange Pas avri d i Old Password Playa F itor New Password Photo Frame Seti majs Verity Password Sat Pobehes Pub r 397 Playlist Editor To create a playlist enter Playlist Editor Select an existing playlist from the drop down menu or click Add to create a playlist Next select the music files from the left column folders on the Multimedia Station and click gt to add the files to the playlist Click Save and then Close After creating the playlist you can play it in My Jukebox Playlist Ed
385. the download task one entry per line Then select the download type HTTP FTP RapidShare or Magnet Link If a user name and password is required to access the file select Use credentials and select a pre configured account Settings gt Account List or enter a user name and password Then click OK The NAS will download the files automatically Note You can only enter maximum 30 entries at one time Create Task Input URL One entry per line URL s 1 http ftp cuhk edu hk pub windows nero InCD 4 3 23 2 exe Add File 451 RSS Feed You can subscribe to RSS feeds by the Download Station and download the torrent files in the feeds Click Q to add an RSS feed DownloadStation Download Sea rch Resu Its Tasks All 1 Name Downloading 1 Paused 0 E Completed 0 Active 0 Inactive 1 iw B Y RSS RSS Download Manager Enter the URL and the label Add Feed Feed VR Label Meyer OK Cancel To download a torrent file from an RSS feed select the file and click or right click the feed and select Download 452 Download Tasks all 1 ag Downloading 1 Name esses 7 Roll Away the Stone Pt 2 m Paused 0 On Away one Completed 0 Roll Away the Stone Pt 1 True Greatness Pt 2 F Active 0 Ea Inactive 1 True Greatness Pt 1 Others Pt 2 Y RSS Others Pt 1 All Feeds The Forgiveness Tes
386. their terms reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 713
387. ther restriction you may remove that term If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section you must place in the relevant source files a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms 709 Additional terms permissive or non permissive may be stated in the form of a separately written license or stated as exceptions the above requirements apply either way 8 Termination You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11 However if you cease all violation of this License then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated a provisionally unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license and b permanently if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation Moreover your license from a particular copyri
388. ties of the selected iSCSI target in the Setup tab a CAN ft E 7 Name iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 439proili iscsi formac be2 3f2 Alias r Ports Network Node 7 Auto Login ey i co a Pat i ee I 163 Click the Status tab select the target to connect Then click Login to proceed 164 The first time you logon to the iSCSI target a popup message will be shown to remind you the disk is not initialized Click Initialize to format the disk You can also open the Disk Utilities application to do the initialization Diak Insertion The disk you inserted was mot readable by this computer iniiae Cine E You can now use the iSCSI target as an external drive on your Mac mig D i Te m E Charged Thu Jun 3 Macintosh HD ao SCSI MyisCotl 165 4 5 2 3 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Open iSCSI Initiator on Ubuntu Linux This section shows you how to use Linux Open iSCSI Initiator on Ubuntu to add the iSCSI target QNAP NAS as an extra partition Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS About Linux Open iSCSI Initiator The Linux Open iSCSI Initiator is a built in package in Ubuntu 8 04 LTS or later You can connect to an iSCSI volume ata shell prompt with just a few commands More information about Ubuntu is avai
389. tine View the quarantine information of the disk volumes on the NAS For the details go to Applications gt Antivirus gt Quarantine 490 Antivirus STATUS SCAN JOBS REPORTS QUARANTINE Antivirus Enable antivirus Virus definitions 2011 09 3 10 14 Lastvirus scan 201109714 12 28 12 Last infected file found 2011709714 12 26 12 Status Update Online update UPDATE NOW Manual update cvay Browse IMPORT Update file available at http Heave clamav net Quarantine Single Disk Drive 1 Contains infected files 491 Scan Jobs The NAS supports manual and scheduled scanning of all or specific network shares Up to 64 schedules can be created and maximum 5 scan jobs can run concurrently To create a scan job follow the steps below 1 Go to Applications gt Antivirus gt Scan Jobs Click New Scan Job Antivirus 2 Enter the job name and select the network shares to scan To scan a specific network share select the share and click Add Scan Job Creation Ne Select Folders all folders Specific folders Step 1 ots 492 3 Multiple network shares can be selected To remove a network share click next to the share name Click Next Scan Job Creation wee Select Folders All folders O Specific folders sunnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnmanmnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnmnnmnnmnnnnnnnnnnnn
390. tion Wizard esa Configure Multiple Folder Pairs Local source folder Remote destination folder Recordings gt Gdownload otep 5 of 1 1 BACK er CANCEL 536 a Choose between real time and scheduled synchronization Real time synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed from the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made after the first time backup Note RTRR does not support bi directional synchronization in the current version The folder pair cannot be synchronized between two NAS servers in real time mode To synchronize the data between the folder pair of two NAS servers please use scheduled backup Scheduled synchronization copies files from the source folder to the target folder according to the pre configured schedule The options are e Replicate Now Replicate data immediately Periodically Enter the time interval in hour and minute that the backup should be executed The minimum time interval is 5 minutes Hourly Specify the minute when an hourly backup should be executed e g enter 01 to execute backup each first minute of every hour 1 01 2 01 3 01 o Daily Specify the time when a daily backup should be executed e g 02 02 every day Weekly Select a day of the week and the time when a weekly backup should be executed 6 Monthly Select a day of the month and the time when a monthly backup should be executed Quick Configuration Wizard i
391. to lock the device now Do not save encryption key 584 Unlock the device 1 To unlock an encrypted external storage device click Encryption Management External Storage Device External Storage Device UEBDisk1 Manufacturer Generic Model Flash Disk Device Type USB 2 0 Total Free Size 1 58 GBs 0 MB File System ExT 4 Status Oe aa Eject 2 Select Unlock this device Click Next Encryption Management xe NAP Encryption Management TURBO NAS fei Unlock this device Manage encryption key Step 1 at CANCEL 585 3 Enter the encryption password or upload the key file Select Save encryption key to save the password in a hidden location on a hard drive of the NAS The NAS will unlock the encrypted external storage device automatically every time the device is connected Click Finish Encryption Management ONAP Encryption Management TurRBO NAS Unlock this device by Password key file iwi Save encryption key Step 2 of 2 586 Manage the encryption key 1 To change an encryption password or download an encryption key file click Encryption Management External Storage Device External Storage Device USEDisk 1 Manufacturer Generic Model Flash Disk Device Type USE 2 0 Total Free Size 1 55 GB 1 52 GB File System EsT4 Status Peer ere nn nu n n PFYFTYE m DISCONNECT DISK PARTITION REMOVE DEVIC
392. to map the LUN to and click Apply Map LUN to Target 001 allen ign 2004 04 com gqnapts 809 iscstallen gagoot david ign 2004 04 com qnapts s09is estrreadoot target ign 2004 04 com gqnapts s09iscsitargeti Sanit APPLY CANCEL 4 The LUN is mapped to the target iSCSI Target List 04 iqn 2004 04 com s 239 iscsi target01 8cbc6c L igo 002 1 00 68 Enabled After creating the iSCSI targets and LUN on the NAS you can use the iSCSI initiator installed on your computer Windows PC Mac or Linux to connect to the iSCSI targets and LUN and use the disk volumes as the virtual drives on your computer 149 iSCSI LUN capacity expansion The NAS supports expanding the capacity of an iSCSI LUN To do so follow the steps below 1 Locate an iSCSI LUN on the iSCSI target list in iSCSI gt Target Management Click 2 iSCSI Target Management OUICE CONFIGURATION WIZARD Quick Configuration Wizard will assist you to create an iSCSI target and LUN ISS Target List a iqn 2004 04 com qnapts 119pplusiscsiac5as01 Ready b iqn 2004 04 com qnapts 119pplusiscsi b c5as01 Ready rte id 0 11 00 GB Enabled id 1 2 1 00 GB Enabled 150 2 Use the slide bar to specify the capacity of the LUN or enter the capacity in the field Note that the LUN capacity can be increased many times up to the maximum limit but cannot be decreased Type of LUN allocation Maximum LUN capacity
393. to run it The Corresponding Source for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate install and for an executable work run the object code and to modify the work including scripts to control those activities However it does not include the work s System Libraries or general purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work For example Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work 2 Basic Permissions All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output given its content constitutes a covered work This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other
394. ton Download Staton Web Fie Manager Survedance Staten Admirestra tain Note The admin login information of the Music Station is the same as that of the NAS web administration Login to the application from the login portal of the NAS will be disabled when standalone user accounts are in use except for admin 413 My I ibrary Y Foie With ELEI Playlis E Network P a B 0 007 0 00 SETTE The three main sections of the Music Station are listed on the left panel The sections include My Library Playlist and Network 1 My Library All the folders and supported music files on the Multimedia Qmultimedia folder of the NAS are shown under My Library Select to browse the files by My Favorites Songs individual files Artist Album Genre Folder or Recently Added Note The Music Station only supports audio files in MP3 OGG WAV AIFF AU FLAC M4A APE format mon f peseto O EE a Play the music file s selected EE Add one or more music files or an album to the now playing list Add to My Favorites Add one or more music files to My Favorites Song Info View the information of a music file Add to Playlist Add one or more music files to an existing playlist Save as Playlist Replace an existing playlist 414 Save as New Playlist Create a playlist and specify if it is a personal or shared playlist 415 2 Playlist The Music Station offers two types of playlists e Perso
395. tration gt Network gt DDNS Enter the DDNS information you registered from the DNS service provider You may also schedule the NAS to update the DDNS record periodically by configuring the Check the External IP Address Automatically option Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Network ee UM Tepyip wert pons 1Pv6 DDNS Service After enabling DONS Serice you can connect to this server by domain name Enable Dynamic DNS Service B stew members dhs org Enter the account information you registered with the DDNS provider oe ee e S NOS O a Host Name Eee ere SPHERE ie er POC eer ere rer POPC Peer Terr Current WAN IP 59 104 864 After finishing the settings the NAS will start to update the WAN IP to the DDNS provider for domain name mapping You can now connect to the NAS by the domain name on the Internet 664 Look up for your DNS if you need to verify To check that the domain name of the NAS is correctly mapped to its WAN IP you may visit http www mxtoolbox com DNSLookup aspx Enter your domain name for DNS lookup and it will return your IP address Company TOOLBOX p Mx Lookup Blacklists Diagnostics Analyze Headers SPF Records Free Monitoring SuperTool t wa a testestnas home dhs org ase Type Domain Name IP Address TIL A testestnas home dhs_org EEE 2 hrs smtp diag blacklist port scan http test Reported by ns1 dhsnames com on Tuesday Octob
396. trator Password 200 2 Read the introduction of the wizard Click Next Active Directory Wizard ONAP Wizard information TURBO NAS This wizard will help you complete the following actions Configure the DNS information on the MAS Synchronize the time of the MAS with the domain controller Join the WAS to an Active Directory domain Introduction CANCEL 201 3 Enter the domain name of the domain name service DNS The NetBIOS name will be generated automatically when you type the domain name Specify the DNS server IP for domain resolution The IP must be the same as the DNS server of your Active Directory Click Next Active Directory Wizard ONAP Domain name service DNS and Domain TAARE EA information O Eza mae MYO OMAN Enter the ONS Server IF for the domain resolution lt must be the ONS server of your Active Directory CANCEL Step 1 of 3 202 4 Select a domain controller from the drop down menu The domain controller is responsible for time synchronization between the NAS and the domain server and user authentication Enter the domain administrator name and password Click JOIN Active Directory Wizard xe OGNAR Authentication information TURBO NAS The selected Domain Controller will be used for the time synchronization and the user authentication Selectthe Domain Controller Preree rrr errr rrrrererrrerr rrr rirrr iter rte rrr rr rrr r
397. ts of the NAS have been connected to the same switch and the settings described in sections i and ii have been configured Follow the steps below to configure port trunking on the NAS 1 Click Settings Port Trunking Select the port trunking membership and mode by clicking Settings button Please note that incompatible mode settings might cause the network interface to hang or affect the overall performance For more information please click here 2 Select the network interfaces for a trunking group Ethernet 1 2 Ethernet 3 4 Ethernet 5 6 or Ethernet 7 8 Choose a port trunking mode from the drop down menu The default option is Active Backup Failover TCP IP Port Trunking Trunking Group 1 Trunking Group 2 Trunking Group 3 Trunking Group 4 Interface Standalone Active Badaip Ace Rati rm PETE E A rare ms _ Ethernet 1 E Active Backup ji Balance XOR Broadcast Ethernet 2 T IEEE 802 3ad a Balance tlb Balance alb Ethernet 3 Ethernet 4 mi Ethernet 5 10 Gbps Ethernet 6 10 Gbps Ethernet 7 10 Gbps Ethernet 10 Gbps Use the settings from Ethernet 1 A ee e 3 Select a port trunking group to use Click Apply 43 TCP IP Port Trunking Trunking Group 1 Trunking Group Trunking Group 3 Trunking Group 4 rE Stockade Active Backup Active Backup Active Backup Active Backup la Ethernet 1 Ethernet 2 Ethernet 3 Ethernet 4 Ethernet 5 10 Gbps
398. tus Single Disk Drive 2 455 98 GB Unlocked Single Disk Drive 5 456 98 GB Unlocked a gt a ioe 130 4 5 iSCSI Portal Managementh3 A Target Managementh4A Advanced ACLI168 LUN BackupI174 4 5 1 Portal Management The NAS supports built in iSCSI Internet Small Computer System Interface service for server clustering and virtualized environments iSCSI Configuration The NAS supports built in iSCSI service To use this function follow the steps below Install an iSCSI initiator on the computer Windows PC Mac or Linux 2 Enable iSCSI Target Service on the NAS and create an iSCSI target 3 Run the iSCSI initiator and connect to the iSCSI target NAS 4 After successful logon format the iSCSI target disk volume You can start to use the disk volume on the NAS as a virtual drive on the computer In between the relationship of your computer and the storage device the computer is called an initiator because it initiates the connection to the device which is called a target Note It is suggested NOT to connect to the same iSCSI target with two different clients iSCSI initiators at the same time because this may lead to data damage or disk damage 131 The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware prior to version 3 3 0 and Intel based NAS models running firmware prior to version 3 2 0 only If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qn
399. tween 3 and Configuration file 20 characters in length Advanced settings Administrator aoa ia Create databace tables Piease enter a password between 6 anc 5 DN 35 characters in Jangth Confirm administrator password Contact e mail address Confirm contact e mail 693 You should see Tests passed and click Proceed to next step te a ee N 1 m i Ma Nad phpBB3 writes all the settings information to a configuration file config php at this stage Click Proceed to next step e A Me Zz e set y v t a i 694 Specify advanced settings if you wish then click Proceed to next step a go Fe Fe a bl ij PEE EE Enable bna T abei iab o bii amm e i te no ei ee hee So ett by bbe band a a O thee SATP server for e math T vee Cko Sate res Fro meet or ee fo Seal aaa ie a named carver beptaed of the SMTP server address N in ant tar PLAIN nH ade sy i d Authentic abion y arad fa ask your rorida you Sre ansure SMTP username ESS Dny amer a crate i your DTE Server agues iE i Cechie eure Of peated F abled it pour server is running wa BSL set ths fo mabied mum wr fis enaided and acd cuewiidg ra SSL ral result nn server errors daring ragivects Piette server UAL sefheegs oT yee F wy E sei ip yer dee eres i face wv ba uera it Pavo o Ha es sad ab Maraban i mep settings are forged aneor nei prods i terri by Hha Cites SS
400. tworks are available you will be asked before joining a new network Show Wi Fi status in menu bar Advanced 2 jer ol Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Revert Apply 508 3 Choose the VPN type according to the settings of the NAS to connect Enter the service name 00o Network Wi Fi Connected Bluetooth PAI Not Connected a aa D ha a webcams If no known networks are available you will be asked before joining a new network Show Wi Fi status in menu bar belefer a Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Revert Apply 4 In Server Address enter the MyCloudNAS name or the WAN IP of the NAS In Account Name enter your user name which is added from the NAS 509 Wi Fi 8 Connected Status Not Configured a Bluetooth PAN Not Connected Not Configured Authentication Settings TEZI _ Show VPN status in menu bar ail cack the lock to prevent further changes __ Assist me 510 5 Click Authentication Settings and enter the user authentication information given by the network administrator T Wi Fi Connected Not Connected Not Configured oF a Click the lock to prevent further changes 6 After entering the user authentication information click OK and then click Connect
401. uded a domain local cde domain local test domain local Question mark Use a question mark as a substitute for only one character For example test domain local includes the following test1 domain local test2 domain local testa domain local When you use wildcard characters in a valid host name dot is included in wildcard characters For example when you enter example com one example com and one two example com are included 255 ISO Share Folders You can mount the ISO image files on the NAS as ISO shares and access the contents without disc burning The NAS supports mounting up to 256 ISO shares TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 119P TS 219P TS 112 TS 212 support maximum 256 network shares only including 6 default network shares The maximum number of ISO image files supported by these models is less than 256 256 minus 6 default shares minus number of network recycle bin folders Follow the steps below to mount an ISO file on the NAS by the web interface 1 Login the NAS as an administrator Go to Share Folders gt ISO SHARE FOLDERS Click Mount An ISO File Share Folders Mount An 150 File ETE PRM RN NRENESONORR RR ER EEE 2 Select an ISO image file on the NAS Click Next Create An ISO Share Folder ONAP Choose An ISO Image File TURBO NAS This wizard guides you through the fo
402. uration If an array has a bitmap the member hard drive can be removed and re added and only blocks changes since the removal as recorded in the bitmap will be re synchronized To use this feature select a RAID volume and click ENABLE BITMAP Note Bitmap support is only available for RAID 1 5 6 and 10 RAID Management This function enables capacity expansion RAID configuration migration or spare drive configuration with the original drive data reserved Hote Make sure you have read the instructions carefully and you fully understand the correct operation procedure before using this function Current Disk Volume Configuration Yolume Total Size Bitmap Status Description The operationis you can execute Expand capacity EXPAND CAPACITY ADD HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE ENABLE BITMAP RECOVER For detailed instructions please click Rere RAID 5 Disk volume Drive 12 3 455 54 GH Mo Ready 112 Recover RAID Recovery RAID Recovery When the NAS is configured as RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 and any number of hard drives is uplugged from the NAS accidentally you can plug in the same hard drives into the same drive Slots and click Recover to recover the volume status from Not active to Degraded mode If the disk volume is configured as RAID 0 or JBOD and one or more of the hard drive members are disconnected or unplugged you can plug in the same hard drives int
403. ust the thumbnail size 391 2 Share photos and video files The images on the Photo Station can be shared on the Internet by email publishing to social networks or link code Click Share and select an option Home Photo sart slideshow Manage Album send Mail Publish Link Code _ 2 1 Send Mail Select up to five images to send to your friends by email Enter the subject max 128 characters sender s name max 128 characters and email recipient s name max 128 characters and email and message max 1024 characters Select Attach slideshow link of current album to attach the link of the album slideshow in the email Click Send Note e To use this function the mail server settings must be properly configured in System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP Server e The album must be made public in haa Settings gt Set Folder Public before sharing the images 392 Page 1 4 a Click the images you want to publish A Ei Selected Images Subject My Name admin My Email Friend s Email Message You can post your personal message here Note Separate the email addresses by comma or a semi colon 5 C Attach slideshow link Send 393 2 2 Publish Select up to five images to publish to social networks Twitter Facebook MySpace Plurk or Blogger Enter the title max 256 characters and
404. utton on Backup gt USB one touch copy page Connect the USB device for example digital camera or flash to the front USB port of the NAS PA 3 4 5 Note Incremental backup is used for this feature After the first time data backup the NAS only Press the Copy button once The data will be copied according to your settings on the NAS copies the changed files since the last backup Caution Files are copied from the source to the destination Extra files on the destination will be deleted files of the same names will be overwritten by the source Source data will remain unchanged 579 9 External Device External Storage Device B8 USB Printer 690 UPS Settings 620 9 1 External Storage Device The NAS supports external USB and eSATA storage devices for storage expansion Connect the external storage device to a USB or an eSATA interface of the NAS when the device is successfully detected the details will be shown on this page The number of USB and eSATA interfaces supported varies by models Please refer to http www qnap com for details It may take tens of seconds for the NAS server to detect the external USB or eSATA device successfully Please wait patiently The external storage device can be formatted as FAT32 NTFS EXT3 or HFS Mac only file system Select the option from the drop down menu next to Format As External Storage Device External Storage Device USPDicki Manu
405. ve the settings Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Apple Networking Welcome admin Logout English iv Apple Networking Apple Networking Enable Apple Filing Protocol DH authentication support 272 You can use the Finder to connect to a shared folder from Mac Go to Go gt Connect to Server or simply use the default keyboard shortcut Command k Edit View pA Window Help Back Forward Enclosing Folder m Computer i Home Desktop Network E iDisk Applications i Documents sE Utilities Recent Folders Go to Folder Connect to Server 273 Enter the connection information in the Server Address field such as afp YOUR_NAS_IP_OR_HOSTNAME Here are some examples afp 10 8 12 111 afp NAS 559 smb 192 168 1 159 Server Address Favorite Servers E afp 192 168 1 159 afp 10 8 12 111 274 6 3 NFS Service To connect to the NAS from Linux enable NFS service NFS Service NFS Service Enable NFS Service You can setthe allowed domain name and the access authority in Share Folder Management Click here to setthe NFS access right of the network share To configure the NFS access right to the network shares on the NAS go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders Click the NFS button on the Action column Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders Welcome admin Logout English lt Share
406. ver 2003 2008 Active Directory is a Microsoft directory used in Windows environments to centrally store share and manage the information and resources on the network It is a hierarchical data centre which centrally holds the information of the users user groups and the computers for secure access management The NAS supports Active Directory AD By joining the NAS to the Active Directory all the user accounts of the AD server will be imported to the NAS automatically The AD users can use the same set of user name and password to login the NAS If you are using Active Directory with Windows Server 2008 R2 you must update the NAS firmware to V3 2 0 or above to join the NAS to the AD Follow the steps below to join the QNAP NAS to the Windows Active Directory 1 Login the NAS as an administrator Go to System Administration gt General Settings gt Date and Time Set the date and time of the NAS which must be consistent with the time of the AD server The maximum time difference allowed is 5 minutes 2 Go to System Administration gt Network gt TCP IP Set the IP of the primary DNS server as the IP of the Active Directory server that contains the DNS service It must be the IP of the DNS server that is used for your Active Directory If you use an external DNS server you will not be able to join the domain Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Network Welcome admin Logout AUU ESS
407. w folder will be created for each partition on the destination as the backup folder The backup folder will be named with the backup date and the partition number YYYYMMDD 1 for partition 1 YYYYMMDD 2 for partition 2 and so on If the source storage device contains only one partition the backup folder will be named as YYYYMMDD only Handle sparse files efficiently A sparse file is a type of computer file that contains large blocks of zero byte data Turn on this option may reduce the time required for backup Source and destination folders Specify the folder pairs for backup and click Add Maximum 9 folder pairs can be added Options Click Options to set up notification of the backup jobs by email SMS or instant messaging IM Unmount the front USB drive manually When enabled users can press the Copy button for about 8 10 seconds until the USB LED light turns off and remove the front USB drive from the NAS Enable the alarm buzzer e One short beep Backup has started e Two short beeps The front USB drive is being unmounted 578 Data copy by front USB port The NAS supports instant data copy backup from the external USB device to the NAS or the other way round by the front one touch copy button To use this function follow the steps below 1 Make sure a hard drive is installed and formatted on the NAS The default network share Qusb Usb has been created Turn on the NAS Configure the behaviour of the Copy b
408. will be removed after system migration due to different system design Configure the following settings again on the new NAS e Windows AD e Some QPKGs need to be resintalled e g XDove 31 3 System Administration General Settings RBA Network 37A Service Binding 6 Hardwarel 63 Security 6A Notification 7A Power Management 7A Network Recycle Bin 79 Backup Restore Settings 80 System Logs 8t Firmware Updatel864 Restore to Factory Default 904 32 3 1 General Settings System Administration Enter the name of the NAS The NAS name supports maximum 14 characters and can be a combination of the alphabets a z A Z numbers 0 9 and dash Space period or pure number are not allowed General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH System Administration Server Name Keng79 System Port 8080 Disable and hide the home multimedia features such as Multimedia Station Photo Station Music Station Download Station iTunes server and UPnP media server You will need to log into the system again Enable Secure Connection 55L E Force secure connection SSL only Note After enabling the Force secure connection SSL only option the Web Administration can only be connected via https The home multimedia features such as Multimedia Station Photo Station Music Station Download Station iTunes server and D
409. y Network Parameters Advanced Options DHCP server Network Speed ie a Obtain IP address settings automatically via DHCP Use static IP address POOR RO TCROCOCOUOOCCOR ET TT Pee OCT C Cee CCC e TCC tt CeCe CCC e CeCe reer tere tt tT ee Terr Tete eee r eer terre rs Fixed IP Address 169 p254 do 100 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 vi 0 DRE ae BEP ga a Tesssunsnnnnunnnanannnans Manunnnnannnnanannnannnnd Mannnaannnunnnnununnnannns nuaananaunnnunannnannnnns gt a m CANCEL On the TCP IP Property page configure the following settings Network Speed Select the network transfer rate according to the network environment to which the NAS is connected Select auto negotiation and the NAS will adjust the transfer rate automatically Obtain the IP address settings automatically via DHCP If the network supports DHCP select this option and the NAS will obtain the IP address and network settings automatically Use static IP address To use a static IP address for network connection enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway Jumbo Frame Settings MTU This feature is not supported by TS 509 Pro TS 809 Pro and TS 809U RP Jumbo Frames refer to the Ethernet frames that are larger than 1500 bytes It is designed to enhance Ethernet networking throughput and reduce the CPU utilization of large file transfers by enabling more efficient larger payloads per packet Maximum Transmission Uni
410. y default You can specify the IP addresses and hosts which are allowed to access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Click to edit the host access control of a folder Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS 1 i New Share Folder Restore Default Network Shares El Dent 40 KB g 0 No BEGG G amp S Download 400 2 MB 7 8 Mo GEG Ges Multimedia 12 94 GB 65 476 No GEG Ges Network Recycle Bin 1 28 KB 4 20 Mo GE Ge Public 26 55 GB 319 1650 No GE Recordings 68 KB 19 2 Na amesle A wizard will be shown Enter the allowed IP addresses and host names For example IP address 192 168 12 12 192 166 Host name dnsname domain local x domain local 254 Microsoft Networking Host Access Control ONAP Host Access Control TURBO NAS Enter the hosts or IP addresses which are allowed to connectto this shared folder Dept Note Users wil stil need access permissions to access the shared folder Allowed IP Address or Domain Name lt lt Examples 192 168 domain local format can lead to access error lf no entry is entered all hosts access will be allowed CANCEL Wildcard characters You can enter wildcard characters in an IP address or host name entry to represent unknown characters Asterisk Use an asterisk as a substitute for zero or more characters For example if you enter domain local the following items are incl
411. y domain dc com Initialize LDAP Database Delete all users and groups from the LDAP server Enable this NAS to be the client ofthe LDAP serice Domain Security 517 Create LDAP Users Under the Users tab click Create a User or Create Multiple Users or Batch Import Users Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the LDAP users LDAP Server Users eee a Create a User Create Multiple Users Batch Import Users UserName Description Emal Status ti Delete Total 0 Display 10 entries per page M4 mM TA Once you have created the LDAP users the NAS can be joined to the domain You can set the permissions of the LDAP users and allow them to be authenticated by the NAS 518 Join a NAS to LDAP Domain To allow the LDAP users to connect to the NAS join the NAS to the LDAP domain Go to Access Right Management gt Domain Security Select LDAP authentication and choose LDAP server of local NAS as the server type Then click Apply Domain Security Domain Security for File Services No domain security local users only Active Directory authentication domain member LDAP authentication Apply to set this NAS to be able to use the LDAP server users and group from this QNAP NAS The NAS is now a client of the LDAP server To view the domain users or groups go to Access Right Management gt

QNAP TS-870U-RP-EU storage server

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents